Devices, Methods, and Graphical User Interfaces for Displaying and Using Menus.

专利摘要:
An electronic device: displays, on a display, a user interface that includes one or more user interface elements; and detects a press input by a contact on a touch-sensitive surface at a location that corresponds to a respective user interface element. In response to detecting the press input, the device: if the respective user interface meets first action criteria including a criterion that the respective user interface element is associated with a single option associated with the press input, initiates performance of an action corresponding to the single option; and, if the respective user interface element meets second action criteria including a criterion that the respective user interface element is associated with a first number of options associated with the press input, where the first number is greater than one, displays a first menu overlaid on the user interface with a first set of selectable options.
公开号:NL2016375A
申请号:NL2016375
申请日:2016-03-07
公开日:2016-10-10
发明作者:I Butcher Gary；P Foss Christopher；L Coffman Patrick；S Sepulveda Raymond；J Perry Alexander；David Kudurshian Aram；J Bray Cédric；M Haij Usama
申请人:Apple Inc；
IPC主号:

专利说明:

Dev$cï%:Methods, and Graphical User interfaces for Displaying and Using Menu»::
TECHNICAL FIELD {0001] This relates generally to electronic devices with touch-sensitive surfaces, including hut not limited to electronic devices with touch-sensitive spiaces that display and use menus.
BACKGROUND
[00(K$j The use of touch-sensitive surfaces as input devices for computers and other electronic computing devices has increased significantly in recent years. Exemplary touch-sensitive surfaces include touchpads and touch-screen displays; Such surfaces are widely used toi navigate and interact with user interfaces on a display. One way to interact with user interfaces is via menus displayed on the display. 10003] But existing methods and devices for displaying and using menus are cumbersome and inefficient. Fofbiamglé,: menus Often display numerous options that are rarely used. The display of these options makes if more difficult to find and activate menu options that are more frequently used. On the other hand, it is also desirable to provide ready access to both rarely used options and more ifequently used options-
SUMMARY
[0004] Accordingly^ there is a need for electronic devices with faster, more efficient methods and interlaces for displaying and using menus. Such methods and interfaees optionally complement or replace conventional methods for delaying and using menua. Such methods and interfaces red uce the number, extent, and/or nature of the inputs from a User and produce a more efficient human-machine interface. For battery-operated devices, such methods and interfaces conserve power and increase the time hOfween battery charges.
[0005] The above deficiencies and other problems associated with user interfaces for electronic devices with touch-sensitive surfaces are reduced or eliminated by the disclosed devices, in some embodiments, the device is a desktop computer. In some embodiments, the device is portable (e.g., a notebook computer, tablet computer, or handheld device). in some embodiments, the device is a personal electronic device (e.g., a wearable electronic device, such as a watch). In some embodiments, the device has a touchpad. M Some embodiments, the device has a touch-sensitive display (also known as a “touch screen” or “touch-screen display”), in some embodiments, the device has a graphical user interface (GUI), one or more processors, memory and one or more modules, programs or sets Of instructions stored in the memory for performing multiple functions. In some embodiments, the user interacts with the ÖUI primarily through stylus and/or finger contacts and gestures on the touch-sensitive surface. In some embodiments, the functions optionally ineludeimage editing, drawing, presenting, Word processing, spreadsheet making; game plapng, telephoning! video conferencing, e-mailing, instant messaging, workout support, digital photographing,: digital videoing, web browsing, digital music playing, note taking, and/or digital vide© playing. Executable instructions for .performing these functions are, optionally, included in a non-transitory computer readable: Storage medium or other computer program product configured for execution by one or more processors. Executable instructions for performing these functions are, optionally, included in a transitory computer readable medium or other computer program product configured for execution by one or more processors.
[0006] In accordance with some embodiments, a method is performed at an electronic device: with a display, a touch-sensitive surface, and one or more sensors to detect intensity of contacts with the touch-sensitive surface, The method includes: displaying, on the display, a user interface that includes one or more user interfaee elements; and detecting a user input on the touch-seisitive surface at a location that corresponds to a respective user interface element of the one or more user interface elements. In response to detecting the user input, the method includes: iusaecordmce: with a determination that the user input satisfies one or more first input criteria that correspond to a first input type, displaying^ second menu overlaid on the user interface with one or more selectable options that correspond to the respective user interface element Without displaying a first menu that is distinct from tire second menu; and, in accordance with a determination that the; user input satisfies one or more second input: criteria that correspond to a second input type, distmetifitom the first input type, displaying the first menu overlaid on the user interfaee with one or more selectable options that correspond to the respective user interface element without displaying the second menu, where the first menu includes a subset of the one or more seleetable options included in the second menu. PO07J In accordance with some embodiments, a method is perf^^ eleetronie: device with a display, a touch-sensitive surface, and one or more sensors to detect intensity of contacts with the touch-sensitive surface. The method includes: displaying, on foe display: a user interface that includes one or more user interfaee elements, and a Otuisori The method includes: detecting a user input on the touch-sensitive surface while the cursor is displayed Q® the display at a location over a respective user interface element of the one or more user Interface elements. Ip response to detecting the user input, the method mdludes, in foedidance wifi a determination that the User input satisfies one or more first input criteria that: correspond to a first input type: displaying a first menu pyerlaid on the user interface with one or more selectable options that correspond to the: respective interface element; and ceasing to display the cursor on the display. In some embodiments, in response to detecting the user input, and in accordance with a determination that the user input satisfies one or more second input criteria that correspond to a second input type distinct from the first input type, the method includes: initiating performance of an action associated with the respective user interface element; and maintaining display riftbeiearsor. PP$8| In accordance: with some embodiments, a method is performed at an eiecfoanie device with a display, a touch-sensitive surface, and one or more sensors to detect intensity of contacts with the touch-sensitive surface. The method includes: displaying, on the displays a user interface that includes one or more user interface elements; and detecting a press input; by a contact on the toich-sehsitive surfoce at; a location that corresponds to a respective user interface element of the one or more user interface elements. In response to detecting the press input, the method includes: in accordance with a deicrminaiOn that the respective user interface meets first action criteria, the first action criteria includinga criterion that respective the user interface element is associated with a single option associated with the press Input, initiating performance Of an action that corresponds to the single option; and, in accordance with a determination that the respective user interface element meets second action criteria, foe second action criteria including a criterion that the respective user interface element is: associated with a first number of options associated with the press input, where the first number is greater than one, displaying a first menu overlaid on the user interface, where the first mini includes a first set of selectable options. 10009] In accordance with some embodiments, a method is performed at an electronic device with; a display, a touch-sensitive surface, and one or more sensors to detect intensity of contacts with the touch-sensitive surface. The method includes: displaying, on the display, a user interface that includes one or more user interface elements; and detecting a press input by a contact on foe touch-sensitive surface at a location that corresponds to a respective user interface element of the one or more user interface elements. In response to detecting the press input,: in accordance with a determination that the contact in the press input has an Intensity above a first intensity threshold, the method includes displaying an additional user interface element overlaid on foe user interface with one or more selectable options that correspond to foe respective interface element: While displaying foe additional user interface element overlaid pn the user interface, the method includes detecting that foe intensity of foe contact in thepress input is below a second intensity threshold. In response to detecting that the intensity of the contact in the press input is below the second intensity threshold, and in aecoManeewtith a determination that the press input meets predefined timing criteria, the method accordance with a determination that a; respective location of the contact in the press input satisfies pfedetermined location criteria, initiating performance of an action associated with pie respective user interface element and ceasing to display the additional user interface element: overlaid on the user interface; and, in accordance with a determination that die respective location of the contact in the press input does hot satisfy the pedoterinined location criteria, ceasing to display the additional user interface element overlaid on the user interface while i^goingppte action associated with the respective user interface element.
[OOl'O] In accordance with some embodiments, a method is performed at an electronic device with a display, a touch-sensitive surface, and one or more tactile output generators configured to provide tactile outputs. The method includes displaying, on the display, a map that is associated with a first Orientation. The method also includes receiving a touch input on the touch-sensitive surface, and, in response to receiving the touch input on the touch-sensitive surface, rotating the map on the display in accordance with tire touch input. The method farther includes, While rotating thé map Oh the display ih accordance with the touch input, in response to determining that a displayed orientation of the rotated map corresponds to lite first orientation of the map, generating a first tactile output; 10011] in accordance with some embodiments, an electronic device includes a display unit configured to display a user interface, a touch-sensitive surface unit to receive contacts, one or more sensor units to detect intensity of Contacts with the touch-sensitive surface unit, optionally one or more tactile output generators to provide tactile outputs; and a processing unit coupled with the display unit, the touch-sensitive surface unit, and the one or more sensor units. The processing unit is configured to: enable display of on the display unit, a per interface that includes one or more user interface elements; and detect a user input on the touch-sensitive surface unit at a location that corresponds to a respective user interface element of the one or more user interface elements. In response to delecting the user input, the processing unit is configured to: In accordance with a determination that the User input satisfies one or more first input criteria that correspond to a first input type; enable display of a second menu overlaid on the user interface with one or more selectable options that correspond to the respective user interface element Without enabling display of a first menu that is:::di:sihct from the second menu; and in accordance with a determination that the user iiipit satisfies one or more second input criteria that correspond to a second input type, distinct fkpi the first input type, enable display of the first menu-ovwMI mlbf user interface with one or more selectable options that correspond to the respective: user interface element without enabling display the second menu, where the first menu includes a subset of the one or more selectable options: included in the second menu.
[0012] In accordance with some embodiments* an electronic device includes a display unit configured to display a user interface, a touch-sensitive surface unit to receive contacts, one or more sensor units to detect intensity of contacts with the touch-sensitive surface unit; and a processing unit coupled with the display upt, the touch-sensitive surface unit, and the one or more sensor units. The processing unit is configured to: enable display of, on the display unit, a user interface that includes one or more user interface elements and a cursor; and detect a user input on tie touch-sensitive surface unit while the cursor is displayed on the display unit at a location overm respective:user Interlace element of the one or more user interface elements. In response to detecting the user input, and in accordance with a determination that the user input satisfies one or more first, input, criteria that correspond to a first input type, the processing unit is configured to: enable display of a first nieiiU Overlaid on tie user interface with one or more selectable options that correspond to the respective interlace element; and cease display of the cursor Oil the display unit.
[0013] In accordance with some embodiments, an electronic device includes a display unit configured to display a user interlace*: a touch-sensitive::surface unit to receive contacts, one or more sensor units to detect intensity of contacts with the touch-sensitive surface unit; and a processing unit coupled with the display unit, the touch-sensitive surface unit, and the one Of more sensor units. The processing Unit is configured to: enable display of, on the display unit, a user interface that includes one or more user interface elements; and detect;a press input by a contact on the touch-sensitive Surface unit at a location that corresponds to a respective user interface element of the one or more user interface elements. In response td detecting the press input, the processing uhit is configured to: in accordance with a determination that the respective user interiaeem action criteria; the first action criteria including a criteriQn::fh^::ffi«;u^ interface element is associated with a single option associated with the press input, initiate performance of an action that corresponds to; the single option; and, in accordance witlv a determination that the respective user interface élement meets second action criteria, die second action criteria including a criterion that the user interface element is associated: with a first number of options associated with the press input, where the first number is greater than one, enable display of a first menu overlaid on the user interface, where the first pemii includes a first set of selectable option.
[0014] In accordance with some embodiments, an electronic device includes a display unit configured to display a user interlace, a touch-sensitive surface unit to receive contacts, one or more sensor units to: detect intensity of contacts with the touch-sensitive surface unit; and a processing unit coupled with the display unit, the touch-sensitive surface unit, and the one or more sensor units; 1¾ processing unit is confi gured to; enable display of, on the display unit, a user interface that includes one or more:user interface elements; and detect a press input by a contact on the touch-sensitive surface unit at a location that corresponds to a respective user interface element: of the one or more user interface elements. In response to detecting the press input, and in iëeöfdahCê with a determination that the contact in the press input has an intensity above a first intensity threshold, enable displayof an additional user interface element overlaid on the user interface with one or more selectable options that correspond to the respective interface element. While enabling display of the additional user interface element overlaid on the user interface, the processing unit is configured to detect that the intensity of the contact in die press input is below' a second intensity threshold. In response to detecting that the intensity of the contact in the press input is below' the second intensity threshold, and in accordance with a detennination that the press input meets predefined timing criteria, the processing unit is configured to: in accordance with a determination that a respective location of the contact in the press input satisfies predetenuined location criteria: initiate performance of an action associated with; the respective user interface demerit; and cease display of the additional user interface element overlaid on theuseriritéffaëd In response to detecting that the intensity of the contact in the press input is below Ihp second intensity threshold, and in accordance with a detennination that the press input meets predefined imirig criteria, the processing unit is configured to: in accordance with a detennination that a respective location of the contact in the press input does not satisfy the predetermined location criteria, cease display of the additional user interface dement overlaid on the riser interface while forgoing performance of the action associated withriheirespeefiye: user interface element.
[0015J In accordance with some embodiments, an electronic device includes: a display, a touch-sensitive surface, optionally one or more sensors to detect intensity of contacts with tie touch-sensitive surface, one or more processors, memory, and one or more programs; the one ot more programs are stored in the memory and configured to be executed by the one or more processors andjhu OriC or more programs include instructions for performing or causing performance of the operations of any of the methods described, herein, in accordance with some embodiments, a computer readable storage medium has stored thereiniiöStfUÊiööS Which when executed by ah electronic:iiëwiee with a display, a touch-sensitive surface, and optionally one or mop sensors to defect intensity of contacts with the touch-sensitive surface, cause the device to: perform or cause performance of the operations of any of the methods described herein. In accordance with some embodiments, a graphical user interface on an electronic device with a display, a touch-sensitive surface, optionally one or more sensors id detect intensity of contacts with the touch-sensitive surface, a memory, and one or moresprocessors to execute one or more programs stored in the memory includes one bf more of the elements displayed in any of the methods described herein, which are updated in response to inputs, as described |n any of the methods described herein, hi accordance: with some embodiments:, an electronic device includes: a display, a touch-sensitive surface, and optionally one or more sensors to detect intensity of contacts With the touch-sensitive: surface: and means for performing or causing performance of the operations of any of the methods described herein: In accordance with some embodiments, an information processing apparatus, for use ih an electronic device with a display and a touch-sensitive surface, and optionally one or more sensors to detect intensity of contacts with the touch-sensitive surface, includes means for performing of causing performance of the operations of any of the methods described herein.
[0016] Thus, electronic devices with displays, touch-sensitive surfaces and optiöMlly one or more sensors to detect intensity of contacts with the touch-sensitive surface are provided with faster, more efficient methods and interfaces for displaying and using menus, thereby increasing the effectiveness, efficiency, and user satisfaction with such devices. Such methods and interfaces may complement or replace conventional methods for displaying and using menus. 1MEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS [0017J For a better underst anding of the various described embodiments, reference should be made to the Description of Embodiments below:, in conjunction with the following drawings in which like reference numerals refer to corresponding parts throughout the figures.
[0018J Figure is a block diagram illusiratng a portable multifunction device with: a touch-sensitive display in accordance with some embodiments.
[0019] Ffgpe IB is a block diagram illustrating exemplary components for event handling in accordance with some embodiments.
[0020] Figure 2 illustrates a portable multifunction deViföi;laVÉlg::a touch screen in accordance with some embodiments. 10021] Figure 3 is a block diagram of an exemplary multifunction device with a display and a touch-sensiti ve surface in accordance with some embodiments.
[0022] Figured illustrates an exemplary user interface for a menu of applications on a portable multifunction device in accordance with some embodiments. p023] Figure 4B illustrates an exempary user iMerfaee for a multifunction device
With a touch-sensitive surface that is separate from the display in accordance with some embodiments.
[0024] Figures: 4£^4E illustrate exemplary dynamie intensity thresholds in accordance with some eHfoodiment& [0025] figures: JA-5NN illustrate exemplary user interfaces for displaying and using menus in dOCOfriance With some embodiments.
[0026] Figures 6A-6X illustrate exemplary user interfaces for displaying and using menus in accordance with some embodiments^ [0027] Figures 7A-7F are flow diagrams illustrating a method of displajpng and using menus in accordance will· some embodiments.
[0028] Figures 8A-8B are flow diagrams illustrating a method of displaying and using menus in accordance with some embodiments.
[0029] lipfès 9A-9C are flow diagrams illustrating a method of displaying and using menus in aceogdanee with some embodiments.
[0030] Figures: 10A-10D are flow diagrams illustrating a method of displaying and using menus in accordance with some embodiments.
[0031 ] Figures 11-14 are functional block diagrams of pi electronic device in accordance with some embodiments.
[1032] Figures 15A-15S illustrate exemplary user interfaces for interacting with a map in accordance with some embodiments.
[0033 j Figures 16A-16B illustrate a flow diagram of a method of generating a tachle (e.g., haptic) output when a user rotates display map into certain predetermined: orientations in accordance with some embodiments.
DESCRIPTION OF EMBODIMENTS
[GO *4| As noted above, existing methods and devices for delaying and using menus ;are; cumbersome and inefficient. For example, menus often display numerousoptions that at® barely used. The display of these options makes it more difficult tö find arid options that are more frequently used. On the other hand, it is also desirable to provide ready access to both rarely used options and more frequently used opfions, [0035] Sere, devices and methods are disclosed thatpnprpve upon the display and use of menus,::; [ÖÖ36J In some embodiments, a reduced menu with fewer options is displayed in response detecting user inputs: of a first type, and an expanded; menu with more options is displayed in response detecting user inputs of a second type. The input types Optionally depend on the number of contacts and/or the intensity^e.^Éi^mFppssptel of the contacts used m the input. Intsome embodiments, the reduced menus are radial menus with four or fewer options, which make it easy to see and activate the desired option. |0G37] In some embodiments, a cursor that is displayed over a user interface object ceases to he displayed when a reduced menu is displayed. This indicates to the user that precise control of a cursor is not needed or used to activate a menu option; imprecise finger gestures (e.g., taps orswipes} without a cafsorsafeiusei instead; [0038] In some embodiments, if a press input at a location that corresponds to a user interface element, has only a single option for the press input, an action is initiated that corresponds to the single option, without displaying a menu. On the other hand, if the press input is at a location that corresponds to a user interface element with multiple options for the press input, then a menu is overlaid on the user interface element. This avoids the display of unnecessary menus.
[0039] hi some embodiments* a menu for a particular user interface element is displayed in response to a press input. Wien the press input intensity falls below a threshold, if location and timing; criteria are met, an action is performed that is associated with the particular1 user fnterfaeè element «d display- of the menu ceases. On the other hand, if the location criteria are not met. the action is not performed and, if the timing criteria arc not met, the menu continues to be displayed. This helps to display and dismiss the menu as needed.
[0040] In some embodiments, a map is displayed which a user can rotate by performing a touch input on a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., a two-finger rotation gesture},:
The tOUehsensitive surface includes one or more tactile output generators that generate a tactile output when the map aligns with certain orientations (e.g., true north and/or transit north). In some embodiments, the tactile output provides the user wilt: a sensation that the map is “snapping” into importantisrientations, [OSii] Below, Figures 1 A-1B, 2, and 3 provide a description of exemplary devices.
Figures 4A-4B, 5A-5bM, and 6A-6X illustrate exemplary user interfaces for displaying and using menus. Figures 7A-7F illustrate a flow diagram of a method of displaying and using menus. Figure 8A-8B illustrate a flow' diagram of another method of displaying and using menus. Figures: 9A-9C illustrate a flow diagram of yet another method of displaying and using menus, Figures IÖA-1ÖD illustrate a flo w diagram of vet another method of displaying and using menus. Figures 15A-.15S illustrate exemplary user interfaces for interacting with maps. Figures 16A-16B illustrate a flowdiagram of a method of pnefsting tactile (e,g., haptic) outputs when a user rotates a displayed map into certain predetermined directions. Thë user interfaces in Figures 5A-5TW, ÓA-ÓX, and 15A-15S, are Used to illustrate tie: processes in Figures 7A-|F, 8A-8B,.:|%-9C, 10A-10D, and 16A-16B.
EXEHFLAR.Y DEVICES
[0042] Reference will now be made in detail to embodiments, examples of which are illustrated in the accompanying drawings. In -the following detailed description, numerous Speciie details are set forth in order to ppvile a thorough understanding of the various discrihed embodiments. However, it will be apparent to one of ordinary skill in the art that the various described embodiments may be practiced without these specific details, in other instances, well-known methods, procedures; components, circuits, and networks have not been described in detail so as not to unnecessarily obscure aspects of the embodiments.
[0043] It will also be understood that, although the terms first, second, etc. are, in some instances, used: herein to: describe various elements, foese: dements should not be limited by these terms. These terms are only used to distinguish one element from another. For example, a first contact could be termed a second contact, and, similarly, a second contact could be termed a first contact., without departing fiom the scope of the various described embodiments. The first contact and the second contact are both contacts, but they are noffite same contact, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise.
[0044] The terminology used, in the description Of file various described embodiments herein is for the purpose of describing particular embodiments: only and is not intended to be limiting. As used in the description of the various described embodiments and the appended claims, the singular forms “a,” “an,” and “tie” are intended fo include the plural foops as well, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise. It will also be understood that the term “and/or” as used herein refers to and encompasses any and all possible combinations of one or more of the associated listed items. It will be further understood that the terms; “includes,” “including,” “comprises.” and/or “comprising,” when: used in this specification, specify the presence of stated features, integers, steps,, operations, elements, and/or components, hut do not preclude the presence or addition of one or more other features, integers, steps,: :: operations, elements, components, and/or groups thereof {0045] As used herein, die term “If ”Is, optionally* construed to mean “when” or “upon” or “in response to determining”1 :or:“in response1 to detecting,” depending on the context. Similarly, the phrase “if it is determined” or “if [a stated condition or event] is detected” is, optionally, construed to mean “upon determining” or “in response to determining” or “upon detecting [the stated condition or event]” or “in response to detecting [the stated condition or event],” depending on the context.
[004i] Embodiments Of electronic devices, user interfaces for such devices, and associated processes for using such devices are described. |n sonre enihodiments, the device is a portable communications device, such as a mobile telephone, that also contains other functions* such as PDA and/or music player functions. Exemplary embodiments of portable multifunction devices include, without limitation, the iPhone®, iPod Touch®, and iPad® devices from Apple Inc. of Cupertino, California. Other portable electronic devices, such as laptops or tablet computers with touetosensitito suribees (e.g., touch-screen displays and/or touchpads), arc. optionally, used. It should also be understood that, in some embodiments, the device is not a portable communications device, but is a desktop computer with a touch-sensitive surface (e.g,, a touch-screen display and'or a touchpad). {0047] In the discussion that follows, an electronic device that includes a display and a;touch-sensitive surface is described. It should be understood,; however*; that the electronic device optionally includes one or more other physical user-interface devices, such as a physical keyboard, a mouse and/or a joystick.
[0048] The device typically supports a variety of applications, such as; one or more of the following: a note taking application, a drawing application, a presentation application, a word processing application, a website creation application, a disk authoring application, a spreadsheet application, a gaming application, a telephone application, a video conferencing application, an e-mail application,-an instant messaging application, | workout support application, a photo management application, a digital camera application, a digital video camera application, a web browsing application, a digital music player applicaion* and/or a digital video player application.
[0049:] The various applications that are executed on the device optionally use at least one common physical user-interface device^ suCh .as the touch-sensitive surface. One or more functions:;bf the tïHïÉh-sensitivea^ as corresponding information displayed on the device are, optionally, adjusted and/or varied from one application to the next and/or within a respective application. In this way, a common physical architecture (such as the touch-sensitive surface) of the device optionally supports the variety of applications with user interfaces that are intuitive and transparent to the user.
[0050] Attention is now directed toward embodiments of portable devices with touch- sensitive displays. Figure 1A Is a hip# diagram illustrating portable multifunction device 100 with touch-sensitive display system 112 in accordance with some embodiments. Touch-sensitive display system 112 is sometimes called a “touch screen” for convenience* arid is sometimes supply called a toueh-scnsiive display. Device 100 includes memory 102 (which optionally includes one or more computer readable storage mediums), memory controller 122, one or more processing units (CPUs) 120, peripherals interface 118, RF eireuitry 108, audio circuitry 110, speaker 111, miereplmne 113,; inputfoutput (I/O) subsystem 106, other input or control devices 116, and external port 124. Device 100 optionally includes one or more optical sensors 164. Device 100 optionally includes one or more intensity sensors 165 for detecting intensity of contacts on device 100 (e.g., a touch-sCnsihve stfoface such as fouch-sensitive display system 112 of device 100); Device 100 optionally Includes: one or more tactile output generators 167 for generating tactile outputs on device 100 (e.g., generating tactile outputs on a touch-sensitive surface such as fouCh-sensitive display system 112 of device 100 or touchpad 355 of device 300). These components optionally communicate over one or more communication buses or signal lines 103.
[1Ö51] As used in the specification and claims, the term “tactile output” refers to physical displacement of a device relative to a previous position of the device, physical displacement of a component (e.g., a touch-sensitive surface) of a device relative to another component (e.g., housing) of the device, or displacement of the component relative to a center of mass of the device that Mil be detected by a user with the user’s sense of touch. For example, in situations where the device: or thoepmponent of the device Is in contact with a surface of a user that is sensitive to touch (e.g., a finger, palm, or other part of a user’s hand), the tactile output, generated by the physical displacement will be interpreted by the user as a tactile sensation corresponding to a perceived change in physical characteristics of the device Ü the component of the device. For example movement of a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., a fouch-sensitive display or trackpad) is, optionally, interpreted by the usersas a “down click” or “op click" of a physical actuator button. In some cases, a user will feel a tactile sensation such as an “down click” or “up click” even when there is no movement of a physical agfuatpr hutton associated with the touch-sensitive surÉei that is physically pressed (e.g., displaced) by the user’s movements, As another example, movement of the touch-sensitive surface is, opionally, interpreted or sensed by the user as -toughness” of the touch-sensitive: surface, even when there is no change in smoothness of the touch-sensitive surface. While such interpretations of touch by a usei will be subject to the individualized sensory perceptions of the user, there are many sensory perceptions of touch that are common to a large majority of users. Thus, when a tactile output is described as corresponding to a particular sensory perception of a user (e.g., an “up click,” a “down click,” “roughnes#|, unless otherwise stated, the generated tactile output corresponds to physical displacement of the device Or a component thereof that will generate the described sensory perception for a typical (or average) user. §|052j it should be appreciated that device 100 is only one example of a portable multi function device, and that device 100 optionally has more or fewer components than shown, optionally combines two or more comflohents,, of optionally has a different configuration or arrangement of die components. The various components shown in Figure 1A are implemented in hardware, software, firmware, or a combination: thereof including;One or moressignai processing and/or application specific integrated circuits, [hOSiJ Memory 102 optionally includes high-speed random access; memory and
Optionally also includes non-volatile memory, such as one or more magnetic disk Storage devices, flash memory devices, or Other nonvolatile solid-state memory devices. Access to memory 102 by other components of device 100, such as CPU(s) 120 and the peripherals interface Ï 1|, is, optionally, controlled by memory controller 122.
Peripherals interface 118 can be used to Couple input and output peripherals of the device to CPU(s) 120 and memory 102. The one or more processors 120 run or execute various software f mgrams and/or sets of instructions stored in memory 1Ö2 to perform various -fonctions 100 and to process data.
[0055J in some embodiments, peripherals interlace 118, CPU(s) 120, and memory eontnailer 122 are, optionally, implemented on a single chip, such as chip 104. In some other embodiments, they are, optionally, implemented on separate chips. (0056) RF (radio frequency) circuitry 108 receives and sends RF signals, also called electromagnetic sifpals. RF circuitry 108 converts electrical signals to/from electromagnetic signals and communicates with communications networks and other communications devices via the electromagnetic signals. RF circuitry 108 opiuiÉlf ïiMüÉis 1idy^m5ëircwtïf :Êf performing these functions, including but not limited to an antenna system, an RF transceiver, one or more amplifiers, a tuner, one; or more oscillators, a digital signal processor, a CODEC chipset, a subscriber idMfoy module (SIM) card, memory^ and so forth. RF circuitry 108 optionally communicates with networks, such as the internet, also referred to as the World Wide Web (WWW), an intranet and/or a wireless network, such as a cellular telephone network., a wireless local area network (LAN) and/or a metropolitan area network (MAN), and other devices by wireless communication. The uses inf of a plurality of communications standards, protocols and technologies, incl uding but not limited to Global System for Mobile Communications (GSM), Enhanced Data GSM Environment (EDGE), high-speed downlink packet access (HSDPA), high-speed uplink packet access (HSUPA), Evolution, Data-Only (EV-DO), HSPA, HSPA+, Dual-Cell HSPA (DC-HSPDA), long term evolution (LTE), near field communication (NFC), wideband code division multiple access (W-CDMA), code division multiple access (CDMA), time division multiple access (TDMA), Bluetooth, Wireless Fidelity (Wi-Fi) (e.g., IEEE 802.1 la, IEEE 802.1 lae, IEEE 802.11 ax, IEEE 802.1 lb, IEEE 802.1 lg and/or IEEE 802,lln), voice over Internet Protocol (VoIP), Wi-MAX, a protocol for e-mail (e.g,, Internet message access protocol (IMAP) and/or post office protocol (POP)), instant messaging (e.g., extensible messaging and presence protocol (XMPP), Session Initiation Protocol for Instant Messaging and Presence Leveraging Extensions: (SIMPLE), Instant Messaglng and Presence Service (IMPS)), and/or Short Message Service (SMS), or any other suitable communication protocol, including communication protocols not yet developed as of the filing date of this document. I0057J Audio eiï0uitf|i 110,. Speikèr 111, and microphone 113 provide an audio interface between a user and device TOO. Audio eireuitry 110 reeeives audio data from peripherals interface 118, converts the audio data to an electrical signal, and transmits the electrical signal to speaker 111. Speaker 111 converts the electrical signal to human-audible sound waves. Audio circuitry 110 also receives electrical signals converted by microphone 113 from sound waves. Audio eireuitry 110 converts the electrical signal to audio data and transmits foe audio data to peripherals interface 118 for processing. Audio data is, optionally, retrieved from ahd/or transmitted to memory 102 and/or RF circuitry 108 by peripherals interface 118. In some embodiments, audio circuitry 110 also includes a headset jack (e.gji, 212, Figure 2). The headset, jack provides an interface between audio circuitry' 110 and nrinovable audio input/output peripherals, such as output-only headphones or a headset with both output (e.g., a headphone for one or both ears) and input (e.g., a microphone).
[0058] I/O subsystem 106 couples input/output peripherals on device 100, such as touch-sensitive display system 112 and other input or control devices 116, with peripherals interface 118. ί/É subsystem 106 optionally includes display controller 156, optical sensor controller 158, intensity sensor controller 159, haptic feedback controller 161, arai ohe or more input controllers 160 for other input or control devices; The one or moreinput controllers 16§ reeeive/send electrical signals from/to other input or control devices 116. The other input or control devices 116 optionally include physical buttons (e.g., push buttons, rocker buttons, etc.), dials, slider switches, joysticks, click wheels, and so forth. In some alternate embodiments, input controller(s) 160 are, optionally, coupled with any (or none) of the following: a keyboard, infrared port, USB port, stylus, and/or a pointer device such as a mouse. The onësör more buttons (e.g., 208, Figure 2) optionally include an uptown button for volume control of speaker 111 and/or microphone 113. The one or more buttons optionally include: a push button (e.g., 206, Figure 2). (00591 llueh-sensitive display system 112 provides an input intitfaec and an output interface between the device and a user. Display controller 156 receives and/Or sends electrical signals from/to touch-sensitive display system 112. Touch-sensitive display system 112 displays visual output to the user. The visual output optionally includes graphics, text, icons, video, and any combination thereof (collectively termed “graphics”)» In some embodiments, some or all of the vi sual output corresponds to user-interface objects. As used herein, the term “affordance” refers to a usen-mteraefive graphical user interface object (e.g., a graphical user interface object that is eonfipHfod to respond to inputs directed toward the graphical user interface object). Examples graphical user interface objects include, without limitation, a button, slider, icon, selectable menu item, switch, hyperlink, or other user interface control. (0060] Touch-sensitive display system 112 has a feuch-sensitive surface, sensor or set of sensors that accepts input from the user based on haptic and/or tactile contact. Touch-sensitive display system 112 and display controller 156 (along with any associated modules and/or sets of instructions in memory IQlj detect cemtact::|and any: movement or breaking of the eentaeÉ on touch-sensitive display system 112 and converts the detected contact into interaction with user-interface objects (e.g., one or moresoft keys, icons, web pages or images) that are: displayed on toucfosensiiive display system 112, In an exemplary embodiment, a point of eontact between touch-sensitive display system 112 aid the us# corresponds to a finger of the user or a stylus, POSIJ Touch-sensitive display system 112 optionally uses LCD (liquid crystal: display) technology, LPD (light emitting polymer display) technology, or LED (light emitting diode) technology, although other display technologies are used in other embodiments. Touch-sensitive display system 112 and display controller 156 optionally detect cöhtaët and any movement or breaking thereof using any of a plurality of touch sensing technologies now known or later developed, including but not limited to capacitive, resistive, infrared, and surface acoustic wave technologies, as well as other proximity sensor arrays or other elements for determining one or more points of contact with touch-sensitive display system 112. In an exemplary embodiment, projected mutual capacitance sensing technology is used, such as that found in the iPhone®, iPod Touch®, and iPad® from Apple Inc. of Cupertino, California. POill Touch-sensitive display system 112 optionally has a video resolution in excess of 100 dpi, In some embodiments, the touch screen Video resolution is in excess of400 dpi (e.g., 500 dpi, 800 dpi, or greater). The user optionally makes contact with touch-sensitive display system 112 using any suitable object or appendage, such as a stylus, a finger, and so forth. In sömë embodiments, the user interface is designed to work with finger-based contacts and gestures, which can feedess precise than stylus-based input due to the larger area of contact of a finger on the touch scr#m hr some embodiments, the device translates the rough finger-based input into a precise pointer/cursor position or command for performing foe actions desired by the user. IP6!) In some embodiments, in addition to the touch screen, device 100 optionally includes a touchpad (not: shown) for activating or deactivating particular functions, in some: embodiments, the touchpad is a touch-sensitive area of the device that, unlike the touch screen, does not display visual output. The touchpad is, optionally, a touch-sensitive surface fiat is separate from touch-sensitive display system 112 or an exfonsion of the touch-sensitive surface formed by the touch screen.
[0064] Device 100 also iheludes power system 162 for powering the various components. Power system 162 optionally includes a power management system, one or more power sources (e.gu battery, alternating current (AC)), a recharging system, a power failure detection circuit, a power converter or inverter, a power status indicator (e.g., a light-emitting diode (LED)) and any Other components associated with the generation, management and distribution of power in portable devices.
[0065] Device 100 optionally also includes ope or more optica! sensors 164. Figure 1A showssM optical sensor coupled with optical sensor controller 158 in I/O subsystem 106. Optical sensor(s) 164 optionally include charge-coupled device (CCD) or complementary metal-oxiie semiconductor (CMOS) phototransistors. Optica! sensor(i) 164 receive light from the environment, projected through one or more lens, and converts the light to data representing an image, in conjunction with imaging module: 143 (also called a camera module), optical sensor(s) 164 optionally capture still images and/or video. In some embodiments, an optical sensor is located on the back of device Iff), opposite touch-sensitive display system 112 on the front of the device, so that the touch screen is enabled for use as a viewfinder for still and/or video image acquisition. In some embodiments, another optical sensor is located on the front of the device so that the user's image is obtained (e.g., for Selies, for videoconferencing while the user views the other video conference participants on' thetoueh screen, etc.), [1Ö16J Device 100 optionally also includes one or more contact intensity sensors 165.
Figure 1A shows a confab intensity sensor coupled with intensity sensor controller 159 in I/©; subsystem 106. Contact intensity sensor(s) 165 optionally include one or more piezoreststive strain gauges, capacitive force sensors, electric force sensors,: piezoelectric force sensors, optical fpree sensors, capacitive touch-sensitive surfaces, or other intensity sensors (e.g., sensors used to measure the force (or pressure) of a contact on a touch-sensitive surface). Contact intensity sensorp) 165 receive contact intensity information (e.g., pressure information or a proxy for pressure information) from the environment, in some embodiments, at least one contact intensity sensor is collocated with, or proximate to, a fouch-sensitive surface (e.g., touch-sensitive display system 1 11). In some embodiments, at least one contact intensitysensor is; located on the back of device 100, opposite touch-screen display system 112 which is located on the front of device 1 @0.
[0067] Device 100 optionally also includes one or more proximity sensors 166.
Figure 1A shows proximity sensor 166 coupled with peripherals interface 118. Alternately, poxirnity sensor 166 is coupled with input controller 160 in I/O subsystem 106. In some embodiments, the proximity sensor turns off and disables touch-sensitive display system 1 lji when the multi function device is placed near the user's ear (e.g., When Éie User is making a phone call), |0S68] Device 100 optionally also includes one or more tactile output generators 167,
Figure 1A shows a tactile output generator coupled with haptic feedback controller 161 in 1/0 subsystem 106, Tactile output generators) 167 optionally include one or more electroacoustic devices sucli as speakers or other audio components mdfor electromechanical devices that convert energy into: linear motion such as a motor, solenoid, electroactive polymer, piezoelectric actuator, eleetrostatiOaituatDr, or other tactile output generating: component (e.g., a component that converts electrical signals into tactile outputs on the device). Tactile output, generators) 167 receive tactile feedback generation instructions#om haptic feedback module 133 and generates tactile Outputs on device 100 that are capable Of being sensed bp a user of device 100. in some embodiments, at least one tactile output generator is collocated with, or proximate to* a touch-sensitive surface (e.g,,: touch-sensitive display system 112) and, optionally, generates a tactile output by moving the touch-sensitive surface vertically (e.g., in/out of a surface of device 100) or laterally (e.g., back and forth in the same plane as a surface of deviee 1()0). In some embodiments, at least one tactile output generator sensor is locatedson the back of deviee 100, opposite touch-sensitive; display system 112, which is located on the front Of device 180. 10069J Device 100 optionally also includes one or more accelerometers 168. Figure 1A shows accelerometer MS Coupled with peripherals interface 118. Alternately, accelerometer 168 is, optionally, coupled with an input controller 160 in I/O subsystem 106. In some embodiments, information is displayed on the touch-screen display in a portrait view Of a landscape view based on an analpis of data received from the one or more accelerometers. Device 100 optionally includes, in addition to accelerometer(s) 168, a magnetometer (not shown) and a GPS (or GLONASS or other global navigation system) receiver (net shown) for obtaining information concerning die location arid orientation (e.g., portrait or landscape) of device 100. P07§] Iri some embodimerits, tie software components storerl in memory 102 include operating system 126¾ communication module (or set of instructions) 128, contact/motion module (or set of instructions) 130, graphics module (or set of instructions) 132, haptic feedback module (or set of instructions) i 33, text input module (or set of instructions) 134, Global Positioning System (GPS) module (or set of instructions) 135, and aptieatfons (or sets of inStttiOtiihS) 136. Furthermore, II some embodiments, memory 102 stores deviee/glöbai'Internal; state 157, as shown in Figures 1A and 3. Deviee/global interna! state 157 includes one of more of active application state, indicating which applications, if any, are currently active; display state, indicating what applications, views or other information occupy various regions of touch-sensitive display system 112; sensor state, including information obtained from the device's various sensors arid other input or control devices 116; and location and/or positional information concerning the device’s location and/or attitude.
[0071] OperatingsSptem 126 (e.g., iOS. Darwin, RTXC, LINUX, UNIX, OS X, WFMDOWS, or an embedded operating system such as Vx Works) includes various software components Md/ör drivers for .control ling and managing general system task§i(e,:g,, memory; management, storage device control, power management, etc.) and facilitates commumeatipn betweenvarious hardware and software components.
[0072] Communication module 128¾ facilitates communication with other devices over one or more external ports 124 and also includes various software components: for handling data received by RF circuitry 108 and/or external port 124. External port 124 (e.g., Universal Serial Bus (USB), FIREWIRE, etc.) is adapted for coupling directly to other devices or indirectly over a network (e.g., the Internet, wireless LAN, etc.). In softie embodiments, the external port is a multi-pin (e.g., 30-pin) connector that is the same as, or similar to and/or compatible with the 30-pin connector used in some iPhone®, iPod;Touch®,: and iPad® devices from Apple Inc. of Cupertino, California. In some embodiments, the external port is a Lightning connector that is the same as, or similar to and/or compatible with the Lightning connecter used in some iPhone®, iPod Touch®* aid iPad® devices from Apple Inc. of Cupertino, California.
[0073] Contact/motion module 130 optionally detects contact with touefosensifive; display system 112 (in conjunction with display controller 156) and other foueh^Msitive devices (e.g., a touchpad or physical click wheel). Contact/motion module 13fi Includes software components for performing Various operations related to detection of contact (e.g., by a finger or by a stylus), such as determining if contact has occurred (e.g., detecting a finger-down event), determining an intensity of the contact (e.g., the force or pressure of the contact or a substitute for the force or pressure of the contact), determining if there is movement of the contact and tracking the movement across the touch-sensitive; surface (e.g., detecting one or more finger-dragging evenfr), and determining if the contact has ceased (e.g., detecting a finger-up event or a break in contact). Contact/modonmodule 130 receives contact data from the touch-sensitive surface. Determining movement of the point of contact, which is represented by a series of contact data, optionally includes determining speed (magnitude), velocity (magnitude and direction),saad/or an-acceleration (a change in magnitude and/or direction) of the point of contact. These operations are, optionally, applied to single contacts (e.g., one finger contacts or stylus contacts) or to multiple simultaneous contacts (e.g., “multitouch’Vmultiple finger contacts and/or stylus contacts), In some embodiments, contact/motion module i 3() and display controller 1.56 detect contact on a touchpad.
[00741 Cohfaet/motion module 130 optionally detects a, gesture input by a User,
Different gestures on the touch-sensitive surfeeehave different contact patterns (|,g:„ different motions, timings, and/or intensities of detected contacts). Thus, a gesture is, optionally, detected by detecting a particular contact pattern. For example, detecting a finger tap gesture includes detecting a finger-down event followed by detecting a fingertip (lift oil):! event af the same position (or Substantially the sanie position) as the finger-down event (e.g,, at the position of an icon), As another example, detecting: a finger swipe gesture on the touch-sensitive surface includes detecting a finger-down event followed by detecting one: or more finger-dragging events, and subsequently followed by detecting a finger-up (lift off) event. Similarly, tap, swipe, drag, and Other gestures are optionally detected for a stylus by detecting a particular contact pattern for the stylus.
[0075] Graphics module 132 includes various known software: components for rendering and displaying graphics on touch-sensitive display system 112 or other displays inefoding: components for changing the visual impact (e.g., brightness, ft^sparoncy, saturation, contrast or other visual property) of graphics that are displayed. As" used herein, the term “graphics” includes any object that can he displayed to a user, including whüü limitation text, web pages, icons (such as user-interface objects including:soft keys), digital images, videos, animations, and the like.
[0076] in some embodiments, graphics module 132 stores data representing graphics to be used. Each graphic is, optionally, assigned a corresponding code. Graphics module 132 receives, from applications etc., one or more codes specifying graphics to be displayed along with, if necessary, coordinate data and other graphic property: data, and then generates screen image data to Output to display controller i 56.
[0077] Haptic feedback module 133 includes various software components for generating instructions used by tactile output generators) 167 foiproduce tactile outputs at one or more locations on device 100 in response to user interactions with device 100.
[0078] Text mput module 134, which is, optionally, a component of graphics module 132, provides soft keyboards for entering text in various applications (e.g., contacts 137, e-mail 140, LM 141, browser 147, and any other application that needs text input).
[0079] GPS module 135 determines the location of the device and provides: this information for use in various applications (e.g,, to telephone 138 for use in location-based dialing, to camera 143 as picture/video metadata, and to applications that provide: location- basei sendees such as weather widgets, local pel low page widgets, and map/navigation widpts).
[0080] Applications 136 optionally include the following modules (or sets of instructions), or a subset or superset thereof: * contacts module 137 (sometupes paled an address book or contact list); * telephone module 138; * video conferencing module 139; « e-mail client module 140; * instant messaging (IM) module 141; « workout support module 142; « camera module 143 for still and/or video images; « image management module 144; * browser module 147; * calendar module 148; * widget modules 149, which optionally include one or more of weather widget 149-1, stocks widget 149-2, calculator widget 149-3, alarm clock widget 149-4, dictionary widget 149-5, and other widgets obtained by the user, as well as user-created widgets 149-6; ® widget creator module 1 SO far maling user-created widgets 149-6; * search module 151; « video and music player module 152, which IS, optionally, made an of a video playc module and b, music paayer module; ® notes module 153; » mapmodule 154; and/or » online Video module 155* [0081] Examples of other applications 136 that are, optionally, stored in memory 101 include other word processing applications, other image editing applications, drawing applications, presentation applications, JAVA-enabled applications, encryption, digital fights management, voice recognition, and voice replication.
[0081] In conjunction with toUclUSensitive display system 112, display controller 156, contact module 130, graphics module 132, and text input module 134, contacts module 137 includes executable instructions to manage an address book or contact list (e.g,, stored in application internal state 192 of contacts module 137 in memory 102 or memory 370), including: adding name(s) to thesaddress book; deleting name(s) from the address book; associating telephone number(s), e-mail addriss|es), physical addressies) or other information with a name; associating an image with a name; categorizing and sorting names; providing telephone numbers and/or e-maii addresses to initiate and/or facilitate Communications by telephone 138; video conference 139, e-mail 140, or iM 141; ini so forth.
[9083] In conjunction With RF circuitry 108, audio circuitry 110, speaker 111, microphone 113, touch-sensitive display system 112, display controller 156, contact module 130, graphics module 132, and text· input module 134, telephone module 138 includes executable instructions to enter a sequence of eharaeters corresponding to a telephone number, access: one or more: telephone numbers in address hook 137, modify a telephone: number that has been entered, dial a respective telephone humief, conduct a conversation and disconnect or hang up when: the conversation's completed, its noted above, the wireless communication optionally uses any of a plurality of eömmiMeatiöM ^iÉirds^piöisiialS:: atid technologies. 109841 In conjunction with RF circuitry 108, audio circuitry 110, speaker fit, microphone 113, touch-sensitive display system 112, display controller 156, optical sensoti^j 164, optical sensor controller 158, contact module 130, graphics module"!32, text input module 134, contact list 137, and telephone module 138, videoconferencing:module 139 includes executable instructions to initiate, conduct, and terminate a video conference between a user and one or more other participants in accordance with user instructions.
[0985] In conjunction with RF circuitry 108, touch-sensitive display system 11¾ display controller 156, contact module 130, graphics module 132, and text input module 134, e-mail client module 140 includes executable instructions to create, send, receive, and manage e-mail in response to user instructions. In conjunction with image management module 144, e-mail client module 140 makes it very easy to create: and send e-mails with still or video images taken with camera module 143. {9086] In conjunction with RF circuitry 108, touch-sensitive: display system 11% display controller 156, contact module 130. graphics module 132, and text input moduli 1:3:4, the instant messaging module 111 includes executable instructions to enter a sequence of characters corresponding to an instant message, to modify previously ettiered characters, to transmit a respective instant message (for example,, using a Short Message Service (SMSp or Multimedia Message Sendee (MMS) protocol for iCiephony-based instant messages: or usiig XMPP, SIMPLE, Apple Push Motiieation; Service |APNs) or IMPS for Internet-based instant messages!; to receive instant messages and to view received instant messages. In some embodiments, transmitted and/or received instant messages optionally include graphics, p|pfo§;audio files, video files and/or other attachments as spffiüiorted tin a MMS and/or an Enhanced Messaging Service |EMS). As used freréih, “instant messaging’" refers to both telephony-based messages (e.g., messages sent using SMS or MMS) and internet-based messages (e.g., messages sent using XMPP, SIMPLE, APNs, or IMPS).
[0087] in conjunction with RE circuitry 108, touch-sensitive display system 112, display controller 156, contact module 130, graphics module 132, text input module 134, GPS module 135, map module 154, and music player module 146, workout support module 142 includes executable instructions to create workouts (e.g., with time, distance, and/or calorie burning: goals!; eonunumcate with workout sensors (in sports devices: and smart watches); receive workout: sensor data; calibrate sensors used to monitor a workout; select and play music for a workout; and display, store and transmit workout data. |0S8] In conjunction with touch-sensitive'display system 112, display controller 156, optical senser(s) 164, optical sensor controller 158, contact module 130, graphics:module 132, and image management module 144, camera module 143 includes executable instructions to capture still images or Video (including a video stream) and store them into memory 102, modify characteristics of a stil linage or videos and/or delete a still image or video from memory 102. PÖS9] In conjunction with touch-sensitive display system 112, display controller 156, contact module: 111, graphics module 132, text input module 134, and camera module 143, image management module 144 includes executable instructions to arrange, modify (e.g., edit), or otherwise manipulate, label, delete, present (e.g., in a digital slide show or album), and store still and/or video images.
[0090:] In conjunction with R.F circuitry 108, touch-sensitive display system 112, display system controller 156, contact module Ii:|, graphics module 132, and text input module 134, browser module 147 includes executable instructions to browse the Internet in accordance with user instructions, including searching, linking to, receiving, and displaying web pips or portions thereof, as well as attachments and other files linked to web pages. [0091:] Ip: conjunction with RF circuitry 108, touch-sensitive display system 112, display system controller 156, contact module 130, graphics module 132, text input module 134, e-mail client module 140, and browser module 147, calendar module 148 includes executable instructions to create, display, modify, and store calendars and data associated with calendars (e.g., calendar entries, to do lists, etc.) in accordance with user instructions. [0092] In conjunction with RE circuitry 108, touch-sensitive display sptem 112, display system controller !56, contact: module 130, graphics module 132, text input module 134. and browser module 147. widget modules 149 are mini-applications that are, optionally downloaded and used by a user (e.g., weather widget 149 1, stoieks Widget 149-2, calculator fidget 149-3, alarm clock widget 149-4, and dictionary widget 149-5} or created by the user (e.g., user-created widget 149-6). in some embodiments, a widget includes an HTML (Hypertext Markup Language) file, a CSS (Cascading Style Sheets) file, and a JavaScript file. In some embodiments, a widget includes an XML (Extensible Markup Language) file and as JavaScript file (e.g.. Yahoo! Widgets).
[00931 Ip conjunction with RF circuitry 108, touch-sensitive display system 112, display system controller 156, contact module 130, graphics module 132, text input module 134, and browser module 147, the widget creator module 150 includes executable instructions to create widgets (e.g.. turning a user-specified portion of a webpage into a widget).
[0094] In conjunction with touch-sensitive display system 112, display system controller 156, contact module 130, graphics module 132, and text input module 134, search module 151 includes executable instructions to search 10 i tCXtj, music, sound, image, video, and/or other files in memory 102 that match one or more search criteria (e;g,, one; or more user-specified search terms) in accordance with user instructions. iOpJ In conjunction with touch -sensitive display system 112, display system controller 156, contact module 130, graphics module 132, audio circuitry 110, speaker 111, RF circuitry 108, and browser module 147, video and music player module 152 includes executable instructions that allow the user to download and play back recorded music and other sound files stored in one of mom file formats, such as MP3: or AAC files, and executable instructions to display present or otherwise play baek videos (e.g,, on touch-sensitive display system 11:1, or on an external display connected wirelessly or via: external port 124). In some embodiments, deviceTOO optionallyincludes the^ fimetionality ofan MP3 player, such as an iPod (trademark of Apple Inc.).
[0096] in conjunction with touch-sensitive display system 112, display controller 156, contact module 13fiygraphïes mpdule 132, and text input module 134, notes module 153 includes executable instructions to create and manage notes/ to do lists, and the like in accordance with user instructions; [0097] In conjunction with RF circuitry 108, touch-sensitive display system 112, display system controller 136i contact module 130, graphics module 132, text input module 134, GPS module 135, and browser module 147, map module 154 includes executable instructions to receive, display, modify, and store maps: and data associated with maps |e.g., driving directions; data on stores and other points of interest at or near a particular location; and other location-base! lata) in accordance: with user instructions, [Θ098] In conjunction wit! touch-sensitive display system 112, display system controller 156, coniaelmodule 130, graphics module 132, audio circuitry 110, speaker ill, RF circuitry 108, text input module 134, e-mail client module 140, and browser module 147, online video module 155 includes executable instructions that allow the user to access, browse, receive (e.g., by streaming and/or download), play hack (e.g., on the touch screen 112, or on an external display connected wirelessly or via external port 124), send an e-mail with a link to a particular online video, and otherwise manage online videos in one or more file formats, such as H.264, In some embodiments, instant messaging module 141, rather than e-mail client module 140, is: used to send a link to a particular online video. | 0099J Each of the above identified modules and applications:: correspond to a set of executable instructions tor performing one or more functions described above and the methods described in this application |e.g,, the computer-implemented methods and other information processing methods described hefeiil). These modules (i.e., sets of instructions) need not be implemented as separate software programs, procedures or modules, and thus various subsets of these modules are, optionally, combined or otherwise re-arranged in various embodiments, Ift some embodiments, memory 102 optionally stores asubset offhe modules and data structures identified above. Furthermore, memory 102 optionally stores additional modules arid data structures not described above; [00100] In some embodiments, device 100 is a device where operation of a predefined set of function on the device is performed exclusively through a touch screen and/or a touchpad. By using a touch screen and/or a touchpad as the primary input control device for operation of device 100, the number of physical input control devices (such as push buttons, dials, and the like) on device 1ÖÖ is, opiOriallf, fèÜUeëd.
[ÖÖIÖ11 The predefined set of functions that: are performed exclusively through a touch screen and/or a touchpad optionally include navigation between user interfaces, in some embodiments, the touchpad, when touched by the user, navigates device 100 to a main, home, or root menu item any user interface that is displayed on device 100. in such embodiments, a “menu button” is implemented using a touchpad. M some: other embodiments., the menu button is a physical push button or other physical input control device instead of a touchpad, [ÖÖ1Ö2] Figure IB is a block diagram illustrating exemplary componenis i>r event: handling |n accordance with some embodiments. In some embodiments, memory 102 (in Figures 1 A) or 370 (Figure 3) includes event sorter 170 (e.g,, in operating system 126) and a respective application 136-1 (e.g., any of the aforementioned applications 136,137-155, 380-390), £001031 Event sorter 170 receives event information and determines the application 136-1 and application view 191 of application 136-1 to which to deliver the event information. Event softer 170 includes event monitor 171 and event dispatcher module 174. In some embodiments, application 136-1 includes application internal state* 192. which indicates: the current application view(s) displayed on touch-sensitive display system 1Ï2 when the application: is active or executing. In some embodiments, deyiee/giOhal internal state 157 is used by event sorter 170 to determine which application(s) is (are) eimently active, and application internal state 192 is used fry éifont sorter 170 to determine application view's 191 to which to deliver event information.
[06104] In some embodiments, application internal State 192 includes additional information, such as one or more of: resume information to be used when application 136-1 resumes execution, user interface state infotmatfon foat indicates information being displayed or that is ready for display by application 136-1, a state queue for enabling the user to go back to a prior state or view' of application 136-1. and a redo/undo queue of previous actions taken by the user. £00108] Event monitor 171 receives event information from peripherals interface 118» Event information includes information about a sub-event (e.g., a user touch on touch-sehsitive display sySteii 112, as part of a multi-touch gesture). Peripherals interlaceid 18 transmits information it receives from I/O subsystem 106 or a sensor, such as proximity sensor 1:66* aecélëfötnëter(s) 168, and/or microphone 113 (through audio circuitry 11J)1 Information that peripherals interface 118 receives: from I/O subsystem 106 includes information from touch-sensitive display system 1 11 or a touch-sensitive: surface. £00101] In some embodiments, event monitor 171 sends requests tO the peripherals interface 118: at predetermined intervals, in response, peripherals interface 118 transmits event: information. In Other embodiments, peripheral interlace 118 transmits event information only when there is a significant event (e.g., receiving ari input above a predetermined noise: threshold and/or for more:than a predetermined: duration). £00107] In some embodiments, event sorter 170 also includes a hit view determination module: 171 and/or an active event recognizer determination module 173.
[00108] Hit view' determination module 172 provides software procedures for determining where a sub-event has taken place within one or more views, when touch- sensitive display system i 12 displays more than one view. Views are made up of eotttihls and other dements that a user can see on the display.
[001091 Another aspect of the user interface associated with an application is a set of views, sometimes herein called application views or user interface: windows, in which information is displayed and touch-based gestures occur. The appheatfon views (of a respective application) in which a touch is detected optionally correspond to programmatic levels within a programmatic or view hierarchy of the application. Phr example, the lowest level view in which a touch is detected is, optionally, called the hit view, arid the set of events that are recognized as proper inputs are, optionally, determined based, at least in part, on the hit view of the initial touch that begins a touch-based gesture,
SlOlii Hi view determination module 172 receives information related to sub-events of ia touch-based ^gesture. When an application has multiple views organized in a hierarchy, hit view determination module 172 identities a hit view Us the lowest View in the hierarchy which should handle the sub-event. In most eiimimstahees, foe hit View is the lowed level view in Which ah initiating sub-event occurs (i.e., the first sub-event in the siguetwewf sub-events thd fesn an event or potential event). Once the hit view is identified by the hit view determination module, the hit view typically receives all sub-events related to the same touch or input source for which it was identified as the hit view.
[10111 ] Active event recognizer determination module 173 determines which view or views within a view hierarchy should receive a particular sequence of sub-events. In some embodiments, active event recognizer determination module 173 determines that only the hit View should receive a particular sequence of sub-events. In other embodiments, active event recognizer determination module 173 determines that all views that include the physical location of a sub-event are actively involved views, and therefore determines that all actively involved views should receive a particular sequence of sub-events. In other embodiments^ even if touch sub-events were entirely confined to the area associated with one particular view, views higher in the hierarchy would still remain as actively involved views.
[00112 j Event dispatcher module 174 dispatches foe event information to an event recognizer (e.g., event recognizer 18Ö). In embodiments including active event recognizer determination module 173, event dispatcher module 174 delivers foe event information to am event recognizer determined by active event recognizer determination module 173. in some embodiments, event dispatcher module 174 stores in an event queue the event information, which is retrieved by a respective event receiver module 182, (Θ0ΤΙ3] In some embodiments, operating system 126 includes event sorter 170. Alternatively^ application 136- i includes event softer 170. In yet other embodiments, event sorter 170 is a stand-alone module, or a part of another module stored in memory 102, such au eontaci7motion module 130. PD 114] In some embodiments, application 136-1 includes a plurality of event handlers 190 and one or more application views 191, each of which includes instructions for handling tbucli events that occur within a respective view of the aj^lieation’s user interface. Each application view 191 of the application 136-1 includes one or more event recognizers 180. Typically, a respective application view 191 includes a plurality of evesl FeeognizefP ISO. In Other embodiments, one or more of event recogm/ers 180 are part of a septum module,; such as a user interface kit (not shown) or a higher level object from which application 136-1 inherits methods and other properties. In some embodiments, a respective event handler 191 includes 6he Of more of: data updater 176, object updater 177. GUI updater 178) and/or event data 179 received from event sorter 170, Event handler 190 optionally uses or calls data updater 176, object updater 177 or GUI updater 178 toi update the application internal state 192. Alternatively, one or more of the application vfpws 191 includes one or more respective event handlers 190. Also, in some embodiments, one or more of data updater 176, object updater 177, Sid GUI updater ! 78 are included in a respective application view 191. |06115] A respective event recognizer 1 80 receives ihfèpnation (e.g., event data 179) from ©vent sorter 176, and identifies an event from the event information. Event recognizer 180 includes event receiver 182 and event comparator 184. In some embodiments, event recognizer 180 also includes at least a subset of: metadata 183, and event delivery instructions 188 (which optionally include stevent delivery instructions).
[00116] Event receiver 182 receives event information from event sorter 170. The event inÉmmatïon includes information about a sub-event, for example, a touch or a touch movement. Depending on the sub-event, the event information also includes additional information, such as location of the sub-event. When the sub-event concerns motion of a touch, the event information optionally also includes speed and direction of the sub-event. In some embodiments, events Include rotation of th© device from one orientation to another (e;g., from a portrait ortentation to a landscape orientation, or vice versa), and the event information includes corresponding information about the current orientation (also called device attitude) of the device.
[00117] Event comparator i 84 compares the event information to predefined event or sub-event definitions and, based on the comparison, determines an event or sub-evedt, or determines or updates the state of an event or sub-event. In some embodiments, event comparator 184 includes event definitions 186. Event definitions 186 contain definitions; of events p.g., predefined sequences of sub-events), for example, event 1 (187-:1), event 2 (187-I), and; others. In some embodiments, sub-events in an event 187 include, for example, touch begin* touch end, touch movement, touch cancellation, and multiple touching. In one example, the definition for event 1 (187-1) is a double tap on a displayed object. The double tap* for example, comprises a first touch (touch begin) on the displayed object for a predetermined phase, a first lift-off (touch end) for a predetermined phase, a Second touch (touch begin) on the displayed dl^et for a predetermined phase, and a second lift-off (touch end) for a predetermined phase. In another example, the definition for event 2 (187-2) is a dragging on a displayed object. The; dragging, for example* comprises a;touch (or contact) on the displayed object for a pëdëterMned phase, a movement ofthe touch across touch-sensitive display system 112, and lift-off of the touch (touch end). In some embodiments, the event also includes information for one or more associated event handlers 190, [00118] In some embodiments, event definition 187 includes a definition of an event for a respective user-interface object. In some embodiments, event comparator 184 perforins; a hit test to determine which usèr-mtërfaee object is associated with a sdfoevent. For example, in an application view in which three user-interface objects are displayed on touch-sensitive display system 112, when a touch is; detected on touch-sensitive display system 112, event comparator 184 performs a hit test to deferiöïiëwhich of the; three; user-interface objects is associated with the touch (sub-event). If each displayed object is associated with a respective event handler 190, the event comparator uses the result ofthe hit test to determine which event handler 190 should be activated, f or example, event comparator 184 selects an; event handler associated with the sub-event and the object triggering the hit test, poui] M Some embodiments, the definition for a respective event 187 also includes delayed aeions that delay delivery of the event information until after it has been determined whether the Sequence Of sub-events does Or does not correspond to the event recognizer’s event type.
[00120] ffhen;;a respective event recognizer 180 determines that the series of sub-events do not match any ofthe events in event definitions 186, the respective event recognizer 180 enters an event impossible., event foiled, or event ended state, after which it disregards subsequent sub-events ofthe töuch^based gesture. In this situation, other event; recognizers, if any, that remain active for the hit view continue to track and process sub-events of an ongoing touch-based gesture.
[09121 ] in some embodiments, a respective event recognizer 180 includes metadata 183 with configurable properties, flags, and/or lists that: indicate how the event delivery system should perform sub-event delivery to actively involved event recognizers. In some: embodiments, metadata 183 includes configurable properties^ flags, and/or lists that indicate how event recognizers interact, or are enabled to interact, with one another. In some embodiments, metadata 183 indudes configurable properties, flags, and/or lists that indicate whether sub-events are delivered to varying levels in the view or programmatic hierarchy. [00122) In some embodiments, a respective event recognizer 180 activates event handler 19| associated with an event when one or more particular sub-events plan event are recognized. In some embodiments, a respective event recognizer ISO delivers event information associated with the event to event handler 190. Activating an event handler liO is distinct from sending (and deferred sending) sub-events to a respective hit view. In some embodiments, event recognizer 180 throws a flag associated with the reCqpözed event, add event handler 190 associated with the flag catches the flag and performs a predefined process. [GO I23] In some embodiments, event delivery instructions 188 include sub-event: delivery instructions that deliver event information about a sub-event without activating an event handler. Instead, the sub-event delivery instructions deliver event information to event handlers associated with the series of sub-events of to actively involved view#. Event handlers associated with the series of sub-events: or with actively involved views receive the event information and perform a predetermined process.
[00124] In some embodiments, data uplsfor 17§ creates and updates data used in application 1. For example, data updater 176 updates the telephone number used in contacts module 137, or stores a video file used in video player module 145, Ih some embodiments, object updater 177 creates and updates objects used in application 136-1. For example, object Updater 176 creates a new user-interface object or updates the position of a user-interface object. GUI updater 178 updates the GUI For example, GUI updater 178 prepares display information and sends it to graphics module 132 for display on a touch-sensitive display. p0125j In some embodiments, event bandler(s) 190 includes or has access to data Updater 176, object updater 177, and GUI Updater 178. In some embodiments, data updater 176, object updater 177, and GUI updafor 17|mreincluded in a single module ofa respective application 136-1 or application view 191. In other embodiments, they are included in two or more software modules- [00126] It: shall be understood that the forgoing discussion regarding event handling of user touches on touch-sensitive displays also applies to other forms of user inputs to operate multifunction devices 100 with input-devices, not all of which aMimiiatei oil touch screens, lor example, mouse movement and mouse button presses, optionally coordinated with single or multiple keyboard presses or holds; contact movements such as taps, drags, serais; etc,, on tOuclfepads; pen stylus inputs; movement of the device; oral instructions; defected eye movements; biometric inputs; and/or any combination thereof are optionally us# as inputs corresponding to sub-events which: define an event to he recognized. (00J2 | Figure 2 illustrates a portable multifunction device 100 having a touch screen |e.g., touch-sensitive display system 112, Figure 1 A) in accordance with some embodiments. The touch screen optionally displays one or more graphics within user interface (UI) 20& In this embodiment, as well as others described below, a useriis enabled to select one; or mote of the graphics by making a gesture on the graphics, for example, with one or more; finger 202 (not drawn to scale in the figure) or one or more styluses 203 (not drawn to scale in the figure). In some embodiments, selection of one or more graphics; occurs when the user breaks contact with the one or more graphics. In some embodiments, the gesture optionally includes one or more taps, one or more swipes (from left to right, right to left, upward and/or downward) and/or a rolling of a finger (from right to left, left to right, upward and/or downward); that has made contact with device §00. In some implementations; or circumstances, inadvertent contact with a graphic does not select the example, a swipe gesture that sweeps over an application icon optionally does not select the corresponding application when the gesture corresponding to selection is a tap.
[00128] Device 1 ()0 optionally also includes one or more pliysical buttons, such as “home” or menu button 204. As described previously, menu button 204 is, pptipnally, used to navigate to any application 136 in a set of applications that are, optionallv executed on device 100, Alternatively, m some embodiments, the-menu button is implement# m a soft key in a GUI displayed on the touch-screen display.
[00129] In some embodiments, device 100 includes the touch-screen display, menu button 204, push button 206 for powering the device on/off and locking the; device, volume adjustment buttonis) 208, Subscriber Identity Module (SIM) card slot 210, head set jack 212, and docking/charging external port 124. Push button 206 is, optionally, used to turn the power on/off on the device by depressing the button and holding Jhe %tton in the depressed state for a predefined time interval; to lock the device by depressing the button and releasing the button before the predefined time interval has elapsed; and/or to unlock the device or initiate an unlock process. In some embodiments, device 100 also accepts verbal input for activation or deactivation of some functions through microphone 113. Device 100 also, optionally includes one or more contact intensity sensors 165 for detecting intensity of contacts on touch-sensitive display system 111 andlor one or more tactile output generators 167 for generating tactile outputs for a user of device 100. 1001:301 Figure 3 is a block diagram of an exemplary multifunction device with a display and a touch-sensitive surface in accordance with some embodiments. Device 300 need lot be portable. In some embodiments, device 300 is a laptop Computer, a desktop computer, a tablet computer, a multimedia player device, a navigation device, an educational device (such as a child’s learning toy), a gaming sptem, orta control device (e.g., a home Or industrial controller). Device 300 typically includes one or more processing units (CPU’s) 310, one or more network or other 360, memory 370, and one or more communication blies 'Ü® components. Communication buses 111 optionally include circuitry (sometimes called a chipset) that interconnects and controls communications between system components. Device 300 includes inpuO'ontput (I/O) interface 330 comprising display 340, which is typically a touch-screen display. I/O interface 330 also optionally includes a keyboard and/or mouse (or other pointing device) 350 and touchpad 355, tactile output generator 357 for generating tMile outputs on device 300 (e.g., similar to tactile output generators) 167 described above with reference to Figure 1 A), sensors 359 (e-g^optical, acceleration, proximity, touch-sensitive, and/or contact intensity sensors similar to contact intensity sensor(s) 165 described above with reference to Figure 1 A). Memory 370 includes high-speed random access memory, such as DRAM, SRAM, DDR RAM or other random access Solid State memory devices; and optionally includes nonvolatile memory, such as one or mom magnetic disk storage devices, optical disk storage devices, flash memory devices, otiother non-volatile solid state storage devices. Memory 370 optionally includes one or more storage devices remotely located from CPU(s) 310. In some embodiments, memory 370 stores programs, modules, and data structures analogous to the programs, modules, and data structures stored in memory 102 of portable multifunction device 111 (Figure 1 A| or a subset thereof Furthermore^ memory 370 optionally stores additional progr ams, modules, and data structures not present in memory 102 of portable: multifunction device 100. For example, memory 370 of device 300 optionally stores drawing module 380, presentation module 382, word processing module 384, website creation module 386, disk authoring module 388, and/or spreadsheet module 390, while memory 102 of portable multifunction device 100 (Figure |A) optionally does not store these modules.
[00131] Each of the above identifiei ëlèiïiëhts in figure 3 are, optionally, stored in one or tiore of the previously mentioned memory devices. Each of the above identified modules corresponds to a set of instructions for performing a function described above. The above identified modules or programs (i.e., sets of instructions) need not be implemented as separate software programs, procedures or modules, and thus various subsets of these modules are, optionally, combined or otherwise re-arranged in various embodiments. In some embodiments, memory 370 optionally stores a subset of the modules and data structures identified above. Furthermore, memory 370 optionally stores additional modules and data Structures not described above.
[00132] Attention is now directed towards embodiments of user interfaces (“UI”) that are, optionally, implemented on portable multiiffiöion device 100.
[00133] Figure 4A illustrates ait exemplary user interfaeelor a menu of applications on portable multifunction device 100 in accordance with some embodiments. Similar user interfaces are, optionally, implemented on device 300. In some 400 includes the following elements, or a subset or superset thereof: * Signal strength indicators) 402 for wireless communication^), such as cellular arid Wi-Fi signals; * Time 404; ® Bluetooth indicator 405; ® Battery status indicator 4Ö6; » Tray 408 with icons for frequently used applications, such as: o Icon 416 for telephone module 138; labeled “Phone,” which optionally includes: an indicator 414 of the number of missed calls or voicemail messages; © Icon 418 for e-mail client module 140, labeled “Mail,” which optionally includes an indicator 410 of the number of unread e-mails; o Icon 420 for browser module 147, labeled “Browser;” and o Icon 422 for video and music player module 152, also referred to as iPod (traiemarfcof Apple Inc.) module 152, labeled “iPod;” and * Icons for other applications, such as: o Icon 424 for IM module 141, labeled “Messages;” o Icon 426 for calendar module 148, labeled “Calendar;” o Icon 428 for image management module 144, labeled “Photos;” o Icon 430 for camera module 143, labeled “Camera;” o Icon 432 for online video module 155, labeled “Online Video;” © Icon 414 for stocks widget 149-2, labeled “Stocks;” o Icon 436 for map module 154, labeled “Map;” W Icon 43:8; for weather widget 149-1, labeled “Weather;” © Icon 440 for alarm clock widget 149-4, labeled “Clock;” © Icon 442 for workout support module 142, labeled “Workout Support;” © icon 444 for notes module 153, labeled “Notes;” and o Icon 446 for a settings application or module, :Wlieh provides access to settings for device 1ÖÖ and its various applications 136, [00134| It should be noted that the icon labels illustrated in Figure 4A are merely exemplary. For example, in some embodiments, icon 422 for:vid©0:andvinuslcplayermodule 152 is labeled “Music” or “Music Player.” Other labels are, optionally, used for various application icons. In some: embodiments, a label for a respective application icon includes a name of an application COfreSponiing to the respective application icon. In some embodiments, a label for a particular application icon is distinct from a name of an application corresponding to the particular application icon.
[00135] Figure 4B illustrates an exemplary user interface on a device (e.g., device 300. Figure 3) with a touch-sensitive surface 451 (e.g,, a tablet or touchpad 355, Figure 3|that is separate from the display 450. DëÜce 300 also, optionally, includes one or more contact intensity sensors (e.g., one or more of sensors 357) for detecting intensity of contacts on touch-sensitive surface 451 and/or-oniw more tactile output generators 359 for generating tactile outputs for a user of device 300, [00136] Figure 4B illustrates an exemplary user interface on a device (e.g,, device 300, Figure 3) with a touch-sensitive surface 451 (e.g., a tablet of touchpad 355, Figure 3) that is separate: from the display 450, Many of the examples that follow will be given with reference to a device that detects inputs on a touefosensitive surface that is separate from the display, as shown ih Figure 4Ö, In some embodiments, the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., 451 in Figure 4B) has a primary axis (e.g., 452 in Figure 4B) that corresponds to a primary axis (e.g,, 453 in Figure ÉS) on the display (e.g., 450). in accordance with these embodiments, the device detects contacts |e.g,, 460 and 462 in Figure; 4B) with the touch-sensitive surface 451 at locations that correspond to respective locations on the display (e.g., in Figure 40; 460 corresponds to 468 and 462 corresponds to 470). In this way; user inputs (e.g,, contacts 460 and 462, and movements thereof) detected by the device on the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., 451 ih Figure 4B) are used by the device to manipulate the user interface on the display (e.g., 450 in Figure 4B) of the multifunction device when the touch-sensitive surfaceds separate froffi the; display, it should be understood that similar methods are, optionally, used tor other user interfaces described herein. {00137] Additionally, while the following examples are given primarily with reference to finger inputs (e.g., finger contacts, finger tap gestures, finger swipe gestures, etc.), it should he understood that, in some embodiments* one or more of the finger inputs are replaced with inputfrom another input device (e.g., a mouse based input or a stylus input). For example, a swipe gesture is, optionally! replaced With a mouse click (e.g., instead of a contact) followed by movement of the cursor along the path of the swipe; (&gï:ï instead of movement of the eontaet), As another example, a tap gesture is, optionally, replaced with a mouse click while the cursor is located over the location of the tap gesture (e.g., instead of detection of the contact followed by ceasing to detect the contact). Similarly, when multiple User inputs are simultaneously detected, it Should be Understood that multiple computer mice are* optionally, used simultaneously, or a mouse and finger contacts are, optionally^ used simultaneously.
[001381 As used herein, the term "focus selector** refers to an input element that indicates a current part of a user interface with which a user is interacting. In some implementations that include a cursor of other location marker, tile cursor acts as a “foeus selector,” so thatwhen an input (e.g., a press input) is detected on a touch-sensitive surface (e.g,, touchpadJSS in Figure 3 or touch-sensitive surface 451 in Figure 4B) while the cursor is over a particular user interface element (e.g., a button, window, slider or other user interface element), the particular user interface element is adjusted in accordance with the detected input. Id some implementations that include a touch-screen display (e.g., touch-sensitive display system 11¾ in Figure 1A or the touch semen in Figure 4A) that enables direct infofoMon with user interface elements on the touch-screen display, a detected contact on the fouefosereen acts as a “focus selector,” so that when an input (e.g., a press input |y foe contact) is detected on the touch-screen display at a location of a particular user interface element (e.g., a button, window, slider or other user interface element), the particular user interface element is adjusted in accordance with the detected ir^uti In some implementations, focus is moved from one region of a user interface to another region of the user interface without corresponding mpycmcnf of a cursor or movement of a contact on a touch-screen display (e.g., by using a tab key or arrow' keys to move focus; from one button to another buttod)|:m the focus selector moves in accordance with movement of focus between different regions of foe user interface. Without regard to foe specific form takenÉy the focus selector, foe focus selector is generally the User interface element (or contact on a touch-screen display) that is controlled by the user so as to communicate the user’s intended interaction with the user interface (e.g., by indicating, to the device, the element of the user inteffoeesWith which the user is intending to interact). For example, the location of a focus selector (e.g., a cursor, a contact, or a selection box) over a respective button while a press input is: detected on the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., a touchpad or touch screen) will indicate that thé usëf is intending to activate the respective button (as opposed to other user interface elements: shown on a display of the device).
[00139] As used in thé specification and claims, the term “intensity” of a contact on a touch-sensitive surface refers to the force or pressure (force per unit area) of a contact (e.g., a finger contact or a stylus contact) on the touch-sensitive surface,: or to a substitute (proxy) for the force or pressure of a contact on the touch-sensitive surface. The intensity of a contact has a range of values that includes at least four distinct values and more typically includes hundreds Of distinct Values (ë.gi, at least 256). Intensity of a contact is, optionally, determined (or measured) using various approaches and vario us sensors or combinations of sensors. For example, one or more: force sensors underneath or adjacent to foe touch-sensitive surface are, optionally, used to measure force at various points on the touc|-sepsitive surface. In some implementations, force measurements from multiple force sensors are combined (e.g., a weighted avomge or a stumf fo determine an estimated force of a contacts Similarly, a pressure-sensitive: tip of a #ylus is* optionally, used to determine a pressure of the stylus on the touch-sensitive surface. Alternatively, the size of the contact area detected on the touch-sensitive surface and/or changes thereto, the capacitance of the touch-sensitive surface proximate to the contact: and/of ehanpesIlKiefo* and/or the resistance of the touch-sensitive surface proximate to the contact and/or changes thereto are, optionally, used as a substitute for the force or pressure of the contact on the: foueh-sensiiye surface. In some implementations, the substitute measurements for:contact force or pressure are used directly to determine whether an intensity threshold has been exceeded (e.g., the intensity threshold is described in units corresponding to the substitute measurements), in some implementations, the substitute measurements for contact force or pressure are converted to ah estimated force or pressure and the estimated force or pressure is used to determine whether an intensity threshold has been exceeded (e.g., the intensity threshold is a pressure threshold measured in units of pressure). Using the intensity of a contact as an attribute of a user input allows for user access to additional device functionality that may otherwise not be readily accessible by the user on a reduced-size device with limited real estate for displaying afthrdanees (e.g., on a touch-sensitive display) and/or receiving user input (e.g., via a touch-sensitive:display* a touch-sensitive surface, or a physical/mechanical control such as a knob or a button), [Ifidij In some embodiments, contact|mfiifin module 130 uses a set of one or more intensity1 thresholds to determine whether an operation has: been performed by a user (e.g., to determine whether a user has ‘''clicked” pn p icorff In some embodiments, at least a subset of the intensity thresholds are determined In accordance with software parameters (e.g., the intensity thresholds are not determined by the activation thresholds of pafoeulaf physical actuators and can be adjusted without changing the physical hardware fif device 100). For example, a mouse “click” threshold of a trackpad or touch-screen display can be set to any of a large range of predefined thresholds values without ohangjngfhe trackpad or touch-screen display hardware. Additionally, in some embodiments, a user of the device is provided with Software settings for adjusting one or more of foe set of intensity thresholds (e.g>, if adjusting individual intensity thresholds and/or by adjusting a plurality of intensity thresholds at once with a system-level click “intensity” parameter), [#01411 As used in foe specification and claims, foe term “characteristic intensity” of a contact refers to a characteristic of foe contact based on one or more intensities of foe contact, in some embodiments, the characteristic intensity is based on multiple intensity samples. The Characteristic intensity is, optionally, based on a predefined number of intensity samples, or a set of intensity samples collected during a predetermined time period (e.g., Gy0i| fol, 0.¾ (hi, 1, 2, 5, 10 seconds) relative to a predefined event fe,g., aftei detecting the contact, prior to detecting liftoff of the contact, before or after detecting a start, of movement of foe contact, prior to detecting an end of the contact, before or after detecting an increase ih intensity of the contact, and/or before or after detecting a decrease in intensity of foe:contael), A characteristic intensity of a contact ;s. optionally based on one of more of: a maximum value pf foe intensities of the contact, a mean value fif th® intensities of the contact, an average value of the intensities of the contact, a top 10 percentile value of the intensities of the contact, a value at the half maximum of foe intensities of the eöitaèt, a value at the iOspefeéht maximum of the intensities of the contact, or foe like. In some embodiments, foe duration of the contact is used in determining:the characteristic intensity (e.g., when foe characteristic intensity is an average pf foe intensity of the contact oyer time). In some embodiments, the characteristic intensity is compared to a set of one or more intensity thresholds to determine whether an operation has been performed by a user, iof example, the set of one of more intensity thresholds may include a first intensity threshold and a second intensity threshold. In this: example, a contact with a characteristieintensity that does not exceed foe first threshold results in a first operation, a eontaet with; a characteristic intensity that exceeds the first intensity threshold and does net exceed the second intensity threshold results:; in a second operation, and a contact with a characteristic intensity that exceeds the second intensity threshold results in a third operation. In some embodiments, a comparison teween the characteristic intensity and ÜËÉ or more intensity thresholds is used to detiliiiPiÉiifher or not to perform one or more operations (e.g., whether to perform a respective option or forgo performing the respective: operation) rather than being used to determine whether to perform a first operation or a second operation, [00142] in some embodiments, a portion of a gesture is identified for purposes of determining a characteristic intensity. For example^ a fouCh-sensitive surface may receive a continuous swipe contact transitioning from a start location and reaching an end Ideation (pi#,: a drag gesture), at which point the intensity of the eontact increases. In this example, the characteristic intensity of the eontaet at the end location may be based on only a portion of the continuous swipe contact, and; not; the entire swipe contact (e.g., only the portion of the swipe contact at the end location). In some embodiments, a smoothing algorithm may be applied do the intensities of the swipe contact prior tb determining the characteristic intensity of the contact. For example, the smoothing algorithm optionally includes one or more of: an unweighted sliding-average smoothing algorithm, a triangular smoothing algorithm, a median; filter smoothing algorithm, and/or an exponential smoothing algorithm. In some; circumstances, these smoothing algorithms eliminate narrow spikes or dips in the intensities of die swipe eontaet for purposes of determining a characteristic intensify.
[001431 Hie user interface figures described herein (e.g., Figures hA-6Xy and 1 &&-15S§ optionally include various intensity diagrams that show the current intensity of the contact on the touch-sensiüve surface relative to one or more intensity thresholds (e.g., a contact detection intensity threshold !To, a light press intensity threshold FTl, f d^fP press intensity threshold iTo (e.g., that is at least initially higher than II ), and/or one or more oiler intensity thresholds (e.g., an intensity threshold In that is lower than II)). Tins intensity diagram is typically no| part of the displayed user interface, but is provided to aid in the interpretation of the figures, in some embodiments,: hie light press intensity threiioli corresponds to an intensity at which the device will perform operations typieally associated with clicking a button of a physical mouse or a fraeipad. In some embodiments, the deep; press intensity threshold corresponds to an intensity at which the device will perform operations that are different from operations typically associated with clicking a button of a physical mouse or a fraekpad. In some embodiments, when a contact is detected with a characteristic: intensity bdow the light press intensity threshold (e.g., and above a nominal ^ntad>deteebon:iritensity thmshold ITo below which the contact is no longer detected), the device will move a focus selector in accordance with movement of the contact on the touch-sensitive surface without performing an operation associated with the light press intensity threshold or fie; deep press intensity threshold. Generally, unless otherwise stated, these intensity thresholds are consistent between different sets of user interface figures.
[00144] in Some embodiments, the response of foe device to inputs detected by the device depends on criteria based on the contact intensity during the input. For example, for some ‘light press” inputs, the intensity of a contact exceeding a first intensity threshold during the input triggers a first response. In some embodiments, the response of the device to inputs detected by the device depends on criteria that include both the contact intensity during the input and time-based criteria. For example, for some “deep press” inputs, the intensity of a contact exceeding a second intensity threshold during the input, greater than the first intensity threshold for a light press, triggers a second response only if a delay time has elapsed between meeting the first intensity threshold and meeting the second intensity threshold. This delay time is typically less than 200 mis in duration (e.g., 40,100, or 120 ms, depending on the magnitude of the second intensity threshold, with the delay time increasing as the second intensity threshold increases!. This delay time helps to avoid accidental deep press inputs. As another example* for some “deep press” Inputs, there is a reduced-sensitivity time period that, occurs after the time at which the first intensity threshold is met. During the reduced-sensitivity time period, the second intensity threshold is increased. This temporary increase in the second intensity threshold also helps to avoid accidental deep press inputs. For other deep press inputs, the response: to detection of a deep press input does not depend on time-based criteria. f00145J In some embodiments* one pr more of the input intensity thresholds and/or the corresponding outputs: vary based on one or more factors, such as user settings, contaet motion, input timing, application running, rate at. which the intensity is applied, dumber Of concurrent inputs, user history, environmental factors (e.g., ambient: noise), focus selector position, and the lihe. Exemplary factors are described in U.S. Patent Application Serial Mos, 14/399,606 and 14/624,296, which are incorporated by reference herein in their entireties* (001461 For example. Figure 4C illustrates a dynamic intensity threshold 480 that changes over time based in part on the intensity of touch input 476 over time. Dynamic intensity threshold 480 is a sum of two components, first component 474 that decays over timësaftër a predefined delay time pi from when touch input 476 is: initially detected, and second component 478 that trails lie intensity of tbsch. input 476 over time. The initial high intensity threshold of first coiiiponenUid redtieissaeeidentai triggeringof a “deep press’* response, wide still allowing an immediate “deep press” response if touch input 476 provides sufficient intensity. Second component 478 reduces unintentional triggering of a “deep press” response by gradual intensity fluctuations of in a touch input, iri some embodiments, when touch input 476 satisfies dynamic intensity threshold 480 (e.gi, at point 484 in Figure 4C), lie “deep press” response is triggered, [ÖÖ147J Figure 4D illustrates another dynamic intensity threshold 486 (e.g., intensity threshold Id). Figure 4D also illustrates two other intensity thresholds: a first intensity threshold 1h and a second intensity threshold 1l. In Figure 4D| although touch input 484 satisfies the first intensity threshold Ih and the second intensity: threshold It prior to time p2, no response is provided until delay time p2 has elapsed at time 482. AJsoih Figure 41% dynamic intensity threshold 486 decays over time, with the decay starting at time 488 after a predefined delay time pi has elapsed from time 482 (when the response associated with the second intensity threshold k was triggered), This type of dynamic intensity threshold reduces accidental triggering of a response associated with the dynamic intensity threshold Id immediately after, Or concurrently with, triggering a response associated with a lower intensity threshold, such as the first intensity threshold Ih or the second intensity threshold If, [001481 Figure 4E illustrate yet another dynamic intensity threshold 492 (e.g., intensity threshold Id). In Figure 4E, a response associated with the intensity threshold k is triggered after the delay time p2 lias elapsed |om when touch input 490 is initially detected. Concurrently, dynamic intensity threshold 492 decays after the predefined delay time pi has elapsed from when touch input 490 is initially detected. So a decrease in intensity of touch input 490: after triggering the response: associated With the intensity threshold II, followed by an increase in the intensity of touch input 490, without releasing touch input 490, ep trigger a response associated with the intensity threshold Id (e.g., at time 494) even when tie:: intensity of touch input 490 is below another intensity threshold, for example, the: intensity" threshold ft., [001491 iln increase of characteristic intensity of the contact from an intensity below the light press intensity threshold ITt to an intensity between the light press intensity threshold ITl and the deep press intensity threshold FTd is sometimes referred to as a “light press” input. Ah increase of characteristic intensity of the contact from an intensity below the deep press intensity threshold ITd to an intensity above: the deep press intensity threshold ITd is sometimes referred to: as a “deep press- input. An increase: of characteristic intensity of the contact from an intensity below the contact-detection intensity threshold fTn to an intensity between the contact-detection intensity threshold ITo and the light peas intensity threshold ÏTr is sometimes referred to as detecting the contact on the touch-surface. Λ decrease of characteristic intensity of the contact from an intensity above the contact-detection intensity threshold ITa to m intensity below the contact-detection intensity threshold ITo is sometimes referred to as detecting liftoff of the contact from the touch-surface. In some embodiments ITo is zero. In some embodiments, ITo is greater than zero. In some illustrations a shaded circle or oval is used to represent intensity of a contact on the touch-sensitive surface. In some illusfraftons, a circle or oval without shading is used represent a respective contact on the touch-sensitive surface without specifying the intensity of the respective contact.
[ööllöj In some embodiments, described herein, one or more operations are performed in response to defecting a gesture that includes a respective press inpit Of ih response to dpeeing the respective press input performed with a respective contact (or a plurality of contacts), where the respective press input is detected based at least, in paft on detecting an increase in intensity of the contact (or plurality of contacts) above a pcps^input intensity threshold. In some embodiments, the respective operation is performed is: response to detecting the increase in intensity of the respective contact abo ve the press-input intensity threshold (e.g., the respective operation is performed on a '‘down stroke” (sometimes also: called “touch-down’’) of the respective press input). In some embodiments, the press input: iftefodesan increase m intensity of the respecti ve contact above the press-input intensity threshold and a subsequent decrease in intensity of the contact below the press-input intensity threshold, and the respective operation is performed in response to detecting the subsequent decrease In intensity of the respective contact below the press-input threshold (c.g., the respective operation is performed oft ah “ftp stroke^ (sometimes also called “lift-off”) of the respective press input). 100151] In some embodiments, the device employs intensity hysteresis to avoid accidental inputs sometimes termed “Jitter,” where the device deSnes or selects a hysteresis intensity threshold with a predefined relationship to the:press-input intensity threshold (e^g,, the hysteresis intensity threshold is X intensity units lower than the press-input intensity threshold or die hysteresis intensity threshold is 75%, 90%, or some reasonable proportion of die press-input intensity threshold). Thus, in some embodiments, the press input includes an increase in intensity of the respective contact above the press-input intensity threshold and a subsequent decrease in intensity of the contact below the hysteresis ifttensity threshold that corresponds to the press-input intensity threshold, and the respective operation is performed in response to detecting the subsequent decrease in intensity of the respective eoiitaet below the hysteresis intensity threshold (e.g., the respective operation is performed op an “up stroke” of the respective press input). Similarly, in some embodiments, the press input is detected only when the device detects M increase in intensity of the Contact from ah intensity at or below the hysteresis intensity threshold 10 an intensity at or above the pressrinput intensity threshold and, optionally, a subsequent decrease in intensity of the contact to: an intensity at or below the hysteresis intensity,and the respective operation is performed in response to detecting the press input pig,, Ée increase in intensity of the contact: or the decrease in intensity of the contact, depending on the circumstances).
[GO 1521 For ease of explanation, the description of operations performed in response to a press input associated with a press-input intensity threshold or in response to a gesture including the press input are, optionally, triggered in response to detecting: an increase fo intensity of a contact above the press-input intensity threshold, an increase in intensity of a contact from an intensity below the hysteresis intensity threshold to an intensity above the press-input intensity threshold, a decrease in intensity of the contact below the; press-input intensity threshold, or a decrease in intensity of the contact below the hysteresis intensity threshold corresponding: to the press-input intensity threshold. Additionally, in examples where an operation is described as being performed in response to detecting a decrease in intensity of a contact below the press-input intensity threshold, the operation is, optionally, performed in response to detecting a decrease in intensity of the contact below a hysteresis intensity threshold corresponding to, and lower than, the press-input infonsify tbihshold. As described above, in some embodiment, the triggering of these responses also depends on tirheibased criteria being met (e.g., a delay time has elapsed between a first intensity threshold being met and a second intensity threshold being met). USER INTERFACES AND ASSOCIATED PROCESSES [0Θ153] Attention is now directed towards embodiments of user interfaces (“UI”); and associated processes that may be implemented on an electronic device, such as portable multifunction device 100 or device 300, with a display, a touch-sensitive surface, and one or moresensors to detect intensities of contacts with the touch-sensitive surface.
[00154] Figures 5A-511N illustrate exemplary user interfaces for displaying and using menus in accordance with some; embodiments. The user interfoi^m these figures are used to illustrate the processes described below, including the processes in Figures 7A-7F, 8A-8B, 9A-9C, 1ÖA-IÖD, and 16A-16B. At least some of Figures 5 A-5NN include intensity diagrams that show fee current intensity of the contact on the touch-sensitive spdhee relative to a plurality of intensity thresholds including ITo, ITl, and ITd. In some embodiments:, operations similar to those described below with reference to 1¾ are performed with reference to: a different intensity threshold (e.g., “ITl”). In some embodiments, operations similar to those described below with reference to ΓΤΥ are performed with reference to a different intensity threshold (e.g., “ITo”).
[OOliS] In some embodiments, the device on which the user interfaces are displayed *s an eleetlpflle deylee with a display (e.g., display 450} and a separate touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touch-sensitive surface 451). For example, see Figures 5A-5IL In some embodiments;, the device dl Which the user interfaces are displayed is the portable multifunction device 100, the display is fouefosensitive display system 112, and the touch-sensitive surface includes tactile output generators 167 on the display (Figure 1 A). For example, see Figure 5JJ-5NN. [00151 For convenience of explanation, the embodiments described with reference to Figures 5 A-5II will be discussed with reference to a device with a display 450 and a separate touch-sensitive surface 451; however, analogous operations afe, Optionally, performed on a device with a touch-sensitive display system 112 in response to detecting the contacts described in Figures 5Ά-5ΪΙ on the touch-sensitive display system Π2 while displaying the user interfaces shown in Figures 5A-5II on the touch-sensitive display system 112; in such embodiments, the focus selector is, optionally: a respective:contact, a representative point corresponding to a Contact (e.g., a centroid of a respective contact or a point associated with· a respective contact), or a centroid of two or more contacts detected on the touefosensifiVe display system ! 12, in place of cursor 502. |00157] Figures 5A-5B show a sequence in which a one-finger light press gesture m performed on highlighted text within a web page. Figure 5A illustrates a window 504 for a web browser application displayed on display 450. in Figure 5A, foe window 504 shows a home page (e.g,, corresponding to the URL www.ali world news.com/home) for a website (e.g., the “All World Mews” website) where a portion of the text (e.g,, “Ebola”) is highlighfel, Fpr example; the word “Ebola” was previously selected or highlighted via a click and drag gesture perfoimed with the cursor 502 or the like by a user. Figure 5 A further illustrates a contact 506 detected on touch-sensitive surface 451 and a displayed representation of a focus selector (e.g., cursor 502) corresponding to contact 506 at a location on the display 450 that corresponds to the highlighted portion of text fe.g,, “Ebola”) within the window' 504. In this example, the intensity of the eoniact 506 is between ITl and ITd (e.g., sometimes called a light press intensity level). In Figure SË, the portion of the text (e.g., “Ebola”) of the home page is no longer highlighted in response to detecting the one-finger light press gesture in Figure 5A.
[ÖÖ158] Figures 5C-5© Slow diSCfuCffee in which i two-finger light press geStureis performed on highlighted text within a wéb page. Figure 5€ illustrates contacts 508 and 510 detected oil touch-sensitive surface 451 and a displayed representation of a focus selector (e.g., the cursor 502) corresponding to contacts 508 and 510 at a location on the display 450 that: corresponds to the highlighted portion of text (e.g., “Ebola”) within the window 504. In this example, the combined iritensi|y qf the contacts 508 and 510 is between ITl and ITd |e.:g, j:::|he light press: intensity leyel). In this example, the combined intensity is the average of the intensities of contacts 508 and 510, the Stihi if the intensifies of contacts 508 and 510, a total intensity detected by one or more intensity sensors associated with touch-sensitive suifaee 451, the: maximum intensity between the intensity of contact 508 and the intensity of contact 510, or the like. {00159] In Figure 5D, an expanded menu 512 is displayed in response to detecting the two-finger light press gesture in Figure 5C. In this example, me expanded menu 512 includes a plurality of selectable options associated with the highligMed portion of the text (e.g., “Ebola”) of the web page, including: performing: a lookup on the word “Ebola,” performing a web search on the word “Ebola” with: a;search: engine, copying the word “Ebola” (e.g·, to the clipboard), performing speech-related options associated with the word “Ebola,” and adding the word “Ebola” as spoken track; One of oMihafy skill in file art will appreciate that a greater or lesser number of options may be included in the: expanded menu 512.
[00160] Figures 5E-5F show a sequence in which a one-finger deep press gesture is performed on highlighted text within a web page. Figure 5 E illustrates contact 514 detected on touch-sensitive surface 451 and a displayed representation of a focus selector |e.g,, the cursor 502) Corresponding to contact 514 at a location on the display 450 that corresponds to the highlighted portion of text (e.g., “Ebola”) within the window 504. in this example, the intensity of the contact 514 is above ITd (e.g., sometimes called a deep press intensity level).
[00161] In Figure 5F, the cursor 5Ö2 ceases to be displayed and aredueed menu 516 is displayed on display 450 in response to detecting the one-finger deep press gesture in Figure 5E. In this example, the reduced menu 516 is centered at the location where cursor 502 was displayed iff Figure· 5 E when the intensity of the contact 514 exceeded ITo. Iff Figure 5F, the reduced menu 516 includes four distinct selectable quadrants oriented in the cardinal directions. The left quadrant of the reduced menu 516, when activated (e.g., with a tap gesture at: a location on the touch-sensitive surface 451 that corresponds to the left quadrant or a gross swipe gesture in the direction of the left quadrant), causes the word “Ebola” to be copied to the clipboard. T he right quadrant of the reduced menu 516, which is typically associated with a paste action, is inactive or disabled due to the lack of a currently copied ttem;(e.g,, the clipboard is empty). The top and bottom quadrants of the reduced menu 516 are empty. In some embodiments, the reduced menu 516, in Figure 5F. includes a sublet of the; selectable options included in the expanded menu 512 in Figure 5D. in other embodiments, the reduced menu 516, in Figure 5F, includes a set of selectable options that are distinct from the set of selectable options in the expanded menu 512 in Figure 5D. One of ordinary skill in the art will appreciate that different selectable options may be included in the reduced menu 516. In some embodiments, the options included in the reduced menu for a respective user interlace element are pre-set and/orare user customizable.
[06162] Figures 5G-5J show a sequence in which a one-finger deep press gesture is performed on a link within a web page. Figure 5G illustrates contact 518 detected on touch-sensitive surface 451 and a displayed representation of a focus selector |e.g^ the cursor 502) corresponding to contact 518 at a location on the display 450 that corresponds to a link (e.g,, to an “Entertainment News” section of the website) within the window 504. fh this example, the intensity of the contact 518 is abo ve ITd (C.g., sometimes called a deep press intensity level).
[10163] Is Figure 5H, the cursor 502 ceases to be displayed and a reduced menu 520 is; qoncurrently displayed on the display 450 along with a preview window 522 in response to detecting the one-finger deep press gesture in Figure 5G. Ih this example, the reduced menu 520 is centered at the location eufSOr 502; was displayed in Figure 5G when the intensity of fie contact Si 8 exceeded ITd. The; preview window 522 displays at least a portion of the weh page that corresponds to ah '‘Entertainment Mews” section of the website. In some;: embodiments, preview window 522 is not displayed in response to detecting the one-finger deep press gesture in Figure 5G.
[00164] In Figure 5H, the reduced menu 520 is associated with a plurality of sdectihle options that correspond to the; lihk |e;;gi;, to the “Entertainment News” section of the website) within the window 504, including:;: a new window: action, a share action, a new tab action, and an add to reading list action, The left quadrant, of the reduced menu 520, when activated (e.g., with a tap gesture at a location; on the touch-sensitive surface 451 that corresponds to the left quadrant or a gross swipe gesture fit The direction fof the left quadrant), causes the “Entertainment News” section of the wlbsite to be opened in a new window of the web browser application. In some embodiments, thenew window (e.g., the “Entertainment News” section of the website) is preteiched. The top quadrant of the reduced menu 520, wheti activated: (e.g,, with a tap gesture at a location on the touch-sensitive surface 4 51 that; corresponds to the top fiadrant or a gross swipe gesture in the direction of the top quadrant), causes share options to be displayed in a separate reduced menu (e.g,, as shown in Figure 5J) or other menu, [00165] The right quadrant of the reduce# rnenp 520, when activated (e.g., with a tap gesture at a location on the touch-sensitive surface 4§1 that corresponds to the right quadrant PM gross swipe gesture in the direction of the fight quadrant), causes the “Entertainment News” section of the website to be opened in a new tab within window 504 of the web browser application or, optionally, in a new browser window (depending on system default preferences or user-selected preferences). The bottom quadrant of the reduced menu 520, when activated (e.g,, with a tap gesture it a location on the touch-sensitive surface 451 that corresponds to the bottom quadrant ©I i gross swipe gesture in the direction of the bot tom quadrant), causes the “Entertainment; News” section of the website to be added to the user’ s reading list for future access and perusal.
[00166] Figure 5H also illustrates detection of a swipe gesture corresponding to the movement of contact 524 from a first location 526-a to a second location 526-b in the direction of the top quadrant associated with the share action. In this example, the intensity of the contact 524 is between FIT and ITd (e.g., the light press intensity level). In Figure 51, a visual characteristic of the top quadrant of the reduced menu 520 is changed in response to detecting the swipe gesture in the direction of the top quadrant in Figure 5H. In some embodiments, this response also occurs provided the Intensity of the contact is above ITo- The changed visual characteristic (e.g5, highlighting* shading, outlining, etc,) indicates to thi user that the top quadrant is selected id response; to detecting the swipe gesture.
[00167] In Figure 54, a reduced menu 528 is displayed on the display 450 in response to detecting the swipe gesture in; Figure 5¾. In Figure 54. the reduced menu 528 is associated with a plurality of selectable options associated with the share action including: an email Option, an instant messaging (e.g., SMS) option, Social Network option, and Social N etwork B option. The left quadrant of the reduced menu 520,; when activated (big;,, with a tap gesture at a location on the touch-sensitive surface 451 that corresponds to the left quadrant or a ,gross swipe gesture in the direction of the left quadrant), causes a link to the “Entertainm ent News” section of the website to be shared with one or more predefined users or one or more subsequently selected users via Social Network h. The top quadrant the reduced menu 528, when activated (e.g., with a tap gesture at a location on the touch- sensitive surface 45 i that corresponds to the top quadrant or a gross swipe gesture in the direction of the top quadrant), causes a link to the ‘Entertmiunent News'” section of 1#: website to he shared with one or more predefined users of one or more subsequently selected users via email, [00168] The tight quadrant of the reduced menu 528. when activated (e.g., with a tap gesture at a location on the touch-sensitive surface 451 that corresponds to the right quadrant or a gross: swipe gesture in the direction ofthe right quadrant), causes a link to the '"Entertainment News” section ofthe website to be shared with one or more predefined users or one or more subsequently selected users via instant messaging (e.g., SMS). The bottom quadrant ofthe reduced menu 528, When activated (e.g., with a tap gesture at a location oh the touch-sensitive surface 451 that corresponds to the bottom quadrant or a gross swipe gesture in the direction Of the bottom quadrant), óaiisës a link to the “EntertainmentNews” section of the website to be shared with one or more predefined users or one or more subsequently selected users via Social Network B.
[0Ö169] Figures 5K-5L show a sequence in which a one- finger light press gesture is performed on a link within a web page. Figure: 5K illustrates bookmarks bar 532 display# within the window 504. For example, the bookmarks bar 532 is displayed in response to a previous click on the '"all bookmarks’’ affordancc 531 with the cursor 502 or in response to detecting a predefined gesture or physical key combination. Figure 5K also illustrates contact 530 detected on touch-sensitive surface 451 and a displayed representation of a focus selector (C.g., the cursor 502) corresponding to contact 530 at a location on the display 450 that corresponds to a link (e.g., an ‘Entertainment News” section of the website) within the window 504. In this example, theiiienpty of f# contact 530 is between ITl and ITd (e.g., the light press intensity level), in Figure 5L, a window 534 i)f a:w#hrawser application is displayed on display 450 in response to detecting the one-finger light press gesture in Figure 5K. In Figure §L, the window 534 shows the ‘Entertainment News” section (e.g,, corresponding to the URL wwWM!_worldjTews,eoimETnews) ofthe: website (e.g., the “Ml World News” yehsite) along with the bookmarks bar 532.
[00170] Figures 5L-5.P show a sequence in which a one-finger deep press gesture is peftotmed oh a bookmark within a bookmarks bar. Figure 5L illustrates contact 536 detected on touch-sensitive surface 451 and a displayed representation of a: focus selector (e.g., the cursor 502) corresponding to contact 536 at a location on the display 45Θ: that corresponds to an entry lor “Bookmark F’ within die bookmarks bar 532. In this example, the intensity of the contact 536 is above ITd (e.g., the deep press intensity level).
[001711 In Figure 5M, the epsoi 502 ceases ίο be displayed and a redpeed menu 538 is displayed on the display 450 in response to detecting tide nnexftuger deep press gesture in Figure 5L. In this example, the reduced menu 538 is centered at the location cursor 502 was displayed in Figure 5L when lie intensity of the contact 536 exceeded IT o. In figure 5M, the reduced menu 5 38 is associated with a plurality of selectable options associated with “Bookmark F,” including: a delete action, a new window action, a new tab action, and a copy action. 100172] For example, each of the quadrants of the ι®φι©β#*ηβηιι 538 is associated with a hit region on the touch-sensitive splice 451 that!! larger than ifs displayed area on the display 450, Furthermore, the location Of the hit regions are determined based on the location cursor 502 was displayed in Figure it,/when the intensity of the contact 536 exceeded Fib. The left quadrant of the reduced menu 538, when activated (e.g,, with a tap: gesture at a location on the touch-sensitive surface 451 that corresponds to the left quadrant or a gross swipe gesture in the direction of the left quadrant), causes tie “Bookmark F- to he deleted from the bookmarks bar 532 and also from the navigation baf Sii. For example, the left quadrant is associated with hit region 540-d, and detection of a contact within hit region 540-d causes the left, quadrant to be selected and lift-off of a contact Within hit region 540-d activates the deletion action associated with the l;0§ quadrant. In this example, the left quadrant is visually distinct from the other quadrants (e.g,, the text is italicized and underlined) to indicate that the deletion action-associated with the left qataliaPls a destructive one, The top: quadrant of the reduced menu 538, when activated (e.g., with a tap; gesture at a location on the touch-sensitive surface 451 that corresponds to the top quadrant or a gross swipe; gesture in the direction of the top quadrant), causes a; web page associated with “Bookmark to be displayed within a new window of the web: browser application. In some embodiments, the web page in the new window is prefetched. For example, the top quadrant is associated with hit region 540-a, and detection of a contact within hit region 540-a causes the top quadrant to be selected and lift-off of a contact within hit region 540-a activates the new winde# action associated with the top quadrant [00173] The right quadrant ©f the reduced menu 538, when activated (e.g., with a tap gesture at a location on the töueh-Sensitive surface 451 that corresponds to the right quadrant or a gross swipe; gesture in the direction of the right quadrant), causes the “web page associated with “Bookmark F” to be opened in a new tab within window 534 of the web browser application. For example, the right quadrant is associated with hit region 540-h, and detection of a contact within hit region 540-b causes the right quadran t to he selected and lift- off Qf'gi, within hit region 540-b activates the new tab action associated with the right quadrant. The bottom quadrant of the reduced menu 538, when activated (e.g., with a tap gestüië Ufa location on the touch-sensitive surface 451 that corresponds to the bottom quadrant or a gross swipe gesture in the direction of the bottom quadrant), causes the UR L associated with “Bookmark F” to be copied to the clipboard; lot example, the bottom quadrant is associated with hit region 540-c, and detection of a contact within hit region 540-e causes the bottom quadrant to be selected and lift-off of a contact within hit region 540-e activates the copy action associated with the bottom quadrant. (10174] Figure 5M also illustrates detection of a swipe gesture corresponding to the movement of contact 542 from a first location 544-a to a second loeafion 544-b (e.g., corresponding to hit regi on 540-b) in the direction of the right quadrant associated with the new tab action. In this example» the intensity of the contact 542 is hetweenTiY. and ITd (e.g., the light press intensity level); In Figure 5N, a visual characteriStic of the right quadrant of the reduced menu 538 is changed in response to detecting the contact 542 within the hit region 540-b at the second location 544-b. Figure 5N illustrates detection of a swipe gesture corresponding to the movement of the contact 542 from the second location 544-b to a third location 544 -c (e.g,, corresponding to center of the reduced menu 538 and a center “dead-zone” of the hit regions 540). In this example, the intensity of the contact 542 is between ITl and iTofe.g., the light press intensity levels. In Figure 50, the visual characteristic of the right quadrant of the reduced menu 538 is no longer changed (e.g., no longer highlighted or otherwise visually distinguished from the other quadrants in the reduced menu) in response to detecting contact 542 at the third location 544-e (e.g.. corresponding to center of the reduced menu 5| ail a center “dead-zone'" of the hit regions 540). In some embodiments, these responses also: occur provided the intensity of the contact is above ITo. In Figure 5F, the reduced miiti 538 ceases to be displayed and the cursor 502 is re-displayed on the display 450 in response to detecting lift-off of contact 542 from the third location 544-e (e.g., corresponding to center of the reduced menu 538 and acenter “dead-zone” of the hit regions 540), 100175} Figures 5P-5T show a sequence in which a one-finger deep press gesture is performed on a bookmark within a navigation bar, Figure 5P illustrates contact 546 detected on touch-sensitive surface 451 and a displayed representation of a focus selector (e.g., the; cursor 502) corresponding to contact 546 at a location on the display 450 that, corresponds to a “Bookmark C” within the navigation bar S3S. In this example, the intensity of the contact 546 is above ITo (e.g., the deep press intensify level).
[ÖOÏlil In Figure 5Q, the cursor 502 ceases to he displayed and a reduced menu 548 if displayed on the display 450 in response to deteeinglhe one-finger deep press gesture in Figure 5P. In this example, die reduced menu 548 is centered at the location cursor 502 was: displayed in Figure 5P when the intensity of the contact 546 exceeded ITd. In Figure 5Q, the reduced menu 34i ixassoeiatsd with a plurality of selectable options associated with “Bookmark C,” including: a delete action, anew7 window action, a new tab action, and a copy action. S 0Ö1W] 'Fhe left quadrant of the reduced menu 548, when activated (e.g., With a tap gesture at a location on the touch-sensitive surface 451 that corresponds to the left quadrant or a grass swipe gesture in the direction of the left quadrant), causes the “Bookmark C” to he deleted from the bookmarks bar 532 and also from the navigation bar 539. For example, the left quadrant is associated with hit region 554-d, arid detection of a contact within hit region 5S4-d causes the left quadrant to hi selected and lift-off of a contact within hit region 554-d activates the deletion action associated with the left quadrant. In this example, the left quadrant is visually distinct from the other quadrants (e.g., the text is italicized and underlined) to indicate that the deletion action associated with the left quadmut;i$ a; destructive one. The top quadrant of the reduced menu 548, when activated (e.g., with a tap gesture at a location on fhe touch-sensitivë Surface 451 that corresponds to tie: tip quadrant or a gross swipe gesture; in the direction of the top quadrant), causes a web page associated with “Bookmark C” to be displayed within a new window of the web browser application. In some embodiments, the web page in the new window is prefetched. For example, the top iqpadrant is associated with hit region 554-a, and detection of a contact within hit region 554-f Causes the top quadrant to be selected and ift-off of a contact within hif region 554-a activates the new window action associated with the top quadrant, PÖ178] The right quadrant of the reduced menu 548, when activated (e.g., with a tap
gesture at a location on the touch-sensitive surface 451 that corresponds to the right quadrant or a gross swipe gesture in the direction of the right quadrant), causes the “web page associated with “Bookmark C” to be opened in a new tab within Window' 534 of the web browser application. For example, thorighi quadrant is associated with hit region 554~h, and detection of a contact Within hit region 554-fe eausesthe right quadrant to be selected and liftoff of a contact within bit region 554-b activates the new' tab action associated with thp right quadrant. The bottom quadrant of the reduced menu 548, when activated (e.g., with a tap; gesture at a location on the touch-sensitive surface 451 that corresponds to the bottom quadrant or a gross swipe gesture in the direction of the bottom quadrant), causes thuMlE associated with ‘'Bookmark |TS to be copied to the clipboard. For example, the bottom quadrant is associated with hit region 554-e, mid detection of a contact within hit region J§4-c causes the bottom quadrant tobeselected aM lift-off of a contact within hit region 554-e activates the copy action associated with the bottom quadrant. In Figure 5Q, the center of the reduced menu 548 is associated with a center “dead-zone’' 556 of the hit regions 554. For example, ift^rff of a contact within the center “dead-zone” 556 causes dismissal of the reduced menu 548 while forgoing actions associated with the quadrants of the reduced menu 548.
[001 fij In Figure 5 Q, a visual characteristic of the right quadrant of the reduced menu 548 is changed in response to detecting contact 55Θ at a first location 552-a within the hit region 554-b. Figure 5Q also illustrates detection of a swipe gesture copesponding fp the movement of contact 550 Itom the first location 544-a (e.g., corresponding to hit region 554-b| fp a second location 552-b (eg., corresponding to hit region 554-a) in the direction of the top quadrant associated with the new window action. In this example, the intensity of the contact 550 is between ITp and ITd (e.g., the light press intensity level).
[00180] In Figure 51|, a visual characteristic of the top quadrant of the reduced menu 548 is changed in response to detecting contact 550 at the second location 552-b within the hit region 554-a. Figure 5R also illustrates detection of a swipe gesture corresponding to the movement of contact 550 from the second location 552-b (e.g., corresponding to hit region 554-a) to a third location 552-c (e.g., corresponding to hit region 554-d) in the dimedon of the left quadrant associated with the deletion action. In this example, the intensity ofthe contact 550 is between Mbaud ITd (e.g., the light press intensity level).In some embodiments, these responses also occur provided the Intensity of the contact is above ITq, [00181] Figure 5S show's an animation in which the left quadrant is tom away from the reduced menu 548 and a visual ehameteristie ofthe left quadrant ofthe reduced menu 548 is changed in response to detecting lift-off of contact 550 at the third location 552-c within the hit region 5S4-d, to Figure 5T, “Bookmark C” is no longer displayed within the bookmark bar 532 and the navigation bar 539 in response to detecting lift-off of con tact 550 at the third location 552-c within the hit region 554-d. The use of reduced menus with bookmarks described herein is merely exemplary, Reduced menus are dptienally used in an analogous manner with iconic, thumbnail, and/or snapshot representations of favorite websites and/Or frequently visited sites, for example in a Favorites view, a Fiequently Visited Sites view, and/or a Top Sites view in the browser, Reduced menus are optionally used in an analogous manner with tabs in a browser (e.g., in a Tab view that shows tabs on die current device (e.g., device 100) and. optionally, tabs on other devices that also belong to the owner of the current device, such as iOloud Tabs in the Safari browser of Cupertino, California).
[ÖÖ182J Figures 5U-5Z show a sequence in whieh a reduced menu is dismissed upon detecting lifi-oifin accordance with a determination that predefined timing criteria is satisfied. Figure 5U illustrates a window 558 for ah email application displayed on display 450. in Figure 5U, the window 558 displays a list of a plurality of emails (e.g., emails A ~ D in a user’s inbox and the contents oiseleetei “Émail A.’’ in some embodiments, a newest or the most urgent email is displayed at the top of the list of the plurality of emails in the user’s inbox and the email at the top of the list is automatically selected, in Figure 511, a portion of the text (e.g., “New Years”) of “Email A” is highlighted. For example, the words “New Years” were previously selected or highlighted with a click and drag gesture performed with the cursor 502 or the like by the user. Figure 5U also illustrates a contact 560;;deieeted on touch-sensitive surface 451 and a displayed representation of a focus selector (e,g., the cursor 502) corresponding to contact 560 at a location on the display 450 that corresponds: to the highlighted portion of the text (e.g., “New Years”) within the window 558, In this example, the intensity of the contact 560 is between ITo and ΠΥ. {e.g., a contact detection; intensity threshold). Furthermore, Figure 5U further illustrates that a time of continuous detection of the contact 560 is less than a predefined time period Τχ (e.g., 0.25s, 0.5s, 0.75s, etc.).
[00183] In Figure 5 Y, the intensity of the contact 560 is between ITl and ITo (e.g., the light press intensity level). In this example, the intensity of contact 560 is also below a predetermined trigger intensity that triggers display of a reduced menu and also ceases to display the cursor 502. In Figure 5W, the cursor 502 ceases to be displayed and a first intermediate representation of a reduced menu 562 is displayed on display 410 in response to detecting that the intensity of the contact 560 is above the predetermined tfigger intensity, lit this example, the intensity of the contact 560 is between FFl and ITo (e.g., the light press intensity level) and is also above the predetermined trigger intensity. A first intermediate rëpësèntatiöh of the reduced menu 562 is displayed, in Figure 5W, at a first size and a first transluceney level and includes selectable options associated with the highlighted portion of the text (e.g., “New Years”) of “Email A.” In this example, the first intermediate representation of the reduced menu 562 is centered at the location cursor 502 was displayed in Figure 5V when foe intensity of the contact 518 exceeded the predetermined trigger mtensity. {Pitt841 In Figure 5X, a second intermediate representation of the reduced menu 562 is displayed on display 45Ö in response to the increase of foe intensity of the contact 560, which is still less than ITd, as compared to Figure 5W. Furthermore, Figure 5X illustrates that the time of continuous detection of the contact 560 is less than the predefined time period 1¾
Tie second intermediate representation of the reduced menu 562, in Figure 5X, is displayed at a second size that is bigger than the first size and a second transiucency level that is lower than the first, transiucency level.
[00185] in Figure 5Y, a final representation, of the reduced menu 562 is displayed on display 450 in response to detecting that the intensity of the contact 560 is above ITd (e.g., the deep press intensity level). Furthermore, Figure 5Y illustrates that the time of continuous detection of the contact 560 is greater than the predefined time period Τχ, The final intermediate representation of the reduced menu 562, in Figure 5Y, is displayed at. a third size that is bigger than the second size and a third translueeney level that is lower than the second transiucency level. For example, the final representation of the reduced menu 562 is displayed at a normal size and a nonrial transiucency level as compared to the first and second representations of the reduced menu 562 in Figure 5W and 5X, respectively. In Figure SW. the final representation of the reduced menu 562 is associated with selectable options, including a copy action and a disabled paste action. The left quadrant, when activated (e.g., rath a tap gesture at a location on the touch-sensitive surface 451 that corresponds to the left quadrant or a gross swipe gesture in the direction of the left quadrant), causes the words “New Years” to be copied to the clipboard. The right quadrant, which is typically associated With a paste action, is inactive dr dialled due to the lack of a currently copied item (e.g., the clipboard is empty). The top and bottom quadrants of the reduced menu 562 are empty.
[00186] In Figure 52, the reduced menu ceases to be displayed, and the cursor 502 is re-displayed on display 450 in response to detecting lift-off of contact 560 and in accordance with a determination that the time of continuous detection of the contact 560 was peuter than the predefined time period Τχ. The portion of the text (e.g., “New Years”) of “Email A” is still highlighted in Figure 5Z.
[0018f] Figures 5Z-5B6 show a sequence in which a reduced menu: is maintained upon detecting lift-off in accordance wi th a determination that predefined timing cri teria are not satisfied. Figure 5Z illustrates a contact 564 detected on touch-sensitive surface 451 and a displayed presentation of a focus selector (e.g., the cursor 502) corresponding to contact 564 at a location on the display 45| that corresponds to a link (e.g., associated with the URL www.hot0is.com/ahc): within the window 558. In this example, the intensity of the contact 564 is between ITo and ITT (e.g., the contact detection intensity threshold). Figure 5Z further illustrates that a time of cxnfiinuous detection of the contact 564 is less than a predefined time period Τχ (e.g., 0.25s, 0.5s. 0,75s, etc.), in Figure 5AA, the cursor 502 ceases to be displayed· and reduced menu 568 is displayed on display 450 in response to detecting that the intensity of the contact 564 is aÜife ITd. Furthermore, Figure 5AA illustrates that the time of continuous detection of the contact 564 is less than the predefined time period Τχ. In Figure 5AA, the reduced menu568 is associated with a plurality of selectable options that correspond to the link (e.g., associated with the URL www.hotels.eoin/abc), including: a new window acti%::a shamaetion, a new tab action, and aifreview action [00188] The left |uadr ant of the reduced menu 568, when activated (e.g., With a tap gesture at a location on the touch-sensitive surfaeeTfSl that corresponds to the left quadrant or a gross swipe gesture in the direction of the left quadrant), causes the web page that corresponds to the link (e.g., www.hotels.com/abc) to be opened in a new window of the we!: browser application. In some embodiments, the WCh page in the new window is prefetchei. The top quadrant of the reduced menu 568, when activated (&§., with a tap gesture at a location on the touch-sensitive surface 451 that corresponds to the top quadrant ora gross swipe gesture ii the direction of the top quadrant), Causes share options to be displayed in a separate reduced: menu or other menu. The right quadrant of the reduced menu 568, when activated (e.g., with a tap gesture at a Ideation on the touch-sensitive surface 451 that corresponds tq the right quadrant or a gross swipe gesture in the direction of the right quadrant), causes the web page that corresponds to the link (e.g., www.hotels.com/abc) to he openedin a new lab of the web browser application. The bottom quadrant of the reduced menu 5:68, when activated (e.g., with a tap gesture at a location on the touch-sensitive surface 451 that corresponds to the bottom quadrant or a gross swipe gesture in the direction of the bottom quadrant^ pauses a preview window for the web page that corresponds to the link (e.g., www.hotels.com/abc) to be displayed.
[§0189] In Figure 5BB, cimtaet 564 is no longer detected on touch-sensitive surface 451, Figure 5BB illustrates mamtainihg display of the reduced menu 568 after detecting liftoff of contact 564 and in accordance with a determination that the time of continuous detection of the contact 564 was less than the predefined time period Tx. P§ll0] Figures 5BB-5EE show a sequence in which a preview area Is concurrently displayed with a reduced menu in response to selecting a preview option of a reduced menu. Figure 5BB illustrates detection of a swipe gesture corresponding to the movement of contact 565 from the first location 566-a to a: second location 56§~b in the direction of the bottom quadrant of the reduced menu 568 associated with the preview action, in Figure SCIG, the contact 565 is detected on touch-sensitive surface 451 at the second location 5i6~b and a visual characteristic of the bottom quadrant of the reduced menu 568 is changed in response to detecting contact 565 at the second location 566-b within a hit region corrêspöniihg to the bottom quadrant [OOlf 1] Figure 5DD shows an animation in which the Bottom quadrant is tom away from the reduced menu 568 to indicate that it was selected in response to detecting lift-off of contact 565 at the second location 566-b within a hit region corresponding to the bottom quadrant of the reduced menu 568:, In Figure SEE, a reduced menu 570 is concurrently displayed along with preview window 572 on display 450 in response to detecting lift-off of contact 565 at the second location 566-b within a hit region corresponding to the bottom quadrant of the reduced menu 568 in Figures 5CC-5DD. The reduced menu 570 is associated with a plurality of selectable options that eorrespond to the link (e.g., www.hotels.com/abe), including: a new window action, a share action, a riew tab action, and an add to reading list action. The preview window 572 displays at least a pori|pn of the web page that corresponds to the link (e g.„ www.hotels,eom/abc). 100! 921 The left quadrant of the reduced menu 570, When activated (e.g., with a tap gesture at a location on the touch-sensitive surface 451 that corresponds to the left quadrant or a gross swipe gesture in the direction of the left quadrant), causes the web page that corresponds to the link (e.g., www.hoteis.com/abc ) to be opened in a new window of the web browser application. In some embodiments, the web page in the new window is prefetehedi The top quadrant of thë fëiueed menu 570, When activated (e.g., With a tap gesture at a location on the touch-sensitive surface 451 that corresponds to the top quadrant or a gross swipe gest ure in the direction of the topi quadrant), causes share options to he displayed in a separate reduced menu or other menu. The right quadrant of the reduced menu 570, when; activated (e.g.. with a tap gesture at a location on the;touch-sensitive surface 451 that corresponds to the right quadrant or a gross swipe gesture in the direction of the right quadrant), causes the wdb page that corresponds idJhe link (e.g., wwwihotels.com/abc) Do be opened in a new tab of the web browser application. The bottom quadrant of the reduced menu 570, when activated (e.gi,: with a tap gesture at a location on the touch-sensitive surface 451 that corresponds to the bottom quadrant or a gross swipe gesture in the direction of the bottom quadrant), causes the web page that corresponds to the link (e.g,, www.hotels.com/abe) to be added to the user’s reading list for future;access and perusal. Alternatively, in some embodiments, the device maintains display of the reduced menu 568 and also displays preview window 572 in response to detecting lift-off of contact 565 at the second location 566-b within a hit region corresponding to the bottom quadrant of the reduced menu 568 in Figures 5CX-5DD. M these embodiments, the bottom quadrant corresponding to the preview action is either disabled or, when activated again, causes the preview window to be dismissed. 100193] Figures 5FF-5II show a sequence in which a one-fmger deep press gesture causes display of additional user interface dements for data detected links. Figure 5FF illustrates a contact 574 detected on touch-sensitive surface 451 and a. displayed representation of a focus selector (e.g., the cursor 502) corresponding to contact 574 at a location oh the display 450 that corresponds to data detected link 576 (e.g., the name “G. Rasputin”) within the window 558. In this example, the intensity of the contact 574 is above ITd (e.g., the deep press intensity level), in Figure 5GG, a first additional user interface element 578 (e.g., a contact card) that corresponds to G. Rasputin” is overlaid on window 558 in response; to detecting the one-fmger deep press gesture at the location corresponding to the data detected link 576 in Figure 5FF.
[00194] Figure 511H illustrates a contact 580 detected on touch-sensitive surface 451 and a displayed representation of a focus selector (e.g., the cursor 502) corresponding to contact 580 at a location on the display 450 that corresponds to data detected link 582 (e.g,, the phone number “+! .xxx.xxx.xxxx”) within the window 558. In this example, the intensity Of the contact 680 is above ITd (jpg,, the deep press intensity level). In Figure 511, a second additional user interface element 584 (e.g., a menu) is displayed on display 450 in response to detecting the one-finger deep press gesture at the location corresponding to the data detected link 582 in Figure 5HH. The second additional user interface element 584, in Figure 5II, includes options associated with the phone number, .including: adding the phone number as a riëw contact, adding the phone number to an existing contact, or calling the phone number via one of multiple possible options1 (©;g;;,:: VoIP, cellular service, FaceTime, etc.).
[00195] For convenience of explanation, the embodiments described with reference let Figures 5JJ-5NN will he discussal with reference to a device with a touch-sensitive display system 112; however, analogous operations are, optionally, performed on a device with a display 450 arid a separate fouch-iSehsitiVê surface 451.
[00196] Figures 5JJ-5NN show «sequence in which a one-iiger deep press gesture is performed on a bookmark Within a navigation bar. Figure 511 illustrates a window 586 for a web browser application displayed on touch screen 112. In Figure 5JJ, the window 586 shows an “Entertainment News” section (e.g., corresponding to the URL www.all_vorld_news.cóm/ETnews) for a website (e.g., the “All World News” website) along with bookmarks bar 517 and a navigation bar 589, Figure 5JJ also illustrates contact 588 detected on touch screen at a location that corresponds to a “Bookmark €” within the navigation bar 589. In this example, the intensity of the contaefiSS is above ITo (e g., the deep press intensity level), [ÖÖ197] In Figure 5KK. a reduced menu 594 is displapd on the touch screen 112 in response to detecting the one-finger deep press gesture in Fi gure 5JJ. In this example, the reduced menu 594 is centered at the location where contact 588 was delected in Figure 5JJ. Ih Figure 5KK, the reduced menu 594 is associated with i pltifality of selectable options associated with “Bookmark Of including: a delete action, a new window action, a new tab action, and a copy action.
[00198] Thejeft quadrant of the reduced menu 594, when acti vated (e.g., with a tap gesture at a location: on the touch screen 112 that corresponds to the left quadrant or a gross swipe gesture in the difectioftdf the left quadrant), causes the ““Bookmark C” to be dclcted from the bookmarks bar 587 and also from the navigation bar 589. For example, the left quadrant is associated with hibtegion 596-d, and detection of a contact within hit region: 596-d causes the left quadrant to be selected and lift-off of a contact within hit region 596-d activates the deletion action associated with the left quadrant The top quadrant of the; reduced riiëftu 594, when activated fe.g., With a tap gesture at a location on the touch Screen 112 that corresponds; tb the top quadrant or a gross swipe gesture; in the direction of the top quadrant), causes a web page associated with “Bookmark C” to be displayed within a new window of the web browser application. In some embodiments, the web page in the new window is prefetched. For example, the top quadrant is associated with hit region 596-a, and detection of a contact within hit region 596-a causes the top quadrant to be selected and liftoff of a contact withih hit region 596-a activates the new window action associated with the top quadrant.
[00199] "The right quadrant of the reduced menu 594, when activated (e.g., with a tap gesture at a location on the touch screen 112 that corresponds to; the right quadrant or a gross swipe gesture in the direcioh of the light quadrant), causes the “web page associated with “Bookmark C” to be opened in a new tab within window 686 of the weh browser application. For example, the right quadrant is associated with hihregson 5964¾ and; detection of a contact within hit region 596-b causes the right quadrant to be selected and lift-off of a contact within hit region 596-b activates the new; tab action associated with the'right quadrant. The bottom quadrant of the reduced 594, when activated |e.g., With a tap gesture at a location oh the touch sereen 112 that corresponds do; the bottom quadrant or a gpss; swipe gesture in the direction of the bottom quadrant), causes the UR 1. associated with “Bookmark C” to be copied to the clipboard. For example, the bottom quadrant is associated with hit region 596-c, and detection of a contact within hit region 596-c causes the bottom quadrant to be selected and lift-off of a contact within hfr region 596-c activates the copy action associated with the bottom, quadrant. In Figure 5KK, the center of the reduced menu 594 is associated with; a center “dead-zone” 597 of the hi regions 596. For example, lift-off of a contact willis the center “dead-zone” 597 causes dismissal of the reduced menu 594 while forgoing actions associated with the quadrants of the reduced menu 594.
[00200] in Figure 5KK, a visual characteristic of the right quadrant of the reduced menu 594 is changed in response to detecting contact 590 at a first location 592~a within the hit region 596-b. Figure 5KK also illustrates detection of a swipe gesture corresponding to the movement of contact 590 from the first location 592-a (e.g., corresponding to hit region 596-b) to a second location 592-b (e.g., corresponding to bit region 596-a) in the direction of the top quadrant associated with the new' window' action, in this example, the intensity of the contact 590 is between Fit and ITd (e.g., the light press intensity level).
[00201] In Figure 5LL, a visual characteristic of the top quadrant of the reduced menu 594 is changed in response to detecting contact 590 at the second location 592-b within the hit region 596-a. Figure 5LL also illustrates detection of a swipe gesture corresponding to the movement of contact 59Θ from the second location 592-b (e.g., corresponding to hit region SlÖ-a) to a third location S92-e (e.g., corresponding to hit region 596-d) in the direction of the left quadrant associated with the deletion action. M contact 590 is between ITl and ITd (e.g., the light press intensity level), IP some emlöÉments, these responses also occur provided the intensity of the eontaci is above A, [00202] Figure 53911¾ shows an animation in which the left quadrant is tom away from the reduced menu 594 and a visual characteristic of the left quadrant of lie reduced menu 594 is changed in response to detecting lift-off of contact 590 at the third location 592-c within the hit region 596-d. in Figure 5NN, “Bookmark C” is no longer displayed within the bookmark bar 587 and the navigation bar 589 in response to detecting lift-off of contact 590 at the third location 592-c within the hit region 596-d- [002011 Figures 6A-6X illustrate; exemplary; user interfaces for displaying and using menus in accordance with some embodiments. I’he user interfaces in these figures are: used to illustrate the processes described below, including the processes in Figures 7A-7F, 8A-8B, 9A-9C, 10A-10D, and 16A-16B. At least some of Figures 6A-6X include intensity diagrams that Show the current intensity of the contact Oh the; touch-sensitive surface relative to a plurality of intensity thresholds including ITo, ITl, and ITd, In some embodiments, operations
Siiilar to those dëSOüëë below with refereleë tö ITd are performed with referee tO: a differenlintensity threshold (&g,, “ITi ”)· h* some embodiments, operations similar to those described; below with reference to ITl are performed with reference to a different intensity threshold (e.g., “ITo”).
[00204] For convenience of explanation the; embodiments described with reference; to; Figures 6A-6X will be discussed with reference to a device with a display 450 and a separate touch-sensitive surface;451:;; however, analogous operations are, optionally, performed on a device With a touch-sensitive;display system 112 in response to detecting the contacts described in Figures 6A-6X on the touch-sensitive display system 112 while displaying the user interfaces shown in Figures 6A-6X on the toudb-sensilive display system 112; in such embodiments, the focus selector is, optionally: a respective contact, a representative point corresponding to a contact (e.g., a centroid of a respective contact or a point 'associated with a respective contact), Of a centroid of two or more contacts detected on the touch-sensitive display system 112, in place of cursor 602, [00205j Figures 6A-6B show a sequence in which a three-finger light press gesture is performed on highlighted text within a web page. Figure 6A illustrates a window 604 for a web browser application displayed on display 450. In Figure 6A, the window 6Ö4 shows a hothe page (e.g., corresponding to the UR L WwVUall...world news.com/home) for a website (esgi, the “All World News” website) where a portion of the text (e.g., “Ebola”) is highlighted. For example, the; word “Ebola” was previously selected or hi ghligh ted via a click and drag gesture performed with the cursor 602 or the like hy the user. Figure 6A further illustrates contacts 606,607, and 608 detected on louch-sensitive surface 451 and a displayed representation of a focus selector (e.g,, a cursor 602) corresponding to contacts 606, 607, and 608 at a location on (he display 450 that corresponds to the highlighted portion of text (e.g., “Ebola ) within the window 604, In this example, the combined intensity of the contacts 606, 607, and 608 is between ITl and ITd (e.g., the light press intensity level), ih this example, the combined intensity is: the average of the intensities of contacts 606, 607, and 608; the sum of the intensifies of contacts 606, 607, and 608; a total intensity detected by one Or more intensity sensors associated with touch-sensitive surface 451; the maximum intensity among the intensity of contact 606, the intensity of contact 607, and the intensity of contact 608; or the like.
[00206] in Figure 6B, an expanded menu 610 is displayed in response to detecting the three-finger light press gesture in Figure 6A. In this example, the expanded menu 610 includes a plurality of selectable options associated with the highlighted portion of the text (e.g., “Ebola”) of the web page, including: performing a lookup on tie word “Ebola,” performing a web search usihg the word “Ebola” with a search engine, copying the word “Ebola” to the clipboard, performing speech-related options associated with the word “Ebola,” and adding thë word “Ebola” as spoken tfhek. One of ordinary skill in the art will appreciate that a greater or lesser number of options may be included in the expanded:menu 610 [ÖÖ207J Figures 6(:-6 D show a sequence in which a two-finger light press gesture is performed oh highlighted text within a web pap. Figure 6C illustrates contacts 611 and 612 detected on touch-sensiti ve surface 451 and a displayed reppsefoatfon of a focus selector |e.g., the cursor 602} corresponding to contacts 611 and 612 at a location on the display 450 that corresponds to the highlighted pdttioh of text (e.g,, “Ebola”) within the window 604. th this example, the combined intensity of the; contacts 611 and 6 .12 is between ITl and ITo (e.g,, the light press intensity level). In this example, the Combined intensity is the average of the intensities of contacts 611 and Oil: foe sum of the intensities of contacts 611 and 612, a total intensity detected by one or more intensity sensors associated with touch-sensitive surface 451, the maximum intensity between tie intensity of contact 611 and the intensity of contact 612, or the lif e.
[00208] In Figure 61¾ the cursor 602 ceases to be displayed and a reduced menu 614 is displayed on display 450 in response to detecting the two-finger light press gesture in Figure 6C. In this example, the reduced menu 614 is centered at the location cursor 602 was displayed in Figure 6C when the combined intensity exceeded ITl. in Figure 6D, the reduced menu 614 includes four distinct selectable quadrants oriented in the cardinal directions. The left quadrant of the reduced menu 614, when activated (e.g., with a tap gesture at a location on foe touch-sensitive surface 451 that corresponds to the left quadrant or a gross swipe gesture in the direction of the left quadrant), causes the word “Ebola” to be copied to the clipboard. The right quadrant of the reduced menu 614, which is typically associated with a paste action, is inactive or disabled due to the lack of a currently copied item (e.g., the Clipboard is empty). The top and bottom quadrants of the reduced menu 614 are empty. In some embodiments, the reduced menu 614, in Figure 6D, includes a subset of the selectable options included in the expanded menu 610 in Figure 6B. in other embodiments, tire reduced menu 614, in Figure 6D, includes a set of selectable options that are distinct from the set of selectable options in foe expanded menu 610 in Figure 6B. One of ordinary skill in the art; will appreciate that different selectable options may be included in the reduced menu 614, |002091 Figures 6E-6F show a sequence in which a one-finger deep press gesture Is pêArmed on highlighted text within a web page. Figure 6E illustrates contact 616 detected on touch-sensitive surface 451 and a displayed representation of a feels Selector (e.g;, the cursor 602) corresponding to: contact 616 at a location on the display 450 that corresponds to the highlighted portion of text (e.g., “Ebola”) within the window 604. In this example^ the intensity of the contact 616 is above ITd (e.g., sometimes called a deep press intensity level). (00210] in Figure 6F, the cursor 602 continues to be displayed and a look-up menu 618 is displayed on display 450 in response to detecting the one-finger deep press gesture M figure 6E. The look-up menu 618 includes dictionary, thesaurus, and WIKIPEDIA enlies CöffCSpöIdihg to the word UbiillP For example, if the user dicks on the WIKIPEDIA entry within the look-up menu 618 with cursor 602, a new tab is displayed within the window 604 or a new window of the web bfowsefiappieafion is displayed that shows the Complete WIKIPEDIA page for the word “Ebola.” In some embodiments, the web page in the new window is prefetched, (002111 Figures 6G-6H show a sequence in which a one-finger deep press gesture is performed on a link within a web page. Figure 6G illustrates contact 620 detected on touch sensitive surface 451 and a displayed representation of a focus selector (e.g., the cursor 602) corresponding|® contact 620 at a location on the display 450 that corresponds to a Jink (e.g·, associated with an “Entertainment News” section of the website) within the window*' 604. In this example, tie intensity of the contact 620 is above FTP (e.g., the deep press intensity level). In Figure 6H, the cursor 602 continues to be displayed and a preview1, window 622 is displayed on display 450 in response to detecting the one-finger deep press gesture in Figure 6G. The preview window 622 displays at least a; portion of the web page that, corresponds to an “Entertainment News” section of the website; [002121 Figures 61-6J show a sequence in which a three-finger light press gesture is performed on a link within a web page. Figure 61 fhrther illustrates contacts 624,625, and 626 detected on touch-sensitive surface 451 and a displayed representation of a focus selector (e.g., the cursor 602) corresponding to contacts 624. 625, and 626 at a location on the display 450 that corresponds to a link (e.g., associated with an “Entertainment News” section of the website) within the window 604, MtMiS example, the combined intensity of the contacts 624, 625, and 626 is between ITl and ITd (e.g., the light press; intensity level). In this example, the combined intensity ist the average of the intensities of contacts 624,625, and 626; the sum of the intensities of contacts 624, 625, and 626; a total intensity detected by one or more intensity sensors associated with touch-sensitive surface 451: the maximum intensity among the iüpsity of contact 624, the intensity of contact 625, and the intensity of contact 626; or the like.
[§020] Ih Figure 6J, an expanded menu 628 is displayed in response to detecting the three-finger lighfprcss gesture in Figure 61. in this example, the expanded menu 628 includes a plurality of selectable Options associated with the link (e.g., associated with the “Entertainment News” section of the website), including: opening the “Entertainment News” section of the website in a new tab of the window' 604, opening the -''Entertainment News” section of the website M a new window Of the web browser application, downloading a linked file associated with the “EntertainmehtN©»#1 section of the website, downloading a linked file associated with the “Entertainment NüötëS*’ section of the website with a specified file name and/or file type, adding the ‘"Entertainment News’" section of the website to the user's bookmarks, adding the link to add ihe “Entertainment News” section of the website to the user’s bookmarks, adding the Entertainment Mew# section of the website to the user’s reading hst, copying the link to the clipboard, performing a web search with a search engine based on the link, and the like. One of ordinary sMll in the aft will appreciate that a greater or lesser number of options may he included in the expanded menu 628.
[00214] Figures 6K-6L show a sequence in which a two-finger light press gesture is performed on a link within a web page. Figure 6K. illustrates contacts 629 arid 630 detected on touch-sensitive surface 451 and a displayed representation of a focus selector (e.g,, the cursor 602) corresponding to coiiiets 629 and 630 at a location on the display 450 that corresponds to a link (e.g., associated with an “Inteflainment News” section of the website) Within the window 604. in this example, the combined intensity of the contacts 629 and 630 is between ITl and ITd (e.g., the light press intensity level). In this example, the combined intensity is the average of the intensities of contacts 629 and 630, the sum of fife intensities of contacts 629 and 630, a total intensity detected by one or more intensity sensors associated with touch-sensitive surface 451, foe maximum intensity between the intensity of contact 629 and the intensity of contact 626, or the like. 102151 In Figure 61.., Ihe cursor 602 ceases to be displayed and a reduced menu 632 is concurrently displayed on the display 450 in response to detecting the two-finger light press gesture in Figure 6K. In this example, the reduced menu 632 is centered at the location cursor o02 was displayed in Figure 6K. when the; combined intensity exceeded ITd.
[002161 In Figure 61.., the reduced menu 632 is associated with a plurality of selectable options that correspond to the link (e.g,, to the “Entertainment News” section of the website) within the window 604,including: a new window action, a share action, a new tab action, and ü Üd to reading list aëiöïï; The left quadüftt of the reduced menu 63¾ when activated (e.g., with a tap gesture at a location on the touch-sensitive surface 451 that corresponds to the left quadrant or a grosssSwipe gesture in the direction of the left quadrant), causes the ‘'Entertainment News” section of the website to be opened in a new window of the web browser application. In some embodiments, the web page in the new window is prefetches The top quadrant Of the reduced menu 632, when activated (e.g., with a tap gesture at a location on the touch-sens! live surface 451 that corresponds to the top quadrant or a gross swipe gesture in the direction of the top quadrant), causes Shane Options to be displayed in a separate reduced menu or other menu. The right quadrant of the reduced menu 632, when activated (e.g., with a tap gesture at a location on thetouch^sensiti» surface 451 that corresponds to the right, quadrant or a gross swipe gesture in the direction of the right quadrant), causes the -Entertainment News” section of the website to be opened in a new tab within window 604 of the web browser application. The bottom quadrant of the reduced menu 632, when activated (e.g,, with a tap gesture at a location on the;touch-sensitive surface 451 that corresponds: to the bottom quadrant or a gross swipe gesture in the direction of the bottom quadrant), causes the ‘'Entertainment News’* section of the website to be added to the user’s reading list for future access and perusal.
[06217] iigUfèS 6M-6M show a sequence in which a one-finger light press gesture is performed on a link within a wgb page, Figure: 6M illustrates a contact 636 detected on touch-sensitive surface 451 and a displayed representation of a focus selector (e.g., the cursor 602) corresponding to contact 636 at a location on the display 450 that corresponds to a link (e.g., associated with the ‘"Entertainment News” section of the website) within the window 604. In this example, the intensity of tie Contact 636: is between ITl and ITd |è,g>, sometimes called a light press intensity level). In Figure 6N, a w®dow 638 for a web browser application is displayed on display 450 in response to detecting the one-finger light press gesture in Figure 6M. In Figure 6N, the window 638 shows the “Entertainment News” section (e.g., corresponding to the ÜRL· www.all_worldjrews.eom/ETnews) for the website (e.g., the “Ml World News” website). IÖÖ218] Figures 6O-6P show a sequence in which a two-finger light press gesture is performed oil highlighted text within an email. Figure 60 illusftates a window 640 for an email application displayed on display 450. In Figure 60, the window 640 displays a list of a plurality of emails (e.g.. emails A -1) in a user’s inbox and the contents of selected “Email B.” in Figure 60, a portion of the text fe.gï,: “document”) of “Email BP is highlighted. For example, the word “document” was previously selected or highlighted via a click and drag gesfore performed wifo foe cursor 602 or the like by foe user. Figure 6Ö also illustrates contacts 641 and 642 detected on touch-sensitive surface 451 and a displayed representation of a focus selector (e.g., the cursor 602) corresponding to contacts 641 and 642 at a location on the display 450 that corresponds to the highlighted portion of the text (e.g., “document”) within the window 64S. In this example, the combined intensity of the contacts 641 and 642 is between ITl and !Td (e.g., the light press intensity level). In this example, the combined intensity is the average of the intensities of contacts 641 and 642, the sum of the intensities of confadts 641 and 642, a total intensity detected by one or more intensity sensors associated with fouch-sensifiye surface 451, the maximum intensity between the intensity of contact 141 and the intensity of contact 642, or the like. 100219] hi Figure 6P, the cursor 602 ceases to be displayed and a reduced menu 644 is displayed on display450 in responseto detecting the two-finger ligl it press gesture in Figure 60. In this example^ the reduced menu 644 is centered at the location cursor 6(52 was displayed in Figure 60 when the combined intensity exceeded Fib. The left quadrant of the reduced menu 644, when activated :(e,g,, with a tap gesture at a location on the touch-sensitive surface 451 that corresponds tp the left quadrant or a grass; swipe gesture in the direction of the let! quadrant), causes the word “document” to be copied to foe clipboard. The right quadrant of the reduced mepu 644, which is typically associated with a paste action, is inactive or disabled due to; foe lack of aseurrently copied item (e.g,, the clipboard is empty!· The top and bottom quadrants of the reduced menu 644 ÜÜ empty. One of ordinary skill in the art will appreciate that greater or lesser number of options may be included in the reduced menu 644.
[06220] Figures 6Q-(p show a sequence in which a two-finger light press gesture is performed on a link within «email. Figure 6Q illustrates contacts 645 and 646 detected on touch-sensitive surface 451 aid a displayed representation Of a focus selector (e.g., the cursor 602) corresponding to contacts 645 and 646 at a location on the display 450 that corresponds: to a link (e.g., associated with the UHL www.musicgura,eorfoabe) within the window 64Θ, In this example, the combined intensi ty of the contacts 645 and 646 is between ITl and TTd fe.g., the light press intensity level). In this example, the combined intensity is the average of the intensities of contacts 645 and 646, foe sum of the intensities of contacts 645 and 646, a total intensity detected by one or more intensity sensors associated with touch-sensitive surface 451, the maximum intensi ty between foe intensity of contact 645 and the intensity of contact 646, or the like.
[00221.] In Figure 6R, the cursor 602 ceases to be displayed and a pdiped menu 648 is concurrently displayed on the display 450 in response to detecting the tWo^finger light press gesture in Figure 6Q. In this example, the reduced menu 648 is centered at the location cursor 602 was displayed in Figure 6Q when the combined intensity exceeded IT©: [002221 In Figure 6R, the reduced menu 648 is associated with a plurality of selectable options that correspond to the link (e.g., associated with the URL ^nvwimusicguruiepin/abc) within the window 640, including: a new window action, a share action, a new tab action, and an add to reading list action. Th© left quadrant of the reduced menu 648, when; activated (e.g., with a tap gesture at a location on the touch-sensitive surface 451 that corresjpnds to the left quadrant or a gross swipe gesture in the direction of the left quadrant), causes the web page that corresponds to the link (e.g., associated with the ÜRL www.musicgura.com/abe) to be opened in a hew window of the Web browser application, th some embodiments; the wêh page in the new Window is prefetched. The top quadrant of the reduced menu 648, when activated (e.g., with a tap gesture at a location on the touch-sensitive surface 451 that corresponds to the top quadrant or a gross swipe gesture ih the direction Of the top quadrant), causes share options to be displayed in a separate reduced menu or other menu. The right quadrant of the reduced menu 648, when activated (e:^, with a tap gesture at a location on the touch-sensitive surface 451 that corresponds to the right quadrant or a gross swipe gesture in the direction of the right quadrant), causes the web page that corresponds to the link (e.g., associated with the URL. wwuqmusicguru.eom/abc) to be opened in a new tab within the weh browser application. T he bottom quadrant of the reduced menu 648, when activated (e.g., with a tap gesture at a location oh the touch-sensitive surface 451 that corresponds to the bottom quadrant or a gross swipe gesture in the direction of the bottom quadrant), causes the web page Éat corresponds to the link (e.g., associated with the URL www.musieguru.com/abe)io be added to the user’s reading list for Mure access and perusal. [00223] Figures 6S-6T show a sequence in which a three-finger light press gesture is performed Oh a link within an email. Figure 6S illustrates contacts 652*:653, and 654 detected on toueh-sensifye surface 451 and a displayed representation, of a focus selector (e.g., the 'cursor 602) corresponding to contacts 652, 653, and 654 at a location on the display 450 that corresponds to a link (e.g., associated with the URL www.musicgyru.com/abc} within the window 640. in this example, the combined intensity of the contacts 652, 653, and 654 is between IT·., and ITd (e.g^ the light press intensity level). In this example, the combined intensity is: the average of the intensities of contacts |2, 653, and pf 6; the sum of the intensities of contacts 652, 653, and 654; a total intensity detected by one or more intensity sensors associated with touch-sensitive surface 451; the maximum intensity among the intensity of contact 652, it)®: intensity of contact 653, and the intensity of contact 654; or the like.
[00224] In Figure#F, an expanded menu 656 is displayed in response to deteetiiig the thisë-Ênpf light press gesture in Figure 6S. In this example, the expanded menu 656 includes a plurality of selectable options; associated with the link (e.g., associated with the URL www.musicgum.com/ahe), including" opening the web page that corresponds to the link within a window of the web browser application overlaid on window 640, opening die web page that corresponds to the Hik within a new window of the web browser application behind window 640, copying tie link to the clipboard, adding the link to the user s bookmarks, adding the web page associated with the link to the user’s reading hst, performing a websearch with GOOGLE search engine based on the link, and ihelike. One of ordinary skill in the art will appreciate that a greater or lesser number of options may be included in the expanded menu 656. P0225] Figures 6U--6V show a sequence in which a one-finger deep press gesture is performed on a link within an email. Figure 6U illustrates contact 658 detected on touch-sensitive surface 451 and a displayed representation of a foens selector (&g., the cursor 6Q2) epmcipondlng to contact 658 at a location on the display 450 that corresponds to a link (e,g., associated wiÉ the URL www.musicguru.com/abc) within the window 640. In this example, thë iriehSitp Of the contact 658 is above ITd (e.g., the deep press intensity level). Is Figure 6 V, the cursor 602 continues; to; be displayed and a preview window 660 is displayed on display 450 in response to detecting the one-finger deep press gesture in Figure iU. The preview window 660 displays at least a portion of the web page that corresponds tp tiie link (e/g,, associated with the URL www.musicguru.com/abc), [0()226] Figures 6W-6X show a sequence in which a one-finger light press gesture is performed on a link within an email. Figure 6W illustrates a contact 662 detected on touch-sensitive surface 451 and a displayed representation of a focus selector (e.g., the cursor 602) corresponding to contact 662 at a location on the display 450 that corresponds to a link (e.g., associated with the URL. wWW,musieguru.coin/abc) within the window 640. In this example, the intensity of the contact 662 is between IT'l and ITp (e. g., the light press intensity level). In Figure 6X. a window 664 for the web browser application is displayed on display 45() in response to detecting the one-finger light press gesture: in Figure 6W. In Figure 6X, the window 664. -which is overlaid on the window 640, shows the web page that corresponds to the selected link in Figure 6W (e.g., associated with the URL www.musicguru.com/abc).
[00227] Figure 6X also illustrates contact 666 detected on touch-sensitive surface 451 and a displayed representation of a focus selector (e,g., the cursor 602) corresponding to contact 666 at a location oh the display 450 that corresponds to the background of display 450 (e.g., neither within window 640 nor window 664). in this example, the intensity of the contact 666 is above ITd (e.g., sometimes called a deep press intensity level). In some embodiments, in response to detecting the one-finger deep press gesture at the location corresponding to the background of display 45Θ, windows 640 and 664 are dismissed or minimized so that the user may view his/her desktop.
[00228] Figures 7A-7F illustrate a flow diagram of a method 700 of displaying and using menus in accordance with some embodiments. The method 700 is performed at an electronic device (e.g., device 300, Figure 3, or portable multifunction device 100, Figure 1 A) with a display, airtueh-sensitive surface, and one dr more sensors to detect intensity of contacts with, the touch-sensitive surface. In some enfoodifoents, the display is a touctr-sereen display and the: touch-sensitive surface is on or integrated with the display. In some embodiments, the display is separate from the touch-sensitive surface. Some operations in method 700 are, optionally^ combined and/or the order of some operations is, optionally, changed.
[00229] As described below, the method 700 provides an intuitive way to display and use menus. The method reduces the number, extent, and/or nature of the inputs from a user when displaying and using menus, thereby creating a more efficient human-machine interface. For battery-operated:.electronic: devices, enabling a user to display and use menus faster and more efficiently conserves power and increases the time between battery charges.
[00230] The device displays (702), on the display, a user interfoee that includes one or more user interface elements, lor example, the one or more user imerfaee: elements: are electronic documents, URLs, iièdia items, Content items, affordances, text, and/or foe like. In a first example, Figure 5A shows a window 504 for a web browser application displayed on display 450. In Figure 5A, the window^ 504 shows a home page (e.g., corresponding to the URL www.all world news.cqm/home) for a website (e.g., the “All World News” website) where a portion of the text (e.g., ‘‘Ebola”) is highlighted. In another example, Figure 5L shows the window 534 for the “Entertainment News” section (e.g,, corresponding to the URL www.all __world news;eom/ETnews) of the website (e.g.,: the “All World News”' website) displayed on display 450 along with the bookmarks bar 532. In yet another example, Figure 5U shows a window' 558 for an email application displayed on display 450. In Figure 5U, the window 558 displays alist of a plurality of emails (kg., emails A - 1) in a user's inbox and the contents of selected “Email A.” In Figure 5U, a portion of the text (e.g., “New Years”) of “Email A'* is highlighted, [00231] Tie device detects (704) a user input on the touch-sensitive surface at a location that corresponds to a respective user interface element of the one or more user interface elements. For example, the user input is a gesture, such as a swipe or tap gesture, with one or more finger contacts. 100232] in response to detecting (706) the user input, and in accordance with a determination that the user input satisfies one or mmefirst input criteria that correspond to a first input type (e.g., a two-finger tap gesture associated with a righfieliek operation or a three finger taplelieh gesttir^5: the device displays (708) a second menu (e.g., an expanded menu) overlaid on the user interface with one or more selectable options that correspond to the respective user interface element without displaying a first menu (e.g., a reduced menu) that is distinct from the second menu. When one of the; options is selected, a corresponding action is initiated with respect to the respective user interface Memenfi such as delete, Share, Copy, save, bookmark, and the like. 100233] In one example. Figures 5(2*50 show a sequence: in which an expanded menu corresponding to highlighted text within a web page is displayed in response to detecting: a two^finger light press gesture that is performed on highlighted text within a web page. Figure 5C shows contacts 508 and 510 detected on touch-sensitive surface 451 and a displayed representation Of® focus selector (e.g., the cursor 502) corresponding to contacts 508 and 510 at a location On the display 450 that corresponds to the highlighted portion of text (e;g,, “Ebola”) within the window 504. In this example, the combined intensity of the contacts 508 and 510 is between ITl and ITd (e.g., the light press intensity level), in Figure 5D, an expanded menu 512 is displapd in response to detecting the two-finger light press gesture in Figure :l€. In this example, the expanded menu 512 includes a plurality of selectable options associated with the highlighted portion of the text (e.g., “Ebola”) of the web page, including: performing a lookup on the word “Ebola,” performing a web search on the word “Ebola” with a search engine, copying the word “Ebola” (e.g,, to the clipboard), performing speech-related options associated with the word “Ebola,” and adding the wóïi “Ebola” as spoken track.
[00234] In another example. Figures 6A»6B show a sequence in winch an expanded menu corresponding to highlighted text within a web page is displayed in response to detecting: a three-finger light press gesture. Figure 6A shows contacts 606, 607, and 608 detected oh torkii-s and a displayed representation Uf a focus selector (e,g., a cursor 602) corresponding to contacts 606, 607, and 608 at a location on the display 4SÖ fo#eorresponSs to the highlighted portion of text (e.g., '‘Ebola”) within the window 604. In this example, the combined intensity of the contacts 606, 607, and 608 is between fir. and ITo |e#v the light press intensity level). In Figure 6B, an expanded menu 610 is displayed in responsefo detecting the three-inger light press gesture in Figure 6A. ih this example, the expanded menu 610 includes a plurality of selectable options associated with the highlighted portion of the text (e.g,, “Ebola”) of the web page, including: performing a lookup on the word ^iibola,'- performing a web search using the word “Ebola” with a search engine, copying the word “Ebola” to the Clipboard, performing speech-related opiohs associated with the word “Ebbla,” and adding the word “Ebola” as spoken track, [00235] In response to detecting (706) the user input, and in accordance with a determination that the user input satisfies one or more second input criteria that correspond to a second input type, distinct from the first input type, the device displays (710) the first menu Övëfüid on the user interface with one or more selectable options that correspond to foe respective::user interface element without displaying the second menu, where the first menu (e.g,, the reduced menu) mëludesïa subset of the one or more selectable options inPuded in the second menu (e.g., foe expanded mcdP)· In some embodiments, the first menu is a radial menu or a list menu, IP some embodiments, the first menu is centered about the user input or a centroid of two or more eöntacts associated with the user input. In some embodiments, the firsimenu includes only a subset of die options in the second mend. Ih some embodiments, the first menu includes a subset of the options in the second menu and other additional options not in the second menu In some embodiments, the first menu includes less than all of tbe::Oplionsin:::the::second: menu. In some embodiments, the first menu is displayed after the intensity threshold is feaehed. In some embodiments, the first menu is displayed after detecting liftoff of the one or more contacts corresponding to the user input, [00236] In one example, Figures 5E-5F show a sequence in which a reduced menu corresponding to highlighted text within a web page is displayed in response to detecting a one-finger deep press gesture. Figure 5E shows contact 514 detected on touch-sensitive surface 451 and a displayed representation of a focus selector (e.g., the cursor 502) corresponding to contact 514 at a location on the display 450 that corresponds to the highlighted portion of text (e.g., ‘"Ebola”) within the window 504. in this example, the intensity of the contact 514 is above ITo (e.g,, sometimes called a deep press intensity level). In Figure 5F, the cursor 502 ceases to be displayed and areduced menu 516 is displayed on display 450 in response to detecting the one-finger deep press: gesture in Figure 5E. In this example, the reduced menu 516 is centered at the location cursor 502 was displayed in Figure 5E when the intensity of the contact 514 exceeded ίΤο. M Figure 5F, the reduced mens 516 includes four distinct selectable quadrants oriented in the cardinal directions, lire left:: quadrant of the reduced menu 516, when activated (e.g., with a tap gesture at a location On foe touch-sengitiye surface 451 that corresponds to the left quadrant or a gross swipe gesture in the direction of the left quadrant), eauses the word “Ebola” to he copied to the clipboard. Tire right quadirMt of the reduced menu 516, which is typically associated with a paste action, is inactive or disabled due to the lack of a currently copied item (e.g., the clipboard is empty). The fop and Imtforn quadrants of the reduced menu 516 arc empty.
[00237] In another example, Figures 6C-6D show a sequence in which a reduced menu corresponding to highlighted text within a web page is displayed in response to detecting a two-finger light press gesture. Fipire 60 shows contacts 611 ami 612 detected oh toueh-sensiiive surface 451 and a displayed representation of a focus selector |e.g., the cursor 602) corresponding to contacts 611 and 612 at a location on the display 450 that corresponds to: the: highlighted portion of text (e.g., “Ebola”) within foe window 604, fo this: example, foe: combined intensity of the contacts 611 and 61.2 is between ITl and ITd (e.g., the light press intensity level). In Figure 6D, the cursor 602 ceases to be displayed ahd a reduced menu 614 is displayed on display 450 in response: to detecting:the tWo^fmger li|ht press gesture in Figure 6C. In this example, the reduced menu 614 is centered at. the location cursor 602 was displayed in Figure 6C when the combined intensity exceeded ITd. In Figure 6D, the reduced menu 614 includes four distinct selectable quadrants oriented in the cardinal directions. The left quadrant of the reduced thehu 614, when activated foig., with a tap gesture at a location on: the toueh-sensitiye surface 451 flat corresponds to the: left quadrant or a gross swipe psture in the direction of the left quadrant), causes the word “Ebola” to be copied to the clipboard; The right quadrant plthe::redseed menu 614, which is typically associated with a paste action, is inactive Or disabled due to the lack of a currently copied item (e.g., the clipboard is empty ). The top and bottom quadrants of the reduced menu 614 are empty. Appendix A lists exemplary scenarios in which reduced menus are optionally displayed with up to 4 selectable quadrants (e.g.. Left, Up, Right, and Down in Appendix A) and/or an immediate action is taken (e.g., in response to detecting a deep press input) for: data detected links, a browser application 147 (e,g., Safari ftdm Apple Ihe. of Cupertino. California), a calendar application 148 (e.g., Calendar from Apple Ihe. of Cupertino* California), an email application 140: (e:g., Mail from Apple Inc. of Cupertino, California), a notes application 153 (e.g., Motes' frond:Appieine,:::o:f Superiino^iÊMifofnia}:, aninstant mesSagingiappieatioh 1:4:1 (e.g., Messsgesfrom Apple Inc, of Cupertino, California), a video conferencing application 139 (e.g., FaceCinie from Apple Inc. of Cupertino, California), a contact list application 137 (e.g.. Contacts front Apple Inc. of Cupertino, California), a file manager application (e.g., Finder from Apple ine. of Cupertino, California), a PDF viewer application (e.g., Preview from Apple* of Cupertino, California), an image management application 144 (e.g., Photos from Apple Ihe; of Cuperdho, California), a reminders application (e.g., Reminders from Apple Inc. of Cupertino, California), a map application 154 (e.g., Maps from Apple Ine. of Cupertino, California), and a photo application (e.g., Photo Booth from Apple Inc. of Cupertino, California). P0238J Ip some embodiments, the reduced menu includes a subset of the selectable options included in the expanded menu. For example, the reduced menu 516, in Figure 5F, includes: a subset ofthe selectable options included in the expanded menu 512 in Figure 5D. In imqfher example, the reduced menu 614, in Figure 6D, includes a subset of the selectable options included in the expanded menu 610 in Figure 6B. in other embodiments, the reduced menu includes a set of selectable options that are dWuct from tie set of selectable options in the expanded menu.
[ÖÖ239J In some embodiments, in response to detecting (706) the user input, and in accordance with a determination that the user input satisfies one or more third input criteria that correspond to a third input type, distinct from the first input type and the second input type, t|e device initiates (712) performance of an action associated with the respective user interface element without displaying the first menu and without displaying the second menu. For example, the respective user interface element is highlighted, selected, or the like.
[90240] In a first example, Figures 5A-5B show a sequence in which highlighted text within a web page is un-highlighted in response to detecting a one-finger light press gesture. Figure 5A shows a contact 506 detected on touch-sensitive surface 451 and a displayed representation of a focus selector (e.g., cursor 502) corresponding to contact 506 at a location 01 the display 450 that corresponds to the highlighted portion of text (e.g., “Ebola”) within the window 504, In this example, tie intensity of the eoiitaet 506 is between ITl and ITd (è#, the light press intensity level). In Figure SB, the portion of the text (e.g., “Ebola”) of the home page is no longer highlighted in response to detecting; the qne^finger light press gesture in Figure 5Λ.
[00241 ] In another example, Figures 6M-6N show a sequence in which a link within a first web page is resolved to open a second web page in response to detecting a one-finger light presSsgesture. Figure 6M showaa contact 636 detected öritöüefoseüsiive: surface'4§1 and a displayed representation of a focus selector (e.g., the cursor 602) corresponding; to contact 636 at a location on the display 450 that corresponds to a link (e.g., associated with an 'ilntertainmeni News'* section of the website) within the window 604. In this example;, the intensity of the contact 636 is between Ml and ITd (e,$s* the light press intensity level). In figure 6N, a window 638 for a web browser application; is;displayed on display 450 in response to detecting the one-finger light press gesture in figure 6M. in Figure 6N, the window 638 shows an “Entertainment News” section (e.g., corresponding to the URL www.all_worldjaews.com/F.Tnews) for the website (e.g., the “All World News’’ website). [00242j In some embodiments, the in© of iiifè list input criteria are satisfied (714) when the user input includes a first nuniber of contacts (e.g,, a two finger tap/click gesture), the one or more second input criteria are satisfied when the user input is a press input, with a second number of contacts distinct from the first number of contacts, where at least one of the second number of contacts has an intensity (e.g., a characteristic intensity) above a first intensity threshold (e.g., a one finger deep press gesture), and the one or more third input criteria are satisfied when the user input is a press; input with the second number of contacts, where at least one of the second intensity above a second ihtehsity 'threshold and below the first intensity threshold (b.g,, a one finger light press gesture).
[00243] In Figures 5A-5II, a two-finger gesture;at a location on touch-sensitive surface 451 that corresponds to a user interface element causes display of an ex panded menu with selectable opfiohs; that correspond to the user interface element. For example, Figures 5C-5D show a sequence in which a two-finger light press gesture at a location corresponding to highlighted text within a web page causes display of expanded menu 512 with selectable options corresponding to thehighlighied text.
[00244] hi Figures 5A-5II, a one-finger deep press gesture at a location on touch-sensitive surface 451 that corresponds to a user interface element causes display of a reduced menu with selectable options that correspond to the user interface Clement; In one example, Figures 5L-5M show a sequence in which a one-finger deep press gesture at a location corresponding fo “Bookmafk F” within bookmark bar 532 causes display of reduced menu 538 with selectable options corresponding to “Bookmark F.” In another example, Figures 5P-5Q show a sequence in which a one-finger deep press gesture at a location corresponding to “Bookmark C” Within navigation bar 539 causes display of redueed menu 548 with selectable options corresponding to “Bookmark C.” [0O24| In Figures; J.A-5H, a one-finger fight press gesture at a location on touch-sensitive suffaee 451 that corresponds to a user interface element causes an action associated with the user interface element to occur. For example, Figures 5A-5B show a sequence in which a one-finger light press gesture at a location correspondlhgifo highlighted text within a web page causes the text to heiundnghiighted.
[00246] 111 some embodiments, the ope or more first input criteria are satisfied (716) when the user input includes a first number of contacts (e,g., a three finger tap/click gesture), the one or more second input criteria are satisfied when the user input includes a second number of contacts distinct from the first number of contacts (e.g,, a two finger tap/Click gesture), and the oneArmore third Input eritêriasarëssaisied :wheh the user input includes a third number of contacts distinct from the first number of contacts and the second number of contacts (e.g., a one finger tap/click gesture).
[00247] In Figures 6A-6X, a three-finger gesture at a location on touch-sensitive surface 451 that corresponds to a user interface element causes display of an expanded menu with selectable options that correspond to the user interface element. For example, Figures 6I-6J show a sequence in which a three-finger gesture at a location corresponding to a link within a web page causes display of expanded menu 628 with selectable options corresponding to the link.
[00248] In Figures 6A-6X, a two-finger deep press gesture at a location on touch-sensitive surface 451 that corresponds to a user interface element causes display of a, reduced menu with selectable options that correspond to the userinterface element. For exarnplpi Figures 6K-6L slow a sequence in which a two-lngef gesture at a location corresponding to a link within a w©b page causes display of reduced menu 632 with selectable options corresponding to the link.
[06249] Is Iigöfëk:6A/6X, a one- finger light press gesture at a location on touch-sensitive surface 451 thatcorpsppnds to a user interface element causes an action associated with the user imerfaceselëmênt to occur. For example. Figures 6K-6L show a sequence in which a two-finger gesture at a location corresponding to a link within a first web page (e.g., associated with the URL, www.all_worldjiews.com/home) causes display of a second web page (e.g., associated with the URL www.all_world__news.com/ETnews) corresponding to the link.
[06250] In some embodiments, a contact in the user input corresponds to a cursor displayed on the display, and, in response to; detecting the user input, the device, in accordance with the determination that the user input corresponds to the second input type, ceases display of (718) the eUfsof on the display, in a first example, in Figure 5F, the cursor 502 ceases to be displayed and a reduced menu |ϋIs displayed on display 45Ö in response ip detecting the one*fihger deeppress gesture in Figure 5E. In a second example, in Figure #E3> the cursor 602 ceases: to be: displayed and a reduced menu 614 is displayed on display 450 in response to detecting the tWcWfinger light press: gesture lit Figure 6C, (00251] In some embodiments, the firsfmenu is (720} a radial menu with two or more distinct portions that is located on the display at a (relative or absolute) location that corresponds to a location of a contact in the user input on the touch sensitive surface. In some embodiments, the first menu is displayed on the display using an absolute positioning scheme* in::Whieh thetiis a oMdofone correspondence between a point on the touch-sensitive surface and the display. For example, the first menu is the reduced menu 516 in Figure 5F with a radial menu form that includes four distinct selectable quadrants oriented in the cardinal directions. In some embodiments, the first menu is displayed on the display using a relative positioning scheme. In some embodiments, the first menu is a list menu, a grid menu, a segmented control, or the like.
[0Θ252] In some embodiments* the radial menu includes (722| two halves each comprising a distinct, unitary (e.g., eöötigudüs and non-sspiiented) region forimng half of the radial menu.
[00253] In some embodiments, the radial menu includes (724) four quadrants each comprising a distinct, unitary (e.g., contiguous Md non~segrnented) region forming a quarter of the radial menu. For example, the reduced menu 516 in Figure 5F is a radial menu wifi four distinct selectable quadrants* including the empty top and bottom quadrants, the left quadrant corresponding to a eqpy operation* pid the right quadrant corresponding to a disabled paste operation.
[ÖÖ254] In some embodiments, the four quadrants are oriented (726) within the first menu in the cardinal directions. In some embodiments, the four quadrants correspond to north, south, east, and west within the radial menu: in other words, up, down, right* and left within the radial menu. For example* the reduced menu 516 in Figure 5F includes four distinct selectable quadrants oriented in the cardinal directions (i.e., north, east, south, and wést of top, fight, bottom, and left),.
[00255] fii some embodiments, one or more of the quadrants are (728) empty. For example, the reduced menu 516 in Figure 5F includes the empty top or bottom quadrants; S& such, a selection gesture in the top and bottom quadrants of the reduced menu 516 will no| cause an operation: to occur.
[00256] In some embodiments, one or more of the quadrants is disabled (730) (i.e*, not selectable or inactive). For example, the reduced menu 516 in Figure 5F includes the right quadrant eomesponding to a disabled paste Operation. As sfteh, a selection gesture in the right quadrant of the reduced menu 516 will not cause the pastes to occur. Nonetheless^ the: label lor the paste operation is shown in the right quadrant of the reduced menu 516 to indicate that the paste operation will be active after something (e.g,, text, an image, or the like) is copied to the clipboard.
[002571 In some embodiments, selectable options in the first menu that correspond to destructive actions are (732) visually distinguished from selectable options that correspond to hohdesftucti^e actions. For example, the label text and/of the background for quadrants associated with destructive actions (e.g., delete, cut, etc.) is a different color, font, or the like as compared to: quadrants associated with non-destructive actions. For example, the left quadrant qf the reduced menu 538 in Figure 5M is visually distinct from the other quadrants fe.g^, the: labeltext is italicized and underlined} to indicate that the deletion action associated With tie left quadrant is a destructive one.
[00258] In some embodiments; after displaying the first menu overlaid on the user interface, the device (734): detects lift-off of a respective contact at a location on the touch sensitive surface that corresponds tq a center of the radial menu on the display; and, in response to detecting lift-off of the respective contact, ceases to display the radial menu overlaid Oh the User interface. For example; the user dismisses the first menu by seleefinpone of the quadrants and then moving back 4p the center, in another example, the user dismisses the first menu by navigating to one of the quadrants (without selecting it) and then moving back to the center of the radial menu. In some embodiments, the respective contact f§ a continuous contact associated with the user input causing display of the first menu, fu some embodiments, the respective contact is a separate, non-continuous contact after1 selecting an action or causing display of the first: menu, [00259.] For example, Figures 5M-5P show a sequence in which a user navigates info a respective quadrant of a reduced menu, and, subsequently, the user navigates back into the center of the reduced menu to dismiss the reduced menu and to forgo performance: of the: action associated with the respective quadrant. In this example, each of the quadrants Of reduced menu 5:3$: is: associated with a hit region 540 on the touch-sensitive surlaqe 4|;I that is larger than its displayed area on the display 45:0. The top quadrant corresponding to the: pew window' action is associated hit region 540-a, the right quadrant corresponding to the new tab operation is associated with hit region 540-b, the bottom quadrant corresponding to the dopy operation is associated with hit region 540-c, and the left quadrant corresponding to the delete operation is associated with hit region 540-d. for example, lift-off of a contact: within a center “dead-zone’'’ of the hit regions: 540 (e.g., shown in Figures5i|-§il as center “dead-zone” 556) causes dismissal of the reduced menu 53 8 while forgoing actions associated with the quadrants of the reduced menu 538.
[00260] Continuing with the example above. Figure 5M illustrates detection of a swipe gesture corresponding to the movement of contact 542 from a first location 544-a to a second location 544-b (e.g., corresponding to hit region 540-b) in the direction of the right quadrant associated with the new tab action of reduced menu |3% In Figure 5N, a visual characteristic of the right quadrant of the reduced menu 538 is changed in response to detecting the contact 542 within the hit region 540-b at the second location 544-b. Fipfre SP illustrates detection of a swipe gesture corresponding to the movement of the contacts#! from the second location 544-b to a third location 544-c (e.g., eorresponding to center of the reduced menu 538 and a center “dead-zone” of the hit regions 540). in Figure 50, the visual characteristic of the right quadrant of tire reduced menu 538 is no longer changed in response to detecting contact 542 at the third location544-C coriespondi% to center of the reduced menu 538 and a center “dead-zone” of the hit regions 540). In Figure 5P, the reduced menu 5Ï8 ceases to be displayed and the cursor 502 is ^displayed On the display 45Θ in response to detecting: lift-off of contact 542 from the third location 544-c (e.g., corresponding to center of the reduced menu 538 and; a center “dead-zone” of the lit regions 540). 100261] In some embodiments, the device (736): detects a selection input that selects a respective portion (e.g., a quadrant or half) of the first menu; and, in response to detecting the selection input, initiates perfoitKns^i^:^ ϊεϊ portion of the first menu. In some embodiments, the selection input corresponds to deteqing lifi-off within the respective portion of the fiiSfmsnu or within a hit region that corresponds to tie respective portion of the first menu. In some embodiments, the selection input corresponds to a swipe gesture in the direction of the respective portion of the first menu. In some embodiments, prior to selecting the respective portion, the User navigates to the respective portion of the first menu and the portion of the first menu is visibly changed to show' that it will be selected. For example, a quadrant, in the first menu is highlighted, the quadrant hashes or blinks, a tooltip (e.g,, tie name of the action) associated with the action corresponding to the quadrant is overlaid on; or adjacent to, fie quadrant, a color of the quadrant is changed, a border of the quadrant is thickened, or the like.
[00262] For example, Figures 5Q-5T show' a sequence in which a user navigates to various quadrants of a reduced menu and causes a deletion action to he performed on a bookmark, in Figure 5Q, a visual characteristic of the fight quadrant ml reduced menu 548: w changes! in response to detecting contact 550 at a first location 552-a within the hit region 554-h. figure 5Q also illustrates detection of a swipe gesture corresponding to the movement of contact 550 item the first location 544-a (e.g., corresponding to hit region 554~h) to a second locafion ;552-fe (e.g., corresponding to hit region 554-a) in the direction of the top quadrant associated with the new window action. In Figure 5R, a visual characteristic of the top quadrant of the reduced menu 548 is changed in response to detecting contact 550 at the second location 552-b within the hit region 554-a. Figure 5R also illustrates detection of a swipsgesture corresponding to the movement of contact 550 from the second location 552-b (e.g., corresponding to hit region 554-a) to a third location 552-c (e.g,, corresponding to hit region 554-d) in the direction of the left quadrant associated with the deletion action. Figure JS shows an animation in which the left quadrant is tom away from the reduced menu 548 and a visual characteristic of the leftquadrant of the redpeed menu 548 is changed in re^onse ns: deteefing lift-off of contact 550 at the third location 552-c within the hit region 554-d. In Fipfrc SC, “Bookmark C” is no longer dispapd Within the bookmark bar 532 and die navigiion bar 539 in response to detecting lift-off of contact 550 at the third location 552-c within the hit region 554-d.
[00263] In some embodiments, the user input is continuously detected (738), and the user input includes the selection input For example* the user input is a continuous gesture With a pess input portion to display the first mend aid a selection gesture portion, such as a swipe, to: select an option within the first menu. For example, adduced menu is displayed in response to detecting that the intensity of the contact is above FFb, ami the contact continues to b© detected on a touch-sensitive surface. Continuing with this example, fie user navigates into, Of performs a swipe gesture, into one of the portions of the reduced menu (or a corresponding hit region) without lifting the contact and subsequently lifts-offthe contain Id this example, the continuously detected contact is used both to display thereduced menu and to select a portion of the reduced menu.
[00264| In some embodiments, the user input is (740) a first user input, and the selection input is a second user input, distinct from the first user input. For example, a first gesture with a press input causes display of the first menu and a second selection gesture, such as a tap on an option in the first menu, causes selection of an option within the first menu. For example. Figures 5P-5T show a sequence in which a reduced menu is displayed in response to a first gesture satisfying predetermined criteria and, subsequently, a quadrant of the reduced menu is selected with a second gesture distinct from the first gesture. Figure 5P illustrates contact 546 detected on touch-sensitive surface:451 and a displayed representation of a focus selector (e.g,, the cursor 502) correspond ing to contact 546 at a location on the display 450 that corresponds to "‘Bookmark CT within the navigation bar 539. In this example, the intensity of the contact 546 is above: ITd (e.g,, the: deep press intensity level), lii Figure SQj the cursor 502 ceases to be displayed and a reduced menu 548 is displayed on the display 450 in response to detecting the one-finger deep press gesture m Figure SP.
[00265] Continuing with the example above, in Figure 5Q, a visual characteristic of the right fhadrant of the reduced menu 548 is changed in response to detecting contact 550 at a first location $32¾ within the hit region 554-%. Figure 5Q also illustrates detection of a swipe gesturecoriesponding to the movement of contact 550 from the first location 544-a (e.g,, corresponding: to hit region 554-b) to a second location 552-b (e.g., corresponding to hit; region 554-a) in the direction of the top quadrant associated with the new window action. In Figure 5R, a Visual characteristic of the top quadrant of the reduced menu 548 ischanged in response; to deieeing: contact 550 at the second location 552-b within the hit region 554-a. Figure 5R also illustrates detection ofa swipe gpitime corresponding to the movement of contact 550 from the second location 552-b (e.g., corresponding to hit region 554-a) to a third location 552-c (e.g.. corresponding to hit region :554-d)an the direction of the left quadrant associated with the deletion action. Figure 5S shows an animation in which the left quadrant is tom away from the reduced menu 548 and a visual characteristic of the left quadrant of the reduced menu 548 is changed in response to detecting lift-off of contact 550 at the third location 552-c within the hit region 554-d. In Figure SE, ‘^pokmafk €T is no longer displayed within the bookmark bar 532 and the navigation bar 339 in response to detecting lift-off of contact 550 at the third location 552-c within the hit region 554-d.
[00266] In some embodiments, detecting the selection input includes (742) detecting a swipe gesture in a direction of the respective portion of the first menm For example, the selection input is a quick swipe gesture in a direction (e.g;, a gross qpg down, rigid, or left swipe) that corresponds to the respective portion of the first menu that causes the respective portion to be selected and/or an action associated with the respective portion to be performed. For example, Figures 5BB-5EE show a sequence in which a swipe gesture causes a, respective quadrant of a reduced menu to be selected and an action corresponding; to the respective quadrant to be performed. Figure 5BB illustrates detection of a swipe gesture corresponding to the movement of contact 565 from the first location 566-a to a second location 566-b in the direction of the bottom quadrant of reduced menu 568 associated with the preview action. In Figure 5CC. the contact 565 is detected on touch-sensitive surface 451 at the second location 566-b and a visual characteristic of the bottom quadrant of the reduced menu 568 is changed in response to detecting contact 565 at the second location 566-b within a hit region corresponding to the bottom quadrant. Figure 5DD shows an animation in which the bottom quadrant is tom away from the reduced menu 568 to indicate that it was selected in response to detecting lift-off of contact 565 at the second location 566-b within a hit region corresponding to the bottom quadrant Of the reduced menu 568. In Figure SEE, a reduced menu 570 is concurrently displayed along with preview window 572 on display 450 in response to detecting lift-off of contact 565 at the second location 566-b within a hit region corresponding to the bottom quadrant of the reduced menu 568 in Figures 5CC-5DD. The preview window 572 displays at least a portion of the webpage that corresponds to iielnk (e.g., www.hotel$.com/abe|, 100267] In some embodiments, detecting the selection input includes (744) detecting lift-off of a respective contact in the respective portion of the first menu. For example, lift-off of the respective contact on the touch-sensitive surface at a location that corresponds to the respective portion of the firsfmenu causes: the action aSsöeiated with the respective portion tot be performed. For example, Fi gures SÜ-ST show a sequence in which lift-off of a contact within a respective quadrant (or its corresponding hit region) causes the action associated with the respective quadrant to be selected and also causes an action corresponding to the respective quadrant to be performed. Figure 5R illustrates detection of a swipe gesture corresponding to the movement of contact 550 from the second location 552~b (e.g., eorrespondihg to Mt region 554-a) to a third location 552-c (e.g., corresponding to hit region 554-d) in the direction of the; left quadrant associated with the deletion action. Figure 5| shows an animation in which the left quadrant is tom away from the reduced menu 548 and a visual characteristic of lie left quadrant of the reduced menu 548 is changed in response to detecting lift-off of contact 550 at lie third location 552-c within the hit region 554-d) In Figure 5T, ^Bookmark CD” §§ no longer displayed within the bookmark bar 532 and the navigation bar 539 in response to detecting lift-off of contact 550 at the third location 552-c within the hit region 554-d. 10Θ268] In some embodiments, in response to detecting the selection input, the device changes (746) one Or more display characteristics of the respective portion: of the first:menu (e.g., changing a respective quadrant’s color, enlarging the quadrant, flashing/bliaidng, or the like, prior to or concurrent with performing the action that corresponds to the respective portion of the first menu). For example, Figures 5Q-5R show a: sequence in Which detection of a contact within a respective quadrant (or its corresponding hit region) causes the respective quadrant of a reduced menu to be selected and a display characteristic of the respective quadrant is Ranged. Figure 5Q illustrates detection of a swipe gekfere eorrespondingfo the movement of contact 530 from the first location 544-a (e.g,, corresponding to hit region 554-b) to a second location 552~b (e.g., corresponding to hit region 554-a) in the direction of thetop quadrant associated with the new window action of reduced menu 548. M iïgpse SSt a visual characteristic of the top quadrant Of the reduced menu 548 is changed in response to detecting contact 550 at the second location 552~b within the hit region 554--a, 100269] Ip some embodiments, in response to detecting the selection input, in accordance with a determination that the selection input satisfies one or mom predefined animation criteria (i;g,, Swipe gesture with X velocity or within V time), the device displays (748) an animation of the respective portion of the first menu separating from a remainder of the first menu; For example, a quadrant separates from the radial menu and subsequently returns to (e.g;, snaps back into) the radial menu and blinks/flashes. In some embodiments, the animation occurs just prior to performing the action that corresponds to the respective portion ofthe first menu. For example, Figures 5CC-5DD show a sequence in which a separation or tear-off animation of a respective quadrant of a reduced menu is performed in response to selection of the respective quadrant. In Figure 5CC, the contact 565 is detected on foneh-sensitive surface 451 at the second location 566-b and a visual characteristic of the bottom quadrant of reduced menu 568 is changed in response to detecting contact 565 at the second location 566-b within a hit region corresponding to the bottom quadrant. Figure 51® Shows an animation in which the bottom quadrant is tom away from the reduced menu 568 to indicate that it was selected in response to detecting lift-off of contact 565 at the second location 566-b within a hit p^on eoirTo^ondinif o the bottom quadrant of the reduced menu 568. Alternatively m some embodiments, a different animation, such as a blinking or fade-out animation, is displayed in accordance with a determination that the selection input satisfies the one or more predefined animation criteria. |t0270J hi some enfoodiments, in response to detecting the selection input, m accordance with a determination that the selection input does not satisfy the one or more predefined animation criteria (e.g., swipe gesture with X velocity or within Y time), the device initiates (750) performance of an action that corresponds to the selected respective portion o f the first menu without displaying an animation of the respective portion of the first menu separating from a remainder of the first menu. For example, Figures 5H-5J show a sequence in which a respective quadrant of a reduced menu is selected and the action associated with the respective quadrant (e.g., displaying a share menu); is performed without displaying an animation. Figure 5H illustrates detection of a swipe gesture con’esponding to the movement, of contact 524 from a first location 526-a to a second location 526-b in the diu&ctte associated with the share action. In Figure 51, a visual chaiaeteffMe of the top quadrant of the reduced menu 520 is changed in response to detecting Me swipe gesture in the direction of the top quadrant in Figure 5H. In Figure 5J, a reduced menu 528 is displayed On the display 450 in response to detecting the swipe gesture in Figure 5H and lift-off of contact 524 within the top quadrant or its eaan^pqpdlng hit region. In some embodiments* reduced menu 528 is displayed concurrently with preview window 522. j In some embodiments, imfiatmg performance of the action that corresponds to the selected respective portion of the first menu includes (752): displaying another menu, distinct Sum the first menu, with one or more options for the action that corresponds to the selected respective poifion of the first menu (e.g., the subsequent menu is a second radial menu or a 1st menu). For example, the option associated with a respective quadrant in the first menu corresponds fo a sharing action and the subsequent menu includes options for sharing (e.g,, via one or more social networks, SMS, email, etc.). For example, Figures 511-5) show a sequence in which a second reduced menu is displayed in response to selecting a respective quadrant of a first reduced menu. In Figure 5H, reduced menu 520 is displayed on the display 45®. In this example, the reduced menu 520 is associated with a plurality of selectable options that correspond to the link (e.g., to the “Entertainment News” section of the website) within the window 504, including: a new window action, a share action, a new tab action* and an add to reading list action. Fipife 5H also illustrates detection of a swipe gesture corresponding to foe rnovemerft of spiaet 524 from a first location 526-a to a second location 526-h in the direction of the top quadrant associated with the share action, in Figure 51, a visual characteristic of foe top quadrant of foe reduced menu 520 is changed in response to detecting the swipe gesture in the direction of the top quadrant: in Figure 5FI . in Figure 5J, a iedueed menu 528 is displayed on the display 450 in response to detecting the swipe gesture in Figure ill and lift-off of contact 524 within the; fop quadrant or its corresponding hit region, In Figure 5J, the reduced menu 528 is associated with a plurality of selectable options associated with the share action including: an email option, an SMS (short message service) option, Social Network A option, and Social Network B option. f®0272] In some embodiments* the selected respective portion of the first menu corresponds (754) to a preview option, and initiating perfomanee of the action that; corresponds to the preview option: includes: maintaining display of the first menu; and concurrently displaying a preview area that corresponds to the respective user interface element, In some embodiments, the preview area is concurrently displayed with the first menu in response to detecting selection of the preview option of the first menu. For example, Figures 5BB-5EE show « sequence in which: a preview area is concurrently displayed with a reduced menu in response to selecting a preview option of a reduced menu.: Figure 5BB illustrates detection of a swipe gesture corresponding to the movement of contact 565 from the first location 566-a to a second location 566-b in the direction of the bottom quadrant of the reduced menu 568 associated with the preview action. In Figure 5CC, the contact 565 is deteeled on touch-sensitive surface 451 at the second location 5164» and a visual characteristic :;6f the bottom quadrant of the reduced menu 568 is changed in response to detecting contact 565 at the second location 566-b within a hit region corresponding to the bottom quadrant. Figure 5DD shows an animation in which the bottom quadrant is tom away from the reduced menu 568 to indicate that it was selected ih response to detecting lift-off of contact 565 at the second location Sii-b within a hit region corresponding to the bottom quadrant of the reduced menu 568. In Figure 5 EE, a reduced menu 570 is concurrently displayed along with preview window 572 on display 450 in response to detecting lift-off of contact 565 at the second location 566-b within a hit region corresponding to the bottom quadrant of the -reduced menu 568 in Figures 5GC-5 DD. The reduced menu 570 is associated with a plurality of selectable1 options that correspond to the link (e.g., www.hotels.com/abc), including: a new Window netionj: a share:notion* anew tab action, and an add to reading list action. In some embodiments, the preview window 572 displays at least a portion of the w|b page that corresponds to the link (e.g., www.hotels.com/abc). In some embodiments, the pfevtëw Window 572 displays a cleaned up representation of the web page that corresponds to the link, such as the representation seen in the Reader Mode in the Safari browser from Apple Inc. of Cupertino, California.
[002731 Alternatively, in some embodiments, the preview area is automatically displayed concurrently with the first: menu when the press input is detected at a location,: for example, corresponding to a hyperlink. For example, Figures 5G-5H show a sequence in which a rediced menu is concurrently displayed along with a preview window' in response to a contact meeting predefined criteria. Figure 5G illustrates contact 518 detected on touch-sensitive surface 451 and ^displayed representation of a focus selector (e.g., the; cursor 502) CGrtespoming to contact 5 ll: at a location on the display 450 that corresponds to a link (e.g., to ail “Entertainment News” section of the website) within the window S04. In this example, the intensity of the contact 5181s above ITd (e.g., sometimes called a deep press intensity level). In Figure 5H, the cursor 502 ceases to be displayed and a reduced menu 520 is concurrently displayed on the display 450 along with a preview window 522 in response to detecting the one-finger deep press gesture in Figure 5G. The preview window 522 displays at least a portion of the weh page that corresponds to an ‘"Entertainment News” section of the website.
[00274] In some embodiments, while displaying die preview area, the device (756): detects a subsequent selection input that selects a different portion of the first menu than the respective portion of the first menu; and, in response to detecting the subsequent selection input,; initiates performance of a second action that corresponds to the: selected different portion Of the first menu. For example, as shown in Figures 5H-5J, the device maintains display of the preview window 522 as the user selects the top quadrant of the reduced menu 520 and a subsequent reduced menu 528 is shown in response to selection of the top quadrant. |00275j In some embodiments, the user interface is a first user interface: associated with a first application executed by the electronic device, and the one or more: selectable options: hat correspond to foe mspesliyeniser interface element include a first selectable option displayed at a first location within the first menu. While displaying a second user interface on the display for a second application, distinct from the first application, the second user interface including a second set of one or more user interface elements, the device: detects a second user input ih: the touch-sensitive surface at a location that coufosponds to a second user interface element in the second set of one or more user infferikeeelements; and, in response to detecting the second user input: in accordance with a determination that the second user input corresponds to the first input type (e.g., a two~|hger tup gesture associated with a right-click operation); displays a fourth menu (e.g., an expanded menu) oyerMl on the second user interface with one or more selectable options that correspond fO th© SCCOiid Usef Interface element without displaying a third menu (e:gi9 a reduced menu) that is distinct from the fourth menu; and, in accordance with a determination that the second user input corresponds to the second input type, distinct from the first input type, displaying the third menu overlaid on the second user interface with one: or more selectable options that, correspond to the second uSCf interface element Without displaying the fourth menu, where the one or more selectable options that correspond to the second user interface dement include a same option as the first selectable option in the first menu displayed at a same location in the third menu as the first location in the first menu. In some embodiments, just as the delete option is displayed in the left quadrant of the first menu of the first application, the: delete option is displayed in the left quadrant of the second menu in the second application. along with one or more other options associated with the second user interface element displayed in the remainder of the second menu. In some embodiments, the same option ip the third menu overlaid on the second user interface is disabled (i.e., not selectable or inactive).
[00276] For example, Figures 5E-5F show a sequence in which a reduced menu is displayed in response lb detecting a one-finger deep press gesture at a location correspond ing to highlighted text within a: web browser window. In Figure SF, reduced menu 516 is displayed on display 450 in response to detecting the one-finger deep press gesture in Figure iih In Figure 5F, the reduced menu 516 includes selectable options associated with the highlighted text (e.g., ‘"Ebola) within the window 504. Hie left quadrant of the reduced menu 516, when activated (e.gq with a tap gesture at a location on the touch-sensitive surface 451 mat corresponds to the left quadrant or a gross swipe gesture in the direction of the left quadrant), causes the word “Ebola” to be copied to the clipboard. The right quadrant of the reduced menu 516, which is typically associated with a paste action, is inactive or disabled due to the lack of a currently copied item (e.g., the elipboard is empty). The top and bottom quadrants of the reduced menu 516 are empty.
[00277] In another example. Figures 5V-5Y show a sequence—similar to the one described above with reference to Figures 5E-5F—in which a reduced menu is displayed in response to detecting a one-finger deep press gesture at a location corresponding to highlighted text within an email application window. In Figure 5Y, a final representation of the reduced menu 562 is displayed on display 450 in response to detecting that the intensity Of the contact 560 is above ITd (e.g., the deep press intensity level). lit Figure 5Y, the final representation of the reduced menu 562 includes selectable options associated with the highlighted text (e.g,, “New Years) within the window 558. The left quadrant, when activated: ffegi, with a tap gesture at a location on the touch-sensitive surface 451 that corresponds to the left quadrant or a gross swipe gesture in the direction of the left quadrant), causes the: wbi^s “bicw Yearn” to be copied to the clipboard. The right quadrant, which is typically associated with a paste action, is inactive or disabled due to the lack of a currently copied item (e.g., the clipboard is empty). The top and bottom quadrants of the reduced menu 562 are empty.
[00278] St should be understood that the particular order in which the operations in Figures 1A-7F haue been described is merely exemplary and is hoi intended to indicate that the described order is the only order in which the operations could be performed. One of ordinary skill in the art would recognize various ways to reorder the operations described herein. Additionally, it should be noted that details of other processes described herein with respect, to other methods described herein (e.g.. methods 800, 900,1000, and 1600) are also applicable in an analogous manner to method 700 described Uböve with respect to Figures 7A*fF. For example, the contacts, gestures, user interface objects, tacile outputs,: intensity thresholds, freussselectors, and animations described above noth: refereheestd method 700 optionally haye one or more of the characteristics of the contacts, gestures, user interface objects, tactile outputs, intensity thresholds, focus selectors, and animations described herein y$th reference to other methods described herein (e.g,, method8 800,900,1000, and 1600), For brevity, these details are not repeated here.
[00279] Fipres 8A-8B illustrate a flow diagram of a method 800 of displaying and using menus in accordance with some embodiments. The method 800 is performed: at: an electronic device (e.g., device 300, Figure 3, or portable multifunction device 100, Figure 1 A) with a display, a touch-sensitive surface, and one or more sensors to detect intensity of contacts with the touch-sensitive surface. In some embodiments, display is a touch-screen display and tie touch-sensitive surface is on or integrated with the display. In some embodiments, the display is separate from the touch-sensitive surface. Some operations in method 800 are, optionally, combined and for the order of some operations is, optionally., changed.
[00280] As described below, the method 800 provides an intuitive way to: display and use menus. The method reduces the number, extent, and/or hatme if the inputs from a user when displaying and using menus, thereby creating a more efficient humammaehine interface. For battery-operated electronic devices, enabling a user to display and use menus: faster and more efficiently conserves power and increases the time between battery charges.
[00281] The device displays (802), on the display: a user interlace that indudes one::or more user interface elements, and a cursor. For example, the one or more USër interface elements are electronic documents, lIKhs, media items, content items, affordances, text, and/or the like. In a first example. Figure 5A shows a window 504 for a web browser application displayed on display 450. In Figure 5A, the window 504 shows a home page (pig:-, corresponding to the URL www.all_world_news.com/bome) for a website (e.g., the “All World News” website) where a portion of the text (e.g., “Ebola"’) is highlighted and a cursor 502 is displayed over the highlighted text. In another examples Figure 5L shows the window 534 for the “Entertainment News” section (e.g., corresponding to the URL wovw.all world^newycom/ETnew's) of the website (e.g., the “All World News” website) displayed on display 450 along with the bookmarks bar 532. in Figure 5L, the cursor 502 is displayed over “Sdblanark F” within foe bootahlikSibaf 532, In yet another example, Figure SU shows a window 558 for an email application displayed Oh display 450. In Figure 5U, the window 558 displays a list of a plurality of emails (e.g„, emails A - [) in a user’s inbox and He contents of selected “Email A.” in Figure 5U, a portion of the text (e.g., “New Years”) of “Email A” is highlighted and the cursor 502 is displayed over die highlighted text.
[00282) The device detects (8i)4§ a user input on the touch-sensitive surface while the cursor is displayed on the display at a. location over a respective user interface dement of the one or more user interface elements; For example, the user input is a gesture, such as a swipe or tap gesture, with one or more finger contacts.
[0028P} in response to detecting (806) the user input, and in accordance with a determination that the user input satisfies one or more first input criteria that correspond to a first input type (e.g., a one-finger deep press gesture or a two finger tap/click gesture), the device (808): displays a first menu overlaid on the user interface with one or more selectable options that correspond to the respective interface element; and ceases to display the cursor pi the display. In one example, Figures 5E-5F show a sequence in which a reduced menu Corresponding to highlighted text within a web page is displayed an! a cursor ceases to be displayed in response to detecting i öne-fiöpr deep press gesture, Figure 5E shows contact 514 detected on touch-sensitive surface 451 and a displayed representation of a foeus selector (e.g., the cursor 5Θ2) corresponding tOscOhtaet 514 at a location on the display 450 that corresponds to the highlighted portion of text (e.g., “Ibcfa”) fie window 504. In this example, the intensity of the contact 514 is above ITd (e.g,, sometimes: caf eia deep press intensity level). In Figure 5F, the cursor 502 ceases to be displayed arid a reduced menu 516 is displayed on display 450 m response to detecting the one-finger deep press gesture in Figure 5E. In this example, the reduced menu 516 is centered at the location cursor 502 was displayed in Figure 5E when the intensity of the contact 514 exceeded ITd. In Figure 5F, the reduced menu 516 includes tour distinct selectable quadrants oriented in the cardinal directions. The left quadrant of the reduced menu 516, when activated (e.g., With a tap gesture at a location on the touch-sensitive surface 451 that corresponds fe lefi qua#ant or a gross swipe gesture in the direction of the left quadrant), causes the word “Ebola” to She copied to the clipboard. The right quadrant of the reduced menu 516, which is typically associate! with a paste action, is inactive or disabled due to the lack of a currently copied item (e.g., the clipboard is empty). The top and bottom quadrants Of the reduced menu 516 are empty. 1002841 In another example,: Figures 6(3--61) show a sequence in which a reduced menu corresponding to highlighted text within a web page is displayed and a cursor ceases to he- displayed in response to detecting a two-finger light press gesture. Fi gure 6C shows contacts 61 i and 612 detected oh touch-sensitive surface 451 and a displayed representation of a focus selector (e.g., the cursor 602} corresponding to contacts 611 and 612 at a location on the display 450 that corresponds to the highlighted portion of text (e.g., “Ebola”) 'within the window #04, In this example, the combined intensity of the contacts 611 and 612 is between ITl and ITd (e.g., the light press intensity level), In Figure 6D, the cursor 602 ceases to be displayed and a reduced menu; 614 is displayed on display 45G in response to detecting the two-finger light press gesture in Figure 6C. In this example, the reduced menu 614 is centered at the location cUfSOf 602 was idiSplapd in Figure 6C when the combined intensity exceeded ITd. In Figure 6¾ the; reduced penaJl 4 includes four distinct selectable quadrants Oriented in the cardinal directions. The left quadrant of the reduced menu 614, when activated (e.g., with a tap gesture at a location on the touch-sensitive surface 451 that eonesponds;to the left quadrant or a gross swipe gestureiulhei direction of the left quadrant), causes the; word “Ebola” to be Copiëistö the clipboard. Tie right quadrant of the reduced menu 614, which is typically associated with a paste action, is inactive or disabled due: to the lack of a currently copied item (è# * the clipboard is emptyThe top and bottom quadrants of the reduced menu 614 are empty, [00285] In some embodiments, the first menu is (810) a radial menu with two or more distinct portions that is located on the display at a (relative or absolute) location that corresponds to a location of a contact in the user input, on the touch sensitive surface, hi some embodiments, the first menu is displayed on the display using an absolute positioning scheme, in which there is a one-to-one correspondence between a point on the touch-sensitive surface anti the display. For example, the first menu is the reduced menu 516 in Figure 5F with a radial menu form that includes four distinct selectable quadrants önëntcd in the cardinal directions. In some embodiments, the fitst menu is displayed on the display using a relative positioning scheme. In some embodiments,: the first menu is a list menu, a grid menu, a segmented control, or the like.
[ÖÖ286J In some embodiments,: the radial menu includes (812) two h#ves each comprising a distinct, unitary (e.g,, contiguous and non-segmented) region forming half of the radial menu.
[Θ0287] In some embodiments, the radial menu includes (814) four quadrants each comprising a distinct, unitary'· (e.g., contiguous and non-segmented) region forming a quarter of Lite radial .menu. For example, the reduced menu 516 in Figure 5F is a radial menu with fifofdistinct seleefaMe quadrants, incl uding the empty top and bottom quadrants, the left quadrani corresponding to a copy operation, and the right quadrant corresponding to a [00288] In some embodiments; the device detects (816) a selection input that selects a respective portion fe#.. a quadrant or half) Of the first menu; and, in response to detecting the selection input, initiates performance of an action that corresponds to the selected respective portion of the first menin In some embodiments, the selection input corresponds to detecting lift-off within the respective portion of the first menu or within a hit region that corresponds to the respective portion offhe first menu. In some embodiments, the selection input corresponds to a swipe gesture in the direction of the mspeetive portion of tho first menu. In some embodiments, prior to selecting the respective portion, the user navigates to the respective portion of the first menu and the portion of the first menu is visibly changed to show that it will he selected. For example, a quadrant in the first menu is highlighted, the quad raid flashes or blinks, a tooltip (e.g., the name of the action) associated with the action dori^sporidirig to the quadrant is overlaid on, or adjacent to, the quadrant, a color of the quadrant is changed, a border of the quadrant is Melendd, or the like.
[00289] For example, Figures show a sequence in which a user navigates to various quadrants of a reduced menu and causes a deletion action to be performed on a bookmark: In Figure 5(|, a visual characteristic of the right quadrant of reduced menu 548 is changed in response to detecting contact 55ft at a first location 5S2-a within the hit region 554%, Figure 5Q also illustrates detection of a swipe gesture corresponding to the movement of contact 550 from the first location 544-a (e.g., corresponding to hit region 554-b) to a second location 552-b (e.g., corresponding to hit region 554-a) in the direction of the top quadrant associated with the now window action. In Figure 5R, a visual characteristic of the top quadrani of the reduced mend 548 is changed in response to detecting contact 550 at the second location 552-b within the hit region |S4sa. Figure: 5R also illustrates detection of a swipe gesture corresponding to the movement of contact 5Si from the second location 552-b (e.g., eortcsponding fo Mt region 554-a) to; a third location 552-c (è.g., corresponding to hit region 554-d) in the direction of the left quadrant associated with the deletion action. Figure 5S shows an animation in which the left quadrant is tom away from the reduced menu 548 and a visual characteristic of the left quadrant of the reduced menu 548 is changed in response to diteeting lift-off of contact 550 at the third location 552-c within the hit region 554-d. In Figure 5T, “Bookmark C” is no longer displayed within the bookmark bar 532 and the navigation bar 539 in response to detecting lift-off of contact 550 at the third location 552-c wiffinthe hit region: 554-d:.
[00290] In some embodiments, in response to detecting the user input, the device, in accordance with a determination that the user input satisfies one or more second input criteria that correspond to a second input type distinct from the first input type (e.g., a one-finger light press gesture): initiates performance of (818) an action associated with the respective user interface element; and maintains display of the cursor. For example, the respectiyesuser interface element is highlighted, selected, or the like. In a first example, Figures 5A-5B show a sequeneedh which highlighted text within a web page isspn-highlighted and display of a emsor is rnaintained in response to detecting a one-finger light press gesture. Figure 5 A shows a contact 50f detected on touch-sensitive surface 4|1 and a displayed representation Of a focus selector (e.g., cursor 502) corresponding to contact 506 at a location on the display 450 that Corresponds to the highlighted portion of text (e.g., “liola”) within the window 504. In this example, the intensity of the contact 506 is between pL andi |Fd (e;;gg the light press intensity level). In Figure 5B, the portion of the text ( e.g,, “Ebola”) of the: home page is no longer highlighted in response to detecting the one-finger light press gegprf in Figure 5A.
[00291] in another example, Figures 6M.-6N show a sequence in which a link within a first weh page is followed to a second web pap and display of a cursor is maintained in response to detecting a one-finger light press gesture. Figure 6M shows a contact 636 detected on touch-sensitive surface 451 and a displayed representation of a focus selector (e.g., the cursor 602) corresponding to contact 636 at a location on the display 450 that corresponds to a link (e.g., associated with an ‘‘Entertainment News” section of the website) within the Window 6Pk in this example, foe intensity of the contact 636 is between ITl and ITd (e.g., the light press intensity level). In Figure 6N, a window 638 for a web browser application is displayed on display 45® in response to detecting the önë-linger light press gesture in Figure 6M. In Figure 6M, the window 6|8 shows an “Entertainment News’’ section (e.g., corresponding to the UÈL www.aiijsyorid_news.coni/ETnews) for the website (e.g., the “All World News” website).
[10292] In some embodiments, the one or more first input criteria are satisfied (820) when the user inppt is a press input with a contact With an intensity (e.g., a characteristic intensity) above a first intensity threshold (e.g., a one finger deep press gesture press), and the one or more second input criteria are satisfied when the user input is a press input with a contact with an intensify above a Second intensity threshold and below the first intensity threshold (e.g., a one finger light press gesture).
[08293J in Figures 5A-511, a one-finger deep press gesture at a location on touch- sensitive surface 451 that corresponds to a user interface Clement eauses display of a reduced menu with selectable options that correspond to the user interface element in one example, figures 5L-SÜ show a sequence in which a one-finger deep press gesture at a location corresponding to “Bookmark F” within bookmark: bar 532 causes display of reduced menu 538 with selectable Options corresponding to “Bookmark F.” In another example*: Figures 5P-5Q show a sequence in which a onedSnger leep press gesture at a location corresponding to “Bookmark: C*’ within navigation bar 539 causes display of reduced menu ilt with selectable options corresponding to “BookmarkiC!.^ [00294] In Figures 5A-5Π, a one^fin|erlight press gesture at a location on touch-sensitive surface 451 that corresponds to a iSif interface element causes an action associated with the user interface elementto: oecur. For example, Figures 5A-5B show a sequence in which a one-finger light press gesture at a location corresponding to highlighted text within a web page causes the text to be un-highlighted.
[00295] In some embedments, the one or more first input criteria are satisfied (822) when tie user input includes a first number Of contacts (e.g., a two finger tap/click gesture), and the one or more second first input criteria are satisfied when the user input includes a second number of contacts distinct from the first number of contacts (e.g,, a one finger tap/click gesture), [00296] In Figures 6A-6X, a two-finger deep pess gesture: at a location on touch-sensitive surface 451 that corresponds to a user interface element causes display of a reduced menu with selectable options that correspond to the user interface element. For example, Figures 6K-6L show a sequence in 'which a two-finger gesture at a location corresponding to a link within a web page causes display of reduced menu 632 with selectable options corresponding: tödhè: link.
[00297] In Figures 6A-6X, a one-finger light press gesture at a location On touch-sensitive surface 451 that corresponds tp a user interface element causes an action associated with the user interface element to occur. For example. Figures 6Κ-6Σ, show a sequence in which a two-finger gesture at a location corresponding to a link within a first web page (e.g., associated with the URL www.aIljworld_news.arm/home} causes display of a second web: page (e.g., associated with the URL www.all_world_news.com/ETnews) corresponding to tie link.
[0Ö298] It should be understood that the particular order in which the operations in figures 8A--8B have been described is merely exemplary and is not intended to indicate that the described order is the only order in which the operations could be performed. One of ordinary skill ih the art would recognize' various ways to reorder die operations described herein. Additionally, it should be noted that details of other processes described herein with respect to other methods described herein (e.g., methods 700, 900, 1000, and 1600) are also applicable in an analogous manner to method 800 described above with respect to Figures 8A-8B. For example, the contacts, gestures, user interface objects, tactile Outputs, intensity thresholds, and focus seleelprs described above with reference to method 800 optionally have One or more of the characteristics of the contacts, gestures, user interface objects, tactile outputs, intensity thresholds, and focus selectors described herein with reference to other methods described herein (e.g,, methods 700, 900, 1000, and 1600). For brevity, these details afC hot repeated here.
[00299] Figures 9A-9C illustrate a flow diagram of a method 900 of displaying and tiring menus in accordance with some embodiments. The method 900 is performed at an electronic device (e.g., device 300, Figure 3, or portable multifunction device 100, Figure 1A) with a display, a touch-sensitive surface, and one or more sensors to detect intensity of contacts with the touch-sensitive surface. Sn some embodiments, the display is a touch-screen display and the touch-sensitive surface is on or integrated with tie display. In some embodiments, the display is separate from tie touch-sensitive surface. Some operations in method 900 are, optionally, combined and/or the order of some operations optionally, changed.
[00300] As described below, the method 900 provides an intuitive way to display and use menus. The method reduces the number, extent, and/or nature: of the: inputs foom a user when displaying and using menus, thereby creating a more efficient human-machine interface. For battery-operated electronic devices, enabling a user to display and use menus faster and more efficiently conserves power and increases: the time between battery charges.
[00301] The device displays (902), on the display, a user interface that ineludes one or more user interface Clements. For example, the one or mote user interface elements: are electronic documents, URLs, media items, content item% affordanees, text, and/or the like. In a first example, Figure 5A sbows a window 504 for a web browser application displayed on display 450. In Figure 5A, the window 504 shows a home page (e.g., corresponding to the URL www.allworl d_new8.com/home) for a website (e.g., the “All World News” website) where a portion of the text (e.g., “Ebola”) is highlighted. In another example, Figure |L shows the window 534 for the “Entertainment News” section (e.g,, corresponding to die URL wwWidl_world_news.com/ETnews) of the website (e.g. , the '‘All World News” website) displayed on display 450 along with the bookmarks bar 532. In yet. another example, figure 5U shows a window 558 for an email application displayed on display 450. In Figure 5U, the window 558 displays a 1st of a plurality of emails (e.g., emails A - i) in a user’s inbox and the contents of selected “Email A.” In Figure 5U, a portion of the text (e.g., '"New Years”! of “Email A” is highlighted.
[00302] The device detects (904) a press input by a contact on the touch-sensitive surface afa location that, corresponds to a respective user interface element of the one or more user interface elements. For example, the user input is a gesture, such as a swipe or tap gesture, with one or more finger contacts, |00303] In response to detecting (906) the press input, and in accordance with a determination that the respective user interface meets first action criteria^ the first action criteria including a criterion that the user interface element is associated with a single option associated -with the press input the device, the device initiates performance of (908) an action that, corresponds to the single option (e.g., resolving a URL or hyperlink within a vpfe browser window to open a new web page associated with the URL). In some embodiments, the single öpiöh is associated with the press input of a first type (e.g., a deep press gesture).
In some embodiments; the single option is a “preferred option” for the input, type fiat is set in software (e.g,, set as the default by the: software developer or user selected).
[00304] In some embodiments, the device: displays, on the display, a user interface that includes one or more user interfaceielements; detects a press;input by a contact on the touch-sensitive surface at a location that corresponds to a respective user interface element of the one or more user interface elements; aril, in response to detecting the press input and in accordance with a determination that the respective user1 interface meets first action criteria, the first action criteria including a criterion that the respective user interface element is associated with a single Option associated with tire press input, initiates peribmiance of an action that corresponds to the single option.
[00305] In some embodiments, the respective user interface Clement corresponds to (910) a portion of an electronic document, and performing the action that corresponds to the single option includes: in accordance with a determination that the portion of the electronic document (e.g,, a text portion) does not include data detected links, ^splapng a first additional user interface element overlaid on the electronic document with one or more selectable: options (e.g., a menu with options such as copy, paste, dictionary Iook~up, etc.) that correspond to the portion of the electronic document (e.g., the text portion); and, in accordance with a determination that the portion of the electronic document (e.g., the text portion) includes a data detected link, displaying a second additional user interface element, distinct Srirn the first additional user interface element, lor the data detected link. In some (ÈÜÜodjmenis, if the portion of the electronic document does not correspond to a data detected liïilc (e.g., a word or ordinary text), a first additional user interlace element, such as a list menu, is displayed. Conversely, in some embodiments, if the portion of the: electronic document corresponds to a data detected link (e.g,, a phone number, name of a person or business, address, etc.), a second additional user interface élement, such as a contaeteard or a menu with calling options, is displayed. 100306] For example, Figures 5FF-5GG show a sequence in which a deep-spress: gesture on a data detected link: corresponding to a name causes di splay of a contact card (e.g., the second additional user interface element). Figure 5FF illustrates a contact 574 defected on: touch-sensitive surface 451 and a displayed representation of a focus selector (e.g,, the cursor 502) corresponding to contact 574 at a location on the display 45© that corresponds to data detected link 576 (e.g., die name “G. Rasputin”) within the window 558 In this example, the intensity of the contact 574 is above ΓΡρ fep* the deep: press intensity level). In Figure 5GG, a first additional user interface element 578 (i.e., a contact card) that corresponds to G. Rasputin” is overlaid on window 558 in response to detecting the one-finger deep press gesture at the location corresponding to the lata detected link 576 in Figure 5FF.
[QÖ3Ö7J In another example, Figures 5HFb5II show a sequence in which a deep-press gesture on adata detected link corresponding to a phone number causes display of a customized menu (e.a., the second additional user interface element'). Fisrure 5HH illustrates a contact 580 detected on touch-sensitive surface 451 and a displayed representation of a locus selector (e.g., the cursor 502) corresponding to contact 580 at a location on the display 450 that corresponds to data detected link 582 (e.g,, the phone number “+1 .xxx.xxx.xxxx”) within the window 558. In this example, the intensity of the contact 580 is above ITd (e.g·, the deep press intensity level). In Figure 50", a second additional user interface element 584 (i.e., a menu) is displayed on display 450 in response to detecting the one-finger deep press gesture at the location corresponding to the data detected link 582 in Figure 5HH. The second additional user interface element 584, in Figure 5ÏI, includes options associated with the phone number, including: adding the phone number as a new contact, adding the phone number to an existing contact, or calling:;the phone number via multiple potential: options (e.g., VoIP, cellular service, FaceTime, etc.). (00308] In response to detecting (906) the press input, and in accordance with a determmailnn that the: respective user interface dement meets second action criteria, the second action efil^aiincludingia criterion that: the user interface element is associated with a first number of(selectable) options associated with the press input, where the first number is greater than one, the device displays (912) a first menu overlaid oil the user interface, where the; first menu includes a first sefof seleetaBle options |e;g., selectable options that are part of :foofifsf number of selectable options). Income embodiments, the first set of selectable options includes the first number of selectable options. For example, the respective user iiiterÉCe element is a bookmark in a bookmark bar or navigation bar within a window of a web browser application, which is associated with four options, ih this example, when the respective user interface element is selected a first menu (e.g,, a reduced menu) is displayed. As an example scenario, in Figures 5L-5M, the respective user interface element is “Bookmark F” in bookmarks bar 532, which is associated with four options. In this example, the first menu is reduced menu 538, in Figure 5M, with four selectable options, including a new window action in the top quadrant, a new tab action in the right quadrant, the copy action in the bottom quadrant, and the delete action in the left quadrant.
[003091 In Some embodiments, the second action criteria include (914) a criterion that the user interface element is associated with a first number of (selectable) options associated with the press input, where the first number is greater than (me and less : fa threshold number of (selectable) options (e.g., less than 5 selectable options), For example, with reference to Figures 5L-5M, the respective user interface element (e.g., “Bookmark F” in bookmarks bar 532) is associated with four options. 110310] In some embodiments, the first menu is (9Ü) a radial menu with two or more distinct portions that is located on the display at a (relative or#solute| loeatirtmthat: corresponds to a location of the contact in the press input on the touch sensitive surface, in some embodiments, the first menu is displayed on the display using an absolute positioning scheme, in which there is a one-to-one correspondence between a point on the toueh-Sensitive surface and the display. For example, the first menu is the reduced menu S ib in Figure 5F With a radial menu form that includes four distinct selectable quadrants Oriented in the C-ardinal directions, in some embodiments, the first menu is displayed on the display using a relative positioning scheme* In some embodiments, the first menu is a list menu, a grid menu, a segmented control, or the like. 100311] In some embodiments, the radial menu includes (918) two halves each comprising a distinct, unitary (e.g., contiguous and non-segmented) region forming half of the radial menu, [00312] In some embodiments, die radial menu includes (920) four quadrants each comprising a distinct, unitary (e.g., contiguous and non-segmented) region forming a quarter of the radial menu. For example, the reduced menu 516 in Figure 5F is a radial menu with four distinct selectable quadrants, including the empty top and bottom quadrants, the left quadrant corresponding to a copy operation, and the right quadrant corresponding to a disabled paste opemtion, [00313] In some embodiments; the device detects (922) a selection input that a respective portion (e.g., a quadrant or half) of the first menu; and, in response to detecting the selection input, initiating perform ape® of an action that corresponds to the selected respective portion of the first menu. In some embodiments, the selection input corresponds to detecting lift-off within the respective portidh of the first menu or within a hit region that corresponds to the respective portion of the first menu. In some embodiments, the selection input corresponds to a swipe gesture in the direction of file respective portion of the first menu. In some embodiments, prior to selecting the respective portion, the user navigates to the respective portion of the firstmenu and the porion of the first menu is visibly· changed to show that it will be selected, lor example, a quadrant in the first menu is highlighted^ the quadrant flashes or blinfcs, a tooltip (e.g., filename Of the action) associated with the action corresponding to the quadrant is overlaid on, or adfaeeni to, the quadrant, a eoloitof the quadrant is changed, a border of the quadrant is thickened, or the like, [00314] For example. Figures 5Q-5T show a sequence in which a user navigates to various quadrants of a reduced menu and causes a deletion action to be performed on a bookmark. In Figure 5Q, a visual characteristic of the right quadrant of reduced menu 548 is changed in response to detecting contact 550 at a first location 552-a within the hit region: 554-h. Figure 5Q also illustrates detection of a swipe gesture corresponding to the movement of contact 550 from the first location 544-a (e.g., corresponding to hit region 554-b) to a second location 552-b |e,g,, corresponding to hit region 554-aJ in the direction of the top quadrant associated with the new window action. In Figure 5R, a visual characteristic of the fop quadrant of the reduced menu 548 is changed in response to detecting contact 550 at the second location 552-b within the hit region 554-a. Figure 5R also illustrates detection of a swipe gesture corresponding to the movement of contact 550 from the second location 552-b (e.g;, corrf sppndipg to hit region 554-a) to a third location 552-c (e.g., corresponding to hit region 5ii-d$ in the direction of the left quadrant associated with the deletion action. Figure 5S shows an animation in which the left quadrant is torn away from the reduced menu 548 and a visual -characteristic of the left quadrant; qf the reduced menu 548 is changed in response to detecting lift-off of contact 550 at the third location 552-c within the hit region 554-d. In Figure 5T, “Bookmark C” is no longer displayed within the bookmark bar 532 and the navigation bar 539 in response to detecting lift-off of contact 510 at the third location 552-c within the hit mgion 5P^d; [00315] M some etnhodiments, in response to detecting {906) the press input, and in accordance with a determination that the respective user interface element me*# third action criteria, the third action criteria including a criterion that the user interface element is associated with a second number of (selectable) options associated with the press input, where the second number is: greater than a second threshold number of (selectable) options (e.g., 5 or more selectable options), the device displays (924) a second menu, distinct from the first menu, overlaid on the user interface, where the second menu includes a second set of selectable options (e.g., selectable options that are part of the second number of selectable options). In some embodiments, the second set of selectable options includes the second number of selectable; options, fh some embodiments, the second set of selectable options includes more selectable options than the first set of selectable options. Wét example, the respective user interface element is a hyperlink within a web page which is associated with five or more options. In this example, when the respective user interface rfement is selected a second menu (e.g., an expanded menu) is displayed. As an example scenario, in Figures 61-6J, the respective user interface element is a link (e.g,, associated with an “Entertainment News” section Of the website) within the window' 604, which is associated with more than four options. In this example, the second menu is expanded menu 628, in Figure 6J, with eight selectable options, including: opening^:“intetfahment Mews’’ section of the website in a new tab of the window 604, opening the “Entertainment News” section of the website in a new7 window7 of the web browser application,· downloading a linked file associated with the “Entertainment News” section of the website, downloading a linked file associated with the “Entertainment News” section of the website with a specified file name and/or file: type, adding the “Entertainment News” section of the website to the user’s bookmarks, adding the link to add the “Entertainment News” section of the website to the user's bookmarfcsg adding the “Entertainment News” section of the website to the user’s reading list, copying the ink to the clipboard, performing a web search with a search engine based on the link, and the like.
[00316] In some embodiments, the first set of selectable options in the first menu is (926) a subset of the second set of selectable options in the second menu, in some embodiments, the first set of selectable options includes less than all of the selectable options; in the second; set of selectable options, in some embodiments, the first set of selectable options includes at least one of the selectable options in the second set of selectable options. Pöf 175 It should he understood that the particular order in which the operations in
Figures 9A-9C base heen described is merely exemplary and is not intended to indicate that the described order is the only order in which the operations could be performed. One of ordinary skill in the art would recognize various ways to reorder the operations described herein. Additionally, it should be noted that details of other processes described herein with respect to other methods described herein (e.g,, methods 700, Ü0,1000, and 1600) are also applicable in an analogous manner fo method 900 described above with respect to Figures 9A-9C. For example, the contacts, gestures, user interface objects, tactile outputs, intensity thresholds, and focus selectors described above with reference to method 900 optionally have one or more of the characteristics of the contacts, gestures, user interface objects, tactile outputs, intensity thresholds, and focus selectors described herein with reference to other methods described herein (e.g,, methods 70¾ 100, 1000, and 1600): For brevity, these details are not repeated here.
[00318] Figures 10A-10D illustrate a flow diagram of a method 100Θ of displaying and using menus in accordance with some embodiments. The method 1000 is performed at. an electronic device (e.g., device 300, Figure 3, or portable multifunction device 10¾ Figure: 1 A) with a display, a touch-sensitive surface, arid one or more sensors fo detect intensity of contacts with the touch-sensitive surface. In some embodiments, the display is a touch-screen display and the touch-sensitive surface is on or integrated with the display. In some embodiments, the display is separate from the foteh-sensitive surface. Some operations in method 1000 are, optionally, combined and/or the order of some operations is, optionally, changed. 100319| As described below, the method 1600 provides an intuitive way to display and use menus. The method reduces the number, extentand/or nature of the inputs from a user When displaying and using menus, thereby creating a more efficient human-machine interface. For battery-operated electronic devices, enabling a user to display and use menus faster and more efficiently conserves power and increases;the time between batten,' charges,
[00320] The device displays (1002), on the display, a user interface that includes otic or more user interface elements. For example, the one or mom user interface elements are electronic documents, URLs, media items, content items, affordanees, tex| and/or the like. In a: first example, Figure 5A shows a window 504 for a web browser application displayed on display 450. In Figure 5 A, the window 504 stews a home page:;(e.g,, corresponding to the URL www.all ...world news.com/horhe) for a website (e.g., the; “Alt World News” website) where a portion of the text (e.g., “Ebcda’l is highlighted. In another example, Figure 5L shows the window 534 for the “Entertainment Mews” section (ecorresponding to the URL www.idl_world_news.com/ETnews) of the website (e.g., the “All World News” website) displayed on display 450 along with the bookmarks bar 532. in yet another example, Figure 5U Shows a window 558 for an email application displayed on display 450. In Figure 5U. the window 558 displays a list of a plurality of emails (e.g., emails A -1) in a users inbox and the contents of selected “Email A.” In Figure 511, a portion of the text (e.g,, “New Years”) of “Email A” is highlighted.
[00321] The device detects (1004) a press input by a contact on the touch-sensitive surface at a location that corresponds to a respective user interface element of the one or more user interface elements. For example, the press input is a gesture, such as a swipe or tap gesture, with one or more finger contacts.
[00322] In some embodiments, after detecting the press input by the contact and prior to detecting that the Intensity of the contact is above the first intensity threshold (e.g., where the first menu is displayed at its Ml size and minimum transluceney), the device displays (1006) the additional user interface element at a reduced size. For example, as the intensity of the contact increases the size of the first menu increases and its translueency decreases until it is displayed at its maximum size and minimum translueency when the intensity of the contact reaches the first intensity threshold.
[00323] For example, Figures 5IJ-5Y show a sequence in which a reduced menu 562 is displayed at various sizes and translueency levels as the intensity of continuously detected contact 560 increases. Ih Figures 5U-5Y, contact 560 is detected on the touch-sensitive surface 451 at a location that corresponds to the highlighted text window the window 558.
The intensity of contact 560yin Figures 5U-5V, is below a predetermined trigger intensity, which triggers display of the::redueed::menu 562, and also ceases to display the cursor 502. In Figure 5W, the cursor Jit ceases to be displayed and a first intermediate representation of a reduced menu 562 is displayed on display 450 in response to detecting that the intensity of the contact 560 is above the predetermined trigger intensity and below ITd. The first intermediate representation of the reduced menu 562, in Figure §W, is displayed at a first size and a first translueency level and includes selectable options associated with the highlighted portion of the text (e.g., “New Years”): of “Email A.” In Figure 5X, a second intermediate representation of the reduced menu 562 is displayed on display 450 in response to the increase of the:intensity of the contact 560, which is still less than ITd, as compared to Figure 5W. The second intermediate representation of the reduced menu 562, in Figure 5X, is displayed it a second size that is bigger than fhe first size and a second translueency level that is lower than the first translucency level. M Figure 5Y, a final representation of the reduced menu 162 is displayed on display 450 in response to detecting that the intensity of the contact 560 is above ITd felg,,: the deep press intehsiy level). The filial intermediate representation of the reduced menu 562, in Figure 5Y, is displayed at a third size that is bigger than the second size: and a third translucency level that is lower than the second translucency IcvcL For üüüfle, the final representation of the reduced menu 562 is displayed at its norma! size and normal translucency as compared to the first and second representations of the reduced menu ;Ji2 in Figure: 5W and 5X, respectively; [00324] In response to detecting the press input, and in accordance with a determination that the contact in the press input has an intensity (e.g., a characteristic intensity) above a first intensity threshold (mg., a one-finger deep press gostum), the device displap (100S) an additional user interface element (e.g;, a quick look interface or a reduced memi) overlaid on the user interface With one or more selectable options that correspond to the respective interface element, For example. Figures 5Z-5AA show a sequence in which a reduced menu with selectable Options is overlaid on a window for a mail application in response to detecting a one-finger deep press gesture. Figure 5Z illustrates a contact 564 detected on touch-sensitive surface 451 and a displayed representation of a focus selector (e.g.* the cursor 502) corresponding to contact 564 at a location on the display 450 that corresponds to a link (e.g., associated with the URL www.hotels.com/abe) wiifon foe window 51É In Éis e^ampie, die intensity of the contact 564 is between ITo and Π), (kaffee contact detection intensity threshold) in Figure 5 AA, the cursor 502 ceases to be displapd and reduced menu 568 is displayed on display 450 in response to detecting that the intensity of the contact 564 is above !'!).>, [00325] in some embodiments, the additional user interface element is (i 010) a radial menu with two or more distinct portions that is located on the display at a (relative or absolute) location that corresponds to a location Of the contact in the press Input on the touch sensitive surface. In some embodiments, foe first menu is displayed on the display using an absolute positioning scheme* in which there is a one-to-one Correspondence between a point on the touch-sensitive surfoeeand the display. For example, foe first menu is the reduced menu 516 in Figure 5F wifo: a radial menu form that includes four distinct selectable quadrants oriented in the cardinal directions. In some embodiments, the first menu is displayed on foe display using a relative positioning: scheme, In some embodiments, foe first menu is a list menu, a grid menu, a segmented ecntrol, or the like; {00326] In some embödi^^ radial menu includes (1012) two halves each comprising a distinct unitary (e.g., contiguous and non-segmented) region forming half of the radial menu. (00327] In some embodiments, pie radial menu includes (1014) four quadrants each comprising a distinct, unitary (e.g., contiguous and non-segmented) region forming a quarter of the radial menu. For example, the reduced menu 51i in Figure SF is & radial menu with four distinct selectable quadrants^ inditing Pie empty top and bottom quadrants, the left quadrant corresponding to a copy operation, and the right quadrant corresponding to a disabled paste operation. (10328] While displaying the additional user interface element overlaid on the user interface, the device detects (1016) that the intensity of the contact in the press input is below a second intensity threshold; In some embodiments, the second intensity threshold corresponds to the first intensity threshold (e.g., FFd). In some embodiments^ the second intensity threshold is distinct from Pie first intensity threshold (e.g., the second intensity threshold is lower than Pie first intensity threshold such at ITl or ITo). (00329] In response to detecting that the intensity of the contact in the press input is below the second intensify threshold, and in accordance With a determination that the press input (e.g., a slow deep press gesture) meets (1018) predefined timing criteria, the device, in accordance with a determination (1020) that a respective location of the contact in the press input satisfies pêdsiërinined location criteria: initiates performance of an action associated with the respective user interface element; and ceases to display the additional user interface element overlaid on the user interface. In some embodiments; the determination as to die location/action criteria is made at the time of tire intensity of the contact in the press input is detected Jhbe b|low the second intensity threshold, [00330] For example, Figures 5U-5Z show: a sequence in which a reduced menu (e.g., the additional user interface element) is dismissed upon detecting lift-off in accordance with a determination that the predefined timing criteria are satisfied, lissome embodiments, after determining that the predefined liming criteria is satisfied fe#* the time of continuous detection of a contact exceeds a predefined time period Tx), a location of the contact qji the touch-sensitive surface at lift-off corresponds to a respective option within the additional user interface element on the display such as a respective quadrant when the additional user interface element is a radial menu with four portions. For example, with reference to Figure 5Ψ, after deteimining that contact 560 has been continuously detected for a time greater than the predefined time period Tx, if contact 560 is detected at location associated with the left quadrant ofreduced menu 562 (or its corresponding hit region) when lift-off of contact 560 is detected, the copy action associated with the left quadrant is performed on the highlighted text fe.g., “New Years”), the reduced menu 562 ceases to be displayed, and the cursor 502 is re-displayed. In some embodiments, the device ceases to display the additional User interface element concurrent with performing the action, [00331] In response to detecting that the intensity of the contact in the press input is below the second intensity threshold, an| in accordance with a determination that the press input (e.g,, a slow deep press gesture) meets (1()18) predefined timing criteria, the device, in accordance with a determination that therespectivelocation ofthe contact in the press input does not saisff the predetermined location criteria, the device ceases (1022) to display the additional user interface element overlaid on theusef interface performance Of the action associated with the [00332] For example. Figures 5U-5Z show a sequence in which a reduced menu (e.g., the additional user interface element) is dismissed upon detecting lift-off in accordance with a determination that the predefined timing criteria are satisfied. In some embodiments, after deterininihg that the predefined timing criteria is satisfied (e.g., the time of continuous detection Of a contact exceeds a predefined time period Tx), a location of the contact on the touch-sensitive surface at lift-off does not correspond to a respetive Option within the additional user interface element:og the display. For example, Figures 5Y-5Z show a sequence in which the reduced menu 562 ceases to he displayed, the cursor 502 is redisplayed, and actions associated with the reduced menu 562 are forgone in accordance with a first determination that the contact 560 has been continuously detected for a: time greater than the:predefined time period Tx and in accordance with a second determination that thé location of contact 560 at the time of lift-off is not associated with any of the quadrants of reduced menu 562 (or their corresponding hit regions!.
[00333] In some embodiments, the predefined fining criteria is satisfied (1024) in accordance with a determination that a time interval that the contact in the press input remains above the first intensity threshold is more than apnedefined time period.
[()0334] in sqme embodiments, the predefined timing criteria is satisfied (1026) in accordance with a determination that a time interval between the first intensity threshold being reached by the contact and the intensity of the contact falling below the second intensity threshold is more titan a predefined rime period.
[00335] In some embodiments, the predefined liming criteria is satisfied (1028) in accordance with a determination that a fime interval between initial touch-down by the contact in the press input and the first intensity threshold being reached by the contact is more than a predefined time period.
[00336] In mm embodiments, the predefined timing criteria is satisfied (1030) in accordance with a determination that a time interval between initial touch-down by the contact in the press input and the first intensity threshold no longer being exceeded by the contact, is more than a predefined time period. (00337] In some embodiments, tie predefine! timing criteria is satisfied (1032) in aceoManee with a determination that a time interval between the first intensity threshold no longer being exceeded by the contact and the intensity of the contact falling below the second intensity threshold is more than a predefined time period.
[00338( In some embodiments, the predefined timing criteria is satisfied (1134) in accordance with a determination that a tune interval between initial touch-down and the intensity of the contact falling below the second intensity threshold is more than a predefined time period. For example, Figures 5U-5Z show a sequence in which the predefined time period (e.g., Tx) corresponds to the time interval between detecting of initial touch-down of contact 560 and detecting that the intensity of the contact 560 is below the second intensity threshold (e.g., Π'ο).
[Ö0339] Ih some embodiments, the predefined timing;Criteria is satisfied (1036) in accordance; with a determination that a rate of increase of the intensity of the contact in the press input (e.g., the time between touch-döWfiïindTeachmg^l^iÉai^ölivmlötMtgr is above a tunc threshold, or the time between reaching a first (animation preview) intensitythreshold and reaching a second (menu display) intensity threshold is above a time thresholii) is below aspfedeterrnined threshold. 100340] In some embodiments, in response; to; detecting that; the intensity of the contact in the press input is below the second intensity threshold, and in accordance with;a determination that the press input (e.g., a quick deep press gesture) does not meet p$38) the predefined timing criteria, the device maintains (1040) display of the additional user interface element overlaid on the USif:Interface. For example, Figures 5Z-5BB show a sequence in which a reduced menu is; maintained upon detecting; lift-off in accordance with a determination that predefined timing: criteria are not satisfied. Figure 5Z illustrates a contact: 564 detected on touch-sensitive surface 45 i and a displayed representation of a focus selector (e.g., the cursor 502) corresponding to contact 564 at a location on the display 450 that corresponds to a link (e.g., associated with the URL www.hoteis.com/abc) within the window I!!, In Figure 5ΑΛ, the cursor 502 ceases to be displayed and reduced menu 568 isdilplayei on display 450 in response to detecting that the intensity of the contact 564 is above ITd. Furthermore, Figure 5AA illustrates that the time of continuous detection qf the contact 564 that is below a predefined time period Τχ, In Figure 5AA, the reduced menu 568 is associated with a plurality of selectable options that correspond to the link (e,g., associated with the URL www.hotels.com/abc), including: a new window action, a share action, a new tab action, and a preview action. hi Figure 5BB, contact 564 is no longer detected on touch-sensitive surface 451. Figure IBB illustrates maintaihingsdisplay of the reduced menu 568 after detecting lift-off of contact 564 and in accordance with a determination that the time of continuous detection of the contact 564 was below' a predefined time period Τχ.
[00341] in some embodiments, while maintaining display {1042) of the additional user interface element overlaid on the user interface* the device (1()44): detects lift-off of the contact in the press input at a location corresponding to a center of the additional user interface element on the display; and, in response to detecting lift-off of the contact in the press input at the location corresponding to the center qf the additional user interface element on the display, ceases display of the additional user interface element. For example, Figures 5M-5P show a sequence in which a user navigates into a respective quadrant of a reduced menu (e,g., the additional user interface element) and subsequently navigates back ittfo the center of the reduced menu to dismiss the reduced menu and forgo performing the action: associated with the respective quadrant. In this exampl e, each of the quadrants of reduced! menu 538 is associated with a hit region 540 on tie touch-sensitivesurfhee 451 that is larger than its displayed area on the display 450. The top quadrant corresponding to the-new window action is associated hit region 540-a, the right quadrant corresponding: tó the new tab operation is associated with hit regi on 540-b, the bottom quadrant corresponding to the copy operation is associated with hit region |4()-c, and the left quadrant corresponding to the delete operation is associated with hit region 540-d. For example, lift-off of a contact within a center “dead-zone” of the hit regions 540 (mg., shown in Figures 5Q-5R. as center “dead-zone” 556) causes dismissal of the reduced menu 538 while forgoing actions associated with the quadrants of the reduced menu 53:8.
[00342] In some embodiments, while maintaining display (1042) of the additional user interface element overlaid on the:user interface, the device (1046): detects a::seleetion input that selects a respective one qf the one or more selectable option^ of thqadditional user interlace element: and, in response fo detecting the selection input, initiates performance of an action that corresponds to the selected respective one of the one or more selectable options of the additional user interface Hemedh For example. Figures 5BB-5EE show a sequence ip winch a preview area is concurrently displayed with a reduced menu in response to selecting apreview option of a reduced menu. Figure 5BB illustrates detection of a swipe gesture corresponding to the movement of contact 565 from the first location 566-a to a second location 566-b in the direction of the bottom quadrant of the reduced menu 568 associated with the preview action. In Figure 5CC, the contact 565 is detected on touch-sensitive surface 451 at the second location 566-h and a visual characteristic of the bottom quadrant of the reduced menu 568 is changed in response to detecting contact 565 at the second location 566-b within a hit region corresponding to the bottom quadrant. Figure 5DD shows an animation in Which the bottom quadrant is torn away from the reduced menu 568 td indicate that it was selected in response to detecting lift-off of contact 565 at the second location 566~b within a hit region corresponding to the bottom quadrant of the reduced menu 568. In Figure 5EE, a reduced menu 570 is concurrently displayed along with preview window 572 on display 450 in response to detecting lift-off of contact 565 at the second location 566-h within a hit region coxïi|phdm| to the bottom quadrant of the reduced menu 568 in Figures 5CC-5DD. The reduced menu 570 is associated with a plurality of selectable options that correspond to the link (e.g., www.hotels.com/abe), including: a new window action, a share action, a new tab action* and an add to reading list action. The preview window 572 displays at least a portion of the webi page that corresponds to the link (e.g., www.hotels.com/abc).
[003431 In some embodiments, the press input, is (1048) a first user input, and the selection input is a second user input, distinct from the first user input. For example, a first gesture with a press input causes display of the first menu and a Seeond selection gesture* such as a tap on an option in the additional user interface element* sclents an option within the additional user interfacehlemeiit. For example, Figures 5P-5T showiusSequeneeln which a reduced menu is displayed in response to a first gesture satisfying predetermined criteria and a quadrant of the reduced menu is selected with a second gestures distinct: from the first gesture. Figure 5P illustrates contact 546 detected on touch-sensitive surface 451 aild a dispiayed representation of a focus selector (e.g., the cursor 502) corresponding to contact 546 at a location on the display 450 that corresponds to: a “Bookmark 6Γ’ within Ée navigation har 539. In this example, the intensity of the contact 546 is above FTo (e.g., the deep press intensity level). In Figure 5Q, the cursor 502 ceases to be displayed and a reduced menu 548 is displayed on the display 450 in response to detecting the one-finger deep press gesture in Figure 5P. Alternatively, in some embodiments, the selection input is a continuous: gesture with a press input to display the additional user interface element and a selection gesture, Such as a swipe, to select ah option within the additional user interface element.
[00344] In some embodiments, detecting the selection input includes (1050) detecting a swipe gesture in a;direction on the toueh*sensfflve surface that corresponds to a direction on the display that corresponds to the respective/one of the one ofsinore selectable options of the additional user interface element. For example*: a quick swipe gesture m a direction (e.g., a gross up, down, right, or left swipe) that corresponds to the: respective portion of the first menu causes the respective portion to be selected and/or an action associated with the respective portion to besperfermed. For example* Figures 5BB-5DD show a sequence ih which a swipe gestureeauses a respective quadrant of a reduced menu to be selected and: an action corresponding to the respective quadrant to be performed. Figure 5BB illustrates detection of a swipe gesture corresponding to the movement of contact 565 from the first location 566-a to a second location 566-b in the direction of the bottom quadrant of reduced menu 568 associated with the preview' action, in Figure 5CC, the contact 565 is detected on touch-sensitive surface 451 at the second location 566-b and a visual characteristic of the bottom quadrant of the reduced menu 568 is changed in response to detecting contact 565 at the second location 566-b within a hit region corresponding to the bottom quadrant. Figure 5DD also shows an animation in which the bottom piidfiftt is tom away from the reduced menu 568 to indicate that it was selected in response to detecting lift-off of contact 565 at the second location Sii^h within a hit region corresponding to the bottom quadrant of the reduced menu 568. in Figure 5EE, a reduced menu 570 is concurrently displayed along with preview window 572 on display 450 in response to detecting lift-off of contact 565 at the second location 566-b within a hit region corresponding to the bottom quadrant of the reduced menu 568 in Figures 5Ö2-5DD. The preview window 572 displays at least a portion of the'webpage that corresponds to the link (e.g., www.höiels.cöm/ahe).
[00345] In some embpdinents, detecting the selection input includes (1052) detecting lift-off oft respective contact at a location that corresponds to the respective one of the one or more selectable options of the additional user interface élement of the additional user interface element on the display. For example, lift-off of Ibe respeclive oontael on the touch-sensitive surface at a location that corresponds to the respective portion of the first menu causes the action psppe|©d with the respective portion to be performed^ For example* [figures 5R-5T show' a sequence in which lift-off of a contact within a respective quadrant (or its corresponding hit region) causes the action associated with the respective quadrant to be selected and also causes the action to be performed. Figure 5R illustrates detection of a swipe gesture eorresponding to the movement of contact 550 from foe second location 55245 (e.g., corresponding to hit region 554-a) to a third location 552-c (e.g., corresponding to hit region 554-4} la the direction of the left quadrant associated with the deletion action. Figure 5S shows an animation in which the lei quadrant is tom away from the reduced menu 548 and a visual characteristic of the left quadrant of the reduced menu 548 is changed in response to detecting lift-off of contact 550 at the third location 552-e within the hit region 554-d. In Figure 5T, ‘bookmark C" is no longer displayed within the bookmark bar 5Ü and Ée navigation bar 539 in response to detecting lift-off of contact 55f at the third location 552-c within the hit region 554-d.
[00346] It should be understood thatthe;§ articularunderin::which the operations in Figures llAri 0D lave been described is merely exemplary and is not intended to indicate that the described order is the only order in which the operations could be performed. One oi ordinary skill in the art would recognize various ways to reorder the operations described herein. Additionally, it should be noted that details of other processes described herein with respect to other methods described herein (e.g., methods 700, 800, 900, and 1600) are also applicable in an analogous manner to method 1000 described above with respect to: Figures 10A-1ÖD. For example, the contacts, gestures, user interface objects, tactile outputs, intensity thresholds, and focus selectors described above with reference to method 1000 optionally have one or more of the characteristics of the contacts, gestures, user interface objects,: tactile outputs, intensity thresholds, and focus selectors described herein with reference fo Other methods described herein (e.g,, methods 700, 800, 900, and 1600). For brevity, these: details afëïtfotafëpëated' here.
[00347] In accordance with some embodiments. Figure 11 show's a functional block diagram of an electronic device 1100 configured in accordance with the principles of the various described embodiments. The fohetifrna! blocks of the device are, optionally, implemented by hardware, software, or a combination of hardware and software to carry out the principles of the various described embodiments. It is understood by persons of skill in the art that the functional blocks described in Figure 11 are, optionally^ combined or separated into sub-blocks to implement the principles of the various described embodiments. 'Therefore, the description herein optionally Supports any possible combination or separation or further definition of the functional blocks described herein.
[00348] As show'n in Figure 11, an elcetronic device 1100 includes a display unit 1102 configured to display a user interface, a touch-sensitive surface unit 1104 configured tp receive contacts, one or more sensor units 1106 configured to detect intensity of contacts wuh the touch-sensitive surface unit 1104; and a processing unit: 1110 coupled with die display unit 1102, the touch-sensitive surfacepnit 1104 and the one or more sensor units 1106* In some embodiments, the processing unit 1110 includes: a display control unit 1112, an input dètëeingfrmt 1114, an input type determining unit 1IM* a performing unit 1118, a liftoff detecting unit 1120, and an animating unit 1122.
[00349] The processing unit I i! 0 is configured to: enable display of (e.g., with the display control unit 1II2), on the display unit 1102, a user interface that includes one or more user interface elements; and detect (e.g., with the input detecting unit 111| a user input on the touch-sensitive surface unit 1104 at a location that corresponds to a respective user: interface element of the one or more user interface elements. In response to defecting the user input, the processing unit 1110 is configured to: in accordance with a determination (e.g., with the input type determining unit 1114) that the user input satisfies pne or more first input criteria that, correspond to a first input type, enable display of (e.g., with the display control Uïiit 1112) a second menu overlaid on the user interface with one or more selectable options fiat correspond to the respective user interface element without enabling display of a first menu that is distinct from the second menu; and in accordance with a determination (e.g., with the input type determining unit 1114) that the user input satisfies one or more second input criteria that correspond to a second input type, distinct from the first input type, enable display of (e.g., with the display control unit 1112) the first menu overlaid on the user interface with one or more selectable options fiat correspond to the respective user interface element without lisplaying the second menu, where the first menu includes a subset of the one or more selectable options included in the second menu.
[00350] In some embodiments, in response to detecting the user input, and in accordance with a determination (e.g., with the input type determining unit 1114) that the user input satisfies one or more third input criteria that correspond to a third input type, distinct from the first input type and the second input type, the processing unit 1110 is configured to initiate performance (e.g., with the performing unit 1118) of an action associated with the respective user interface element without displaying the first menu and without enabling display of the second menu.
[00351] In some embodiments, the one or more first input criteria are satisfied when the user input includes a first number of contacts, the one or more second input criteria are satisfied when the user input is a press input with a second number of contacts distinct from the first number of contacts, where at least one of the second number oft contacts has an intensity above a first intensify threshold, and the one or more third input criteria are satisfied when the user inp u l i s a press input with the second number of contacts, where at least one of the second number of contacts has an intensity above a second intensity threshold and below the first intensity threshold.
[0$3Si] In some embodiments, the one or more first input criteria are satisfied when the user input includes a first number of contaets, the one or more second first input criteria are satisfied when pie user input incl udes a second number of contacts distinct troth the first number of contacts, and the one or more third input criteria are satisfied when Pie user input includes a third number of contacts distinct from Pie first number of Contacts and the second number of contacts.
[00353] In some embodiments, a contact in the user input corresponds to a cursor displayed on the display unit 1 !i% and the processing unit 1110 is configured to: in response to detecting the user input, and in accordance with the determination that the user input corresponds to the second input type, ceasedisplay of the cursor on the display Unit 1102. [1Ö354] In some embodiments, the first menu is a radial menu with two or more distinct portions that is located on the display unit 1102 at a location that corresponds to a location of a contact in the user input on the touch sensitive surface urft 1104.
[00355] In some embodiments, the radial menu includes two halves each comprising a distinct, unitary region forming half of the radial menu.
[00356] In some embodiments, the radial menu includes four quadrants each comprising a distinct, unitary region forming; a quarter of the radial menu. )00357) in some embodiments, the four quadrants are oriented within the first menu li the cardinal directions.
[00358] in some embodiments, one or riöfê of the quadrants arc empty.
[00359] In some embodiments, one or more of the quadrants are disabled, [00360j In some embodiments., after enabling display of the first menu overlaid on the user interface, the processing unit 1J IQ is configured to: detect lift-off (e.g., with hi fill’Olf detecting unit 1120) of a respective contact at a location on the touch sensitive surface unit 1104 that corresponds to a center of Pie radial menu Oh the display unit 1102; aid, in response; to detecting lift-off of the respective contact, cease display of with the display control unit ΙΠ2) the radial mennoverlaid on the user interface.
[00361] In some embodiments, the processing unit 1110 is configured to: detect (e.g., with the input detecting unit 1114) a selection input that selects a respective portion of the first menu; arid, in response to detecting the selection input, initiate performance of (e.g., with the performing unit ί 118) an action that corresponds to the selected respective portion of the firsfmenu.
[00362] In some embodiments, the user input is continuously detected, and the user input includes the: selection input.
[00313] In some embodiments, the user |npu|i:is a first user input, aid: where the selection input is a second user input, distinct from the frist user input.
[00364] In some embodiments, the processing unit 11ΙΘ is configured to the selection input by detecting (e.g., with the input detecting unit 1114) a swipe gesture in a direction of the respective portion of the first menu.
[00365] In some embodiments, the processing unit 1110 is configuredto detect the selection input by detecting lift-off (e.g., with the lift-off detecting unit 1120) of a respective contact in the respective portion of the first menu.
[00366] In some embodiments in response to ieteeting the selection input, the processing unit M10 is configured to change (e.g., with ihe animaiing unit 1122) One Or more display eharaeteristies of the respective portion of lie first menu* [00367] In some embodiments, in response to ieteeting the selection input, and in accordance with a determination that the selection input satisfies one or more predefined animation criteria, the processing unit 1110 is configured to enable display of (e.g., with the animating unit 1422): an animation of the respective portion Of lie first menu separating from a remainder of the first menu.
[00368] In some embodiments, in response to detecting the selection input, and in accordance with a determination that the selection input does not satisfy the one ftp mom predefined animation criteria, the processing unit 1110 is configured to inmate' performance of (e.g., With the performing unit 1118) an action that corresponds to the selected respective portion of the first menu without enabling display of an animation of the respective portion of the first menu separating from a remainder of lie first menu.
[00369] in some embodiments, the processing unit 1110 is configured to initiate performance of the action that corresponds to the selected respective portion of the first menu by enabling display of fe.g>, with the display control Unit 1112) another menu, distinct from the first menu, with ohe or more options for the action that corresponds to the selected rCspëcivë'pörtiön'Of the first menu.
[00370] Ip some embodiments, the selected respective portion of the first menu corresponds to a preview option, and the processing unit 1110 is configured to initiate performance Of the action that corresponds to the preview option by: maintaining display of (e.g*, will the display control unit 1112) the first menu;: and concurrently enabling display of (e.g., with the display control unit 1112) a preview area that corresponds to the respective user interface element.
[Ö0371] In some embodiments, while enabling display of the preview area, the processing unit 1110 is configured to: detect {e.g„, with the input deteeing unit 1 lid) a subsequent selection input that selects a different portion of the first menu than the respecti ve portion of the first menu; and, in response to detecting the subsequent selection input, initiate performance of (e.g., with the performing unit 1118) a second action that corresponds to the selected different portion of the fust menu.
[0Θ372] In some embodiments, the user interface is a first user interface associated with a first application executed by the electronic device 1100, and the one or more selectable options that correspond to the respective user interface element include a first selectable option displayed at a first location within the first menu. While enabling display of a second user interface on the display for a second application, distinct ixorn the first application, the second user mteritee including a second set of one or more user interface elements, the processing unit 1110 is configured to detect (e.g., with the input detecting unit 11 Id) a second user input on the touch-sensitive surface unit 1104 at a location that corresponds to a second user interface element in the second set of one or more user interface elements. In response to detecting the second user input, the processing unit 1110 is configured to: in accordance with a determination |e.p, with the input type determining unit 1116) that the second user input corresponds to the first input type^ enable display of (e.g., with the display control unit 1112) a fourth menu overlaid on the second user interface with one or more selectable options that correspond to the second user interface element Without enabling display of a third menu that is distinct from the fourth menu: and, in accordance with a determination with the input type determining: unit 1116) that the: second user input corresponds to the second input type, distinct from the first input type, enable display of (e.g., with the display control unit 1112) the third menu overlaid; on the second user interface with one or more selectable options; that correspond to the second user interface element without enabling display of the fourth menu, where the one or more selectable options fiat eotfespond to the second user interlace element include; a same option; as the first selectable option in; the first menu displayed at a same locatiofiln the third mentiuS; the first: location in the first menu. 100373] In some embodiments, the same option in the third menu overlaid on the second user interface is disabled.
[00374] in some; embodiments, selectable options in the first menu that eomespond: to destructive actions are visually distinguished from selectable options that correspond to nondestructive actions, [00375] The operations in the information processing methods described aboveur^ optionally implemented by running one or more functional modules in information processing apparatus such as general purpose processors (e.g., as described above with respect to Figures 1A and 3) or application specific chips.
[ÖÖ376] The operations described above with reference to Figures 7A-7F are, optionally, implemented by components depicted in Figures 1 A-II or Figure 11. For example, detection operations 704, performance operation 712, and animation operations 746 and 748 are, optionally, implemented by event sorter 170, event recognizer 180, and event handler 19%, Event monitor 171 m event sorter 170 detects a contact on foueh-spisïiye; display 11¾ and event dispatcher module 174 delivers the event information to application 136-1. A respective event recognizer 180 of application 136-1 compares the event information to respective event definitions 186, and determines whether a first contact at a: first location on the touch-sensitive surface (or whether rotation of the device) corresponds to a predefined event or sub-event, such as selection of an object on a user interface, or rotation of the device from one orientation to another. When a respective predefined event Or subevent is detected, event recognizer 180 activates an event handler 199 associated with the detection of the event or sub-event. Event handler 190 optionally uses or calls data updater 176 or object updater 177 to update the application internal state 192. In some embodiments, event handler 190 accesses a respective GUI updater 178 to update what is displayed by the application. Similarly, it would be clear to a person having ordinary skill in the art how other processes can be implemented based on the components depicted in Figures 1 A-IB.
[00377] In accordance with some embodiments, Figure 12 shows a funetionaf bleek diagram of an electronic device 1200 configured in accordance with the principles of the various described embodiments. The functional blocks of the device are, optionally, implemented by hardware,: software, or a combination of hardware and software to carry out the principles of the various described embodiments. It is understood by person s of skill in the art that the fimeiona! blocks described in Figure 12 are, optionally, combined or separated into Sub-blocks to implement the principles of the various described embodiments; Therefore, the description herein optionally supports any possible combination or separation or fort her definition of the functional blocks described herein.
[00318] As shown in Figure 12, an electronic device 1200 includes a display unit 1202 configured to display a user interface, a touch-sensitive surface unit 1204 configured to receive contacts* one if tnore sensif units 1206 Configured to detect intensity of contacts with the touefipensitive surface unit 1204; and a processing unit 1210 coupled with die display unit 1202, the touch-sensitive surface unit 1204 and the one or more sensor units 1206. lit sonic embodiments, the processing unit 1210 includes: a display control unit 1212, an input detecting unit 1214, an input type determining unit 1216, and a performing unit 1218.
[00379] The processing unit 1210 is configured to: enable display of (e.g., with the display control unit 1212), on the display unit 1202, a user interface that includes one or more user interface elements and a cursor; and detect, (e.g., with the input detecting unit 1214) a user input on the touch-sensitive surface unit 1204 while; the cursor is; displayed on the display uni tl02 at m Ideation over a respective userinterface element of the one or more user interface elements. In response to detecting the user input, and in accordance with a determination (e.g., with the input type determining unit 3216) that the user input satisfies one or more first input criteria that correspond to a first input type, the pmcessing unit 1210 is configured to: enable display of (e.g., with the display control unit 1212) a first menu overlaid on the user interface with one or more selectable options that correspond to the respective interface element; and cease display of (e.g., with the display control unit. 1212) the cursor on the display unit 1202.
[00380] In some embodiments; in response to detecting the user input, and iff accordance wi th a determination that the user input satisfies; one or more second input criteria that correspond to a seeond input type distinct fiom the first: input tp;e,: the processing unit 1210 is configured to: Initiate performance perform of (e.g., with the performing unit 1218) an action associated with the respective user interface element: and maintain display of (e;,g., with the display control unit 1212) the cursor.
[00381] In some embodiments, the one or more first input criteria are satisfied when the user input is a press input with a contact with an intensity above a first intensity threshold, and the one or more second input criteria are satisfied when the user input is a press input with a contact with an intensity above a second intensity threshold and below the first intensity threshold.
[:00382] in some embodiments, the one or more first input criteria are satisfied when the user input includes a first number of contacts, and the one or more second first input criteria are satisfied when tfie user input: includes a seeond number of contacts distinct from the first number of contacts.
[00383[ In some embodiments, the first menu is a radial menu with two or mores distinct portions that is located on the display unit 1202 at a location that corresponds to a location of a contact in the user input on the touch sensitive surface unit 1204.
[ΘΘ384] In soïilè embodiments, the radial menu includes two halves each comprising a distinct, unitary region forming half of the radii! menu; [003851 hi some embodiments, the radial menu includes four quadrants each comprising a distinct, uhitary region forming a quarter of the radial menu, [0Θ386] In some embodiments, the:proeessing unit 1210 is configured to: detect (e.g., with the input detecting unit 1214) a selection input that selects a respective portion of the first menu; and, in response to detecting the selection input, initiate performance (e.g., with the performing unit 1218) of an action that corresponds to the selected respective portion of the first menu, [0038 ] The operations m the information processing methods described above are, optionally implemented by rutmitig ΟΡΟ Of more functional modules in information proeessing apparatus such as general purpose processors (e.g., as described above with respect to Figures 1A aid 3) m application specific drips.
[00388] The operations described above with reference to Figures 8A-8B are, optionally, implemented by components depicted in Figures 1A-1B or Figure 12* For example, detection operation 804 and performance operation 816 are, optionally, implemented by event sorter 170, event recognizer 180, and event handler 190. Event monitor If 1 in event sorter 170 detects a Contact on touch- sensitive display 112, and event dispatcher module 174 delivers: the event information to application 136-1. A respective: event recognizer 180' of application 13641 compares the event information to respective event definitions 186, and determines whether a first contact at a first location on the touch-sensitive surface (or whether rotation of the device) corresponds to a predefined event or sub-event, such as selection of an object on a user interface, or rotation of the device from one orientation to another: When a respective predefined event or sub-event is detected, event recognizer 180 activates an event handler lit): associated with the detection of the event or sub-event. Event handler 190 optionally uses or calls data updater 176 or object, updater 177 to update the application internal state 192. In some embodiments, event handier 190 accesses a respective GUI updater 178 to update what is displayed by the application. Similarly, it would be clear to a person having ordinary skill in the art how other processes Can be implemented based on the components:depicted in Figures 1 A-IB.
[Θ0389] M aeCoMahce wit.li some embodiments. Figure 13 shows a functional block diagram of an electtoniosdevice 1300 configured in accordance with the principles of the various deseribeii cffiboiiments. The functional blocks of the device are, optionally, implemented by hardware, software, or a combination of hardware and software to carry out the principles of the various described embodiments. It is understood by persons of skill in the art that the functional blocks described in Figure 13 are, optionally, combined or separated into sub-blocks to implement the principles of the various described embodiments. Therefore* the: description herein optionally supports any possible combination or separation or further definition of the functional blocks described herein.
[00390] As shown in Figure 13, an electronic device 1300 includes a display unit 1302 configured to display a user interface, a touch-sensitive surface unit 1304 configured to receive contacts* one or more sensor units 1306 configured to detect intensity of contacts with the touch-sensitive surface unit 1304; and a processing unit 1310 coupled With tlfo display unit 1302, the touch-sensitive surface unit 1304 and the one or more sensor units 13(i|. Ih some embodiments, the processing unit 1310 includes: a display eomtoi unit 1312, an input detecting unit 1314, a criteria determining unit 1316, a performing unit 1318, and a data; detecting unit 1320.
[00391] The processing Shit 1310 is configured to: enable display of (e.g., with the display control unit 1312), on the display unit 1302, a user interface that includes one or more user interface elements; and detect (e.g** with the input detecting unit 1314| a press input by a contact on the touch-sensitive surface unit 1304 at a location that corresponds tp a respective user interface element of the one or more user interface elements. In response to; detecting the press input, the processing unit 1310 is configured to: in accordance with a determihatioh (e.g., with the; criteria determining unit fill) that the Respective user interlace meets first action criteria, the first action criteria including a criterion that the respective user interface element is associated with a single option associated with the press input, initiate performance of (e.g., with the performing unit 1318) an action that corresponds to the single option; and, in accordance with a determination (e.g., with the criteria determining unit 1316) that the respective user interface element1 meets; second action criteria, the second action criteria including a criterion that therespeeivè user interface element is associated with a first jiumber of options associated with the press input, 'where the first number is greater than one, enable display of (eig., with the display control unit 1312) a first menu overlaid on the user interface, where first set of selectable options. fOOPi In some embodiments, second action criteria include a: criterion that the usfr interlace: element is associated with a first number of options assoeiatedwidi the press input, where tie first number is greater than one and less than a first threshold number of opfiohSv 100393] In some embodiments, in response to detecting the press input, and In accordance with a determination (e.g., with the criteria determining unit 13 li| that the respective user interface element meets third action criteria, the third action criteria including a criterion that the user interface element is associated with a second number of options associated with the press input, where the second number is greater than a Second threshold number of the processing unit 1310 is configured to enable display :of|©i:gi:, With the: display control unit 012) a second menu, distinct from the first menu, overlaid on thë üsërdntërfacè, where the second menu includes a second set of selectable options.
[§0394] In some embodiments, die first set of selectable options in the first menu Is a subset of the second set. of selectable options in the second menu.
[00395] In some embodiments, the respective user interface: element corresponds to a portion of ah electronic document, and the processing unit 13 Id is configured to initiate performance of the action that corresponds to the single option by: in accordance with a determination (e.g., With the data detecting unit 1320) that the portion of the electronic document does not include data detected links, enable display of (e.g., with the display control unit 1312) a first additional user interface element overlaid on the electronic document with one or more selectable options that correspond to the portion of the electronic document; and, in accordance with a determination (e.g., with the data detecting unit 1320) that die poriion of me eleetnanie document includes a data detected link, enable display of (e.g., with the display control unit 1312) a second additional user interface element, distinct from the first additional user interface element, for die data detected link.
[ÖÖ396] In Some embodiments, the first menu is a radial menu with two or more distinct portions that is located on the display unit 1302 at. location that corresponds to a location ofthe eohtaet in the press input on the touch sensitive surface unit 1304.
[00391 Ï® some emfediments, the radial menu includes two halves each comprising a distinct, unitary region forming half of the radial menu. P039i] In some embodiments, the radial menu includes four quadrants each comprising a distinct, umtaryregion forming a quarter of the radial menu, ΡΘ399] In some embodiments, the processing unit 1310 is configured to: detect (e.g., with the input detecting unit 1314) a selection inppt that selects a respective portion (of the first menu; and, in response to detecting the selection input, initiate performance of (e.g., with the performing unit 1318} an action that corresponds to the selected respective portion of the first menu.; [ÖÖ4Ö0] The operations in the information processing methods described above are., optionally implemented by running one or more functional modules in information processing apparatus such as general purpose processors (e.g.. as described above with respect to Figures 1A and 3) or application specific chips, [004Ö1J The operations described above with reference to Figures 9A-9C are, optionally, implemented by components depicted in Figures 1A-1B or Figure 13. For example, detection operation 904 and performance operation 908 are, optionally, implemented by event sorter 170, event recognizèf 180, and event handler 190. Event monitor 171 in event sorter 111 detects a contact on touch-sensitive display 112, and event dispatcher module 174 delivers the event information to application 136-1, A respective event recognizer 180 of application 136-1 compares the event inform atipn to respective event definitions lli^iandJetermines whether a firsfeontaebatiaifirst location on the touch-sensitive spfece (or whether rotation of the device) corresponds to a predefined event or sub-everit, such as selection of an object ion a user interface, or rotation of the device from one orientatioh to another. When a respective predefined event or sub-event is detected, event recognizer III activates an event handler 190 associated with the detection of the event or sub-event. Event handler 190 optionally uses or calls data updater 176 or object updater 177 to update the application internal state 192 , In some embodiments, event handler 19Θ accesses a respective GIJ I updater 178 to update what is displayed by the application. Similarly* it Would be clear to a person having ordinary skill in the art. how other processes can bo implemented based on the components depicted in Figures 1 A-l B. liOlOl] in accordance with some embodiments, Figure 14 shows a functional block diagram of an electronic device 1400 configured in accordance with the principles of the various described embodiments. The iunetional blocks of the device: are, optionally, implemented by hardware, software, or a combination of hardware and software to carry out the principles of the various dpefihed embodiments. It is understood by persons of skill in the art that the iunetional blocks described in Figure 14 are, optionally, combined Or separated into sub-blocks to implement the principles of the various described embodiments, I'herefere, the description herein optionally supports any possible combination or separation or further definition Of the functional blocks described herein, 100403( As shown in Figure 14, an electronic device 1400 includes a display unit 1402 configured to dlspiapa user interface, a touch-sensitive surface unit 1404 configured to i®öÈÉKe CMtacts, one or more sensor Mits 1406 configured to detect intensity of contacts with the touch-sensitive surface unit 1404; and a processing unit 1410 coupled with the display unit 1402, the touch-sensitive surface Mit 1404 and the one or more sensor units 1406. In some embodiments, die processing unit 1410 includes: a display control unit 1412, an input detecting uhit 1414, an intensity monitoring unit 1416, a timing criteria determining unit 1418, a location criteria determining unit 1420, a performing unit 1422, and a lift-off detecting unit 1424. pftlOijj The processing unit 1410 is configured to: enable display of (e.g,, with the display Mntrol unit 1412), on the display unit 1402, a user interface that includes one or more user interface elements; and detect (e.g., with the input detecting unit 1414) a press input by a contact on the touch-sensitive surface unit 1404 at a location that corresponds to a respective user interface element of the one or more user interface elements. In response to detecting the press input, and in accordance with a determination (e.g., with the intensity monitoring unit 1416) that the contact in the press input has an intensity above a first intensity threshold, enable display of (e.g., with the display control unit 1412) an additional user interface dement overlaid on the user interface with one of more sdeetable Options that correspond to the respective interface element. While enabling display of the additional user interface element Overimd on the user interface, the processing unit 1410 is configured to detect (e.g,, with the intensity monitoring unit 141|) that the intensity pf the contact in the press input is below a second intensity threshold. In response to detecting that the intensity of the contact in the press input is below the second intensity threshold, and in accordance with a determination (e.g.. with the timing criteria determining unit 1418) that the press input meets predefined timing criteria, thë proëëssing Mit Mlfiiis configured to: in accordance with a determination (e.g., with the location criteria, determining unit 1420) that a respective location of the contact in the press input: satisfies predetermined location criteria: initiate performance of (e.g,, with the performing Mit 1422) an action associated with the respective user interface element;: and cease display of (e.g., with the display control unit 1412) the additional user interface element overlaid on the user Interface. In response to detecting that the intensity of the contact in the press input is below the second intensity threshold, an# ip accordance wife a determination (e.g., with the timing: criteria determining unit 1418) that the press input meets predefined timing criteria, the processing unit 1410 is configured to: in accordance with a determination (e.g., with the location criteria determining:Mit 1420) that a respective location of the contact in the press input does not satisfy the predetermined location criteria, cease display of (e.g., with the display control unit 1412) the additional user interface element overlaid on the user interface while forgoing performance of the action associated with the respective user pterfoee element.
[00405] In some embodiments, in response to detecting that the intensity of the contact ih the press input is below the seeöM intensity threshold, and in accordance with a determination (e.g., with the timing criteria determining unit 1418) that the press input does not meet the predefined timing criteria, the processing unit 1410 is configured to maintain display of (e.g., with the display control unit 1412) the additional user interfase element overlaid on the user interface, [00406] In some embodiments, while maintaining display of the additional user interface element overlaid on the user interfaee, lhe processing unit 1410 is configured to: detect lift-off (e.g., with the lifooff detecting unit 1424) of the contact in the press input at a location cprresponding fo a centeroftheadditional user interface element on the display unit 1402:' anc| in response to detecting lift-off of the contact in the press input at the location corresponding to the center of the additional user interface element on the display unit 1402, cease display of (e.g., with the display control unit 1412) the additional user interface element.
[00407] In some embodiments, the press input is a first user input, and the selection input is a second user input, distinct fiom the first user input.
[00408] In some embodiments, the processing unit 1410 is configured tp detect the selection input by detecting (e.g., with the input detecting unit 1414) a swipe gesture in a direction on the touch-sensitive surface unit 1404 that corresponds to a direction on the display unit 1402 that corresponds to the respective one of the one or more selectable options of the additional user interface element, [00409 [ In some embodiments, the processing unit 1410 is configured to detect the selection input by detecting lift-off (e.g., with the lift-off detecting unit 1424) of a respective contact at a location that corresponds to the respective one of the one or more selectable options of the additional user interface element of the additional user interfaceselement on the display unit 1402, |p4|0] Ip some embodiments, after detecting the press input by the contact and poor to detecting that the intensity of the contact is above the first intensity threshold, the processing unit M1Q is configured to enable display of (e.g., with the display control unit 1412) the additional user interface element at a reduced size, [dili] In some embodiments, the predefined liming criteria is satisfied in accordance with a determination that a time interval that the contact th the press input remains above the first intensity threshold Is more than a predefined time period, [§04121 In some embodiments., the predefined timing criteria is satisfied in accordance wifi a determination that a time interval between the first intensity threshed! being reached by the contact and the intensity of tire contact falling below the second intensity threshold is more than a predefined time period.
[00413] in some embodiments, the predefined timing criteria is satisfied in accordance with a determination that a time interval between initial touch-down by the contact in the press input and the first intensity threshold being readied by the contact is mere than a predefined time period, [00414] In some embodiments, the predefined timing criteria is satisfied in accordance with a determination that a time interval between initial touch-down by the contact in the press input and the first intensity threshold no longer being exceeded by the contact is more than a predefined tine period.
[00415] In some embodiments, the predefined timing criteria is satisfied in accordance with a determination that a time interval between the first intensity threshold no longer being exceeded by the contact tin! the intensity of the contact tailing below the: second intensity threshold is more than a predefined time period.
[00416] In some embodiments, the predefined imingscriteria is: satisfied in accordance with a determination that a time interval between initial tOtiebMown and the intensity of the contact falling below the second intensity threshold is more:than a predefined time period, [ÖÖ417J In sömesenibödiments, the predefined timing criteria is satisfiediniaeeotdanee: with a determination that a rate of increase of the intensity of the contact ihthe prèSS input is below a predetermined threshold.
[00418] In some embodiments, the additional user interface element is a radial menu with two or more distinct portions that is located on the display unit 1402 at a location that corresponds to a location of the contact in the press input on the touch sensitive: suffice unit 1404.
[ÖÖ419] In some embodiments, the radial menu Includes two halves each comprising a distinct, unuary region forming half of the radial menu. 100420] In some embodiments, the radial menu includes four quadrants: eadfa comprising a distinct, unitary region forming a quarter of the radial menu.
[00421] The operations in the information processing:methods described above are, optionally implemented by running one or more functional metales in information processing apparatus such as general purpose processors (e.g., as described above with respect to Figures 1A and 3) or application specific chips. (00422] T he operations described above with reference to Figures lOA-ldEt are, optionally, implemented by components depicted in Figures 1A-TS or Figure 14¾ For example* detection operation 1004 and maintaining operation 1040 are, optionally* implemented by event sorter 170, event recognizer 18¾ and event handler 190, Event: monitor 171 In event sorter 170 detects a contact on touch-sensitive display 112, eyept dispatcher module 174 delivers the event information to application 136-1. A respective: event recognizer 180 of application 136-1 compares the event information to respective event definitions 186, and determines whether a first contact aba first location on the touch-sensitive surface (or whether rotation of the device) corresponds to a predefined eventm suit event, such as selection of an object on a user interlace, or rotation of the device from one orientation to another. When a respective predefined event or sub-event is detected, event: recognizer 180 activates an event handler 190 associated with the detection of the event of sub-event. Event handler 19Θ optionally uses or calls data updater 176 or object updater 177 to update the application internal state 192. In some embodiments, event handler 390 accesses a respective GUI updater 178 to update what is displayed by the application. Similarly, it would be clearto n person having ordinary skill in the art how other processes can be implemented based oh the components depicted in Figures 1A-1B. 100423] Figures 15A-15S illustrate exemplary user for interacting with a map in acfoobdahOe with some embodiments, The user interfaces in these figures are used to illustrate the processes described herein, including the processes in Figures 7A-7F, 8A-8B, 9A-9C, lOA-lOD* and 16A-16BI Some of Figures 15A-15S include intensity diagrams 550 that show a current intensity of the contact on the touch-sensitive surface relative to a plurality Of intensity thresholds including fib, IT l, and ITd- In some embodiments, operations similar to those described below wdthreference to ITd are performed with reference to a different intensity thioshold (e.g., “ITl’j. In some embodiments, operations similar to those described below with reference to tf l are performed with reference to a different intensity threshold (e.g., “ITo”).
[0§424] For convenience of explanation, the embodiments described with reference to Figures 15A-1JS will be discussed with reference to a device with display 450 and separate touch-sensitive surface 451; however, analogous operations are, optionally, performed on a device with touch-sensitive display system II2 in response to detecting the contacts described in Figures 1SA-I5S on touch-sensitive display system 112 while displaying the user interfaces shown in Figures 15A-15S on touch-sensitive display system 112: in such embodiments, the focus selector is, optionally: a respective contact, a representative point corresponding to a contact (e.g., a centroid of a respective Contact of a point associated with a respective contact), or a centroid of two or more contacts deteetéd on touch-sensitive display system 112, m place of cursor 1510.
[ÖÖ425J Figure 15A illustrates map view user interface 1500 displayed on display 450, Map view user internee 1500 displays map 1502 (e.g., showing a map region of the San Francisco Bay Areaf Map view user interface 1500 also provides zoom-in affordance 1504, zoom-out affordance 1506, and compass 1508 that indicates the displayed orientation of map 1502 (eg,, in the example shown, map 1502 is oriented along true north as indicated by compass 1508), A cursor 1510 is positioned over a respective location of map 1502, 100426] In some embodiments^ the device receives a touch input 1512. In accordance with a determination that touch input 512 meets first intensity criteria, the device performs a first operation with respect to map 1502. In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that touch input 1512 does not meet the first intensity criteria, the device forgoes performing die first operation with respect to map 1502; in some embodiments, in accordance With a determination that touch input 1512 does not meet the first intensity criteria, the device performs a second operation with respect to the map, in some embodiments, the first intensity criteria include a determination that touch input 1512 is above a respective intensity threshold (e.g., touch input 1512 has an intensity greater than LTd as shown in intensity diagram 550, so that louelinput 1512 is corirftiereti a deep press), lh some embodiments, as shown in Figure 15B, the first operation includes dropping (e.g., plaeing/displaying) a marker/pimpoint-of-interest (POI) 1514 at the location of cursor 1510.
In some embodiments, the first operation is performed in response to determining that touch input 512 meets first intensity criteria (e.g., the first operation is performed without waiting for a predetermined amount of time after determining that that touch input 512 meets the first intensity criteria, thereby allowing more rapid and efficient interaction With the map).
[004271 In some embodiments, the second operation (e.g., when the touch input does not meet the first intensity criteria) includes moving cursor 1510 in accordance with the position of the touch input, in some embodiments, the second operation includes redisplaying a differ er/ map region in ^accordance with theposition of the touch input (e.g., scrolling the map).
[00428) Figure 15C illustrates points-of-interest (POl's) 1516 (e.g., POï 1516-a; POi 1516-b; and POI ISIS-c) displaced in response to a search query 1518. For example, in response to a search query' for “Beaches” the device displays a plurality of POIs 1516 each corresponding to a beach on map 1502« The device receives a touch input 1520 (e.g., a light or deep press) while cursor 1510 is over a respective POi 1516 (e.g., as shown in Figure 15C, cursor 1510 is over POI 1516-c). in response to detecting touch input 1520 while cursor 1510 is displayed over the respective POI 1516, and in accordance with a determination that touch input 1520 meets second intensify criteria (e;g,, the same intensity criteria as fhqifirsf i:int€iisap:mtena, or different intensity criteria), die device performs a first operation with inspect to the POI 1516. For example, as shown in Figure 15G, in some embodiments, upon detecting touch input 1520 with an intensify over ITd, the device displays a user interface region 1522 foat includes desefiptive information about POI 1516-c (e.g., a place card), in some embodiments, as shown in Figures 15C-15G, the device displays an animated transition of user interface region 1522 appearing (e.g., as shown in Figures 15C-15G, user interface region 1522 grows larger), in .some embodiments, at least a portion of the animated transition is directly controllable by: die intensify of touch input 1520. For example, the animated transition is initiated when the intensity of touch input 1520 exceeds ITl, In some embodiments, at least a portion (e.g., the beginning) of the animated transition progresses as the intensity of touch input 1520 increases. In some embodiments, user interface rogion 1522, once folly displayed*: remains on display 450 regardless of subsequent changes to the intensity of touch input: 1520 (e.g., display of user interface region 1522 is “sticky’’ after it is folly displayed), in some embodiments, when the intensity of touch input 1520 drops below ITd the animated transition reverses, and the device discontinues display of user interface region 1522 (©.gs, display of user interface region 1522 is not “sticky” and the first operation is an operation to “peek” at user interface region 1522). )00429) in some embodiments, as shown in Figures 15H-15I, the device receives a touch input 1524 (e.g,, a tap gesture) while cursor 1510 is over a respective POI 1516. In response to detecting touch input 1524 while cursor 1510 is over the respective POI 1516, In accordance with a determination that touch input 1524 does not meet the second intensity criteria (e.g., ITd), the device performs a second operation with respect to the POI 1516. FOr example, as shown in Figures 15H-151, in some embodiments, upon detecting touch input If 24 (e.g., a tap gesture) with an intensity above ITl, the device displays a user interface region 1526 that includes a quick menu corresponding to POI 1516-c (e.g., showinga rating, driving tithe, etc.), hisothe ^embodiments, as shown in Figure 151, When the devicesieteetSi: termination (e.g., discontinuation) of touch input 1524, the device maintains display of user interface region 1526 (e.g,, user interlace region 1526 isMeky, allowing the user to interact with user interface region 15l| yia separate, distinct, touch inputs). In some embodiments, a subsequent separate touch input: (e.g.9 a tap gesture) on the display of driving time (e.g., “46 mins”) initiates displaying directions to the POI1516-e, 100430) in some embodiments, as shown in Figure Ï5J, the device: detects a touch input 1528 (e.g., a tap gesture); while: cursor 1510 is over an affordance (e.g., a place-card afFordance represented by the; spnbbl “S^”) within user interface region 1526. In some embodiments, the device responds to touch input 1528 (e.g., a tap gesture) while cursor 1510 is over the affordance by displaying user interface region 1522 as shown in Figure 1511. 4h some embodiments, when user interface region 1522 is displayed in response to touch input 1528 (e.g., a tap gesture on the affordance Within user interface region 1526), the device maintains display of user interface: region 1522 after touch input 1528 has been discontinued (e.g., when reached via user interface region 1526, user interface region 1522 is “sticky”). f00431J Thus, in accordance with some embodiments, Figures 15C-15G provide a shortcut (e.g.. using a single light press) to preview (e.g., “peek at”) user interface region: 1522, while Figures 15FI-15K provide functionality to add user interface region 1522 to the user interface ih a “sticky” manner.
[00432] Figures 1SL-1SS illustrate lëkëmplaiy user interlaces with tactile (e.g., haptic) outputs indicating that a map is aligned with one pr more orientations associated with t|e map. For example, in seine enÉiodiments, the one or more orientations include true north. In some embodiments, the one or more oriMtatiohs include transit north indicating a principle direction of for example^ a subway system, a highway system, or a city block layout; [00433] Figure ML illustrates a map 1530 representing a region of Manhattan. Map 1530 includes representations of subway lines 1532 (e.g., subway line 1532-a; subway line 1532-b; and subway line 1532-c) and representations of roads 1534 (e.g., 1st Avenue). As described above, compass 1508 indicates the displayed orientation of map 1530 (e.g., with respect to true north). In the exemplary region of Manhattan shown in map 1530, the transit system has an orientation that is approximately 29 degrees east of north (e.g., as defined by the principal direction of subways lines 1532 or the principal direction roads 1534).
[ΘΘ434] Figures 15L illustrates the device receiving a touch input 1536 on toueJo sensitive surface 451 that is a request to rotate the orientation of map 1530 (e.g., a two-finger rotating gesture, with one finger contact 1536-a making a clockwise twisting motion relative to another finger contact 1536-b). For example, touch inpit 1536 is a request to rotate map 1530 clockwise.
[00435] Figures 15M-15N illustrate that, in response to receiving touch input 1536, the device rotates map 1530 clockwise on display 450, Insome embodiments, map 1530 is rotated about a center of the displayed portion of map 1530. In some embodiments, map 1131 is rotated about the location of cursor 1510. Compass 1508 in Figures 15M-15N also indicates the changes to the map orientation.
[00436] Figure 15N also illustrates that, when the orientation of map ISii reaches a first pre-deteriömëÉ Orientation in response to touch input 1536 (e.g., true north aligns with a vertical direction on display 450), he: device provides a tactile output (e;gi, aribptionor movement of touch-sensitive surface 451), For example, the tactile output gives the user the: sensation that the map is “snapping5' into the true north direction. In some embodiments, when the orientation of map 1530 rotates within a pre-detennined range ofangles of the first pre-determined orientation (e.g., pluS Of minus 2 degrees of true north), the map aligns with the first pre-determined orientation and provides the tactile output. In some embodiments, the: device provides the tacti le output whenever one of the cardinal directions (north, south,; east, west) is aligned with a principal direction of display 450 (e.g., a horizontal or vertical direction of display 450), In some embodiments, the device provides the tactile output whenever one of the cardinal directions (north, south, east, west) us Maitingto move away from the principal direction of display 450 (e.g., a horizontal or vertical direction of display 450).
[00437] Figure 1|0 illustrates the device receiving a touch input 1540 that is a request to rotate the orientation: of map 1530 in the opposite direction as compared with touch input 1536 f,g;, a two-finger rotating gesture, with one finger contact 1540-a making a counterclockwise twisting motion, as compared with touch input 1536, relative to another finger contact 154{)-b). For example, touch input! 540 is a request to rotate map 1530 counterclockwise. Figures 150-15P illustrate that, in response to receiving touch input 1540, the device rotates: map 1530 counter-clockwise: on display 450.
[00438] As shown in Figure 15P, when the orientation of map 1330 reaches a second pre-determined orientation in response to touch input 1340 (e.g,, transit north), the device again provides a tactile output (e.g., a vibration or movement of touch-sensiti ve surface 451b [00439] Figures 15Q-15R illustrate subsequent, rotation of touch input 1540. Figure 1ÏQ illustrates mat, in some embodiments, the device provides a tactile output (e.g., a vibration or mo vem ent of touch-sensitive surface 451) to indicate that the transit north direction of map 1530 is starting to move away from the principal direction of display 450. Figure:f SR. illustrates that map 1530 is further rotated counter-clockwise in accordance with touch input 1540.
[00440] Figure 15S illustrates the device receiving a touch input 1542 while the cursor: is over zoom-in affordance 1504. In response, as shown in chart 1544, the device zooms into map 1530 (e.g., displays an animation that magnifies a region of Manhattan) at a rate that corresponds to the intensity of Contact 1542. For example, ih Sortie embodiments, in accordance with a determination that touch input 1542 has a first intensity (e;g,, an intensity between EFt and ITo), the device zooms-in at a first rate (e.g., rate 1546-1), and in accordance with a determination that touch input 15 has a second intensity that is greater than the first intensity (e.g... an intensity above ITd), the device zooms-in at a second rate (e.g., rate 1546-2) that is greater than the first rate (e.g., rate 1546-1). In some embodiments, the intensity of touch input 1542 maps to a respective range in a plurality of intensity ranges; (e.g., with the plurality of intensity ranges collectively covering the dynamic range over which touch sensitive surface 451 is capable of detecting intensities). In some embodiments, each range in the plurality of intensity ranges maps to a respective zoom speed, with greater intensity mapping to greater zoom speeds (e.g., 1546-3 and 1546-4). In some embodiments, the zoom speed is proportional to the intensify of touch-input, in some embodiments, the zoom speed varies continuously with pmSSUfe ffeg., instead of the four discrete rates 1546 shown in Figure 15S). In some embodiments, zoom-out affordance 1506 provides analogous; behavior (e.g., when zoom-out affordance 1506 is activated by a touch input, the zoonasöut rate is related to the intensity of the touch input, with greater intensities resulting in a faster zoom-out).
[00441] Figures 16^-16B illusfode a flow diagram of a method 16§0 of generating a taeile (e.g,, haptic) output, when a user rotates a displayed map into certain predetermined directions in accordance with some embodiments. The method 1600 is performed at an electronic device (e.g., device 300, Figure 3, or portable multifunction device 100, Figure 1 A) with a display, a temch-sensitive surface, and one or more tactile output generators to provide tactile outputs. In some embodiments^ the display is a touch-screen display and the touch-sensitive surface is on or integrated with the display. In some embodiments, the display is separate from the touch-sensiüve surface. Some operations in method 1600 are, optionally, combined and/or the order of some operations is, optionally, changed.
[00442] As described below, the method 1600 provides an intuitive way to align a displayed map to an important orientation. The method reduces the;number, extent,: and/or;: nature of the inpits from a user when aligning maps, thereby creating a more efficient human-machine intoïfitoe. For battery-operated electronic devices, enabling: a user to align maps faster and more efficiently conserves power and increases the time between battery charges.
[Θ0443] f%£ electronic device displays (1#02), on the display, a map that is associated with a first orientation. In some embodiments, the first orientation is (1604) true north. In some embodiments, a compass, that indicates tie first orientation of the map, is (1606) displayed concurrently with the map (e.g., compass 1508, Figures I5A-15S).
[00444] The electronic device receives :(1608) a touch input on the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., a twc-finger rotation gesture comprising contacts 1536-a and 1536-b shown in Figures 15L-15N, or a two-finger rotate gesture comprising contacts 1540-a and 1540-b shown in Figures 15Ö-15S). in some embodiments, the touch input is (161()) a multi-finger notate gesture (Ogi:, a two-finger rotate gesture). ΡΘ445] In response to receiving the touch input on the touch-sensitive surface,: the electronic device rotates (1612) the map on the display in accordance with the touch input (e.g.., Figures 15L-15N illustrate a clockwise map rotation in response to a clockwise two-fmger rotation gesture 1536, and Figures 15(3-15P illustrate a counter-clockwise map rotation m response: to a counter-clockwise two-finger rotation gesture Ϊ 54Θ). For example, the map is directly manipulated in accordance with a rotation of the two-finger rotate gesture (e.g., a 30 degree rotation of the two-finger rotate gesture rotates the map by üf degrees):: 100446] While rotating the map on the display in accordance with the touch input' in response to determining that a displayed orientation of the rotated map corresponds to the ifstsorientation of themap, the electronic device generates (1614) a first tactile output (e.g., USihgsfhe CM Or more tactile output generators). For example, Figure 1514 illustrates that the first:tactile output is generated in response to determining that the displayed orientafion of the rotated map corresponds to the first orientation (e.g., a true north) of the map (e.g.,; the;: direction of the true north aligns with a vertical direction of the device display), in some embodiments, the device snaps the map to the first orientation in accordance with a determination that the displayed orientation of the rotated map is within a predefined range of angles from the first orientation of the map (e.g., the device displays the map in die first orientation in accordance with a determination that the orientation of the rotated map comes within ±2 degrees from the first orientation).
[00447] In some embodiments, while rotating the map on the display in accordance with the touch input: in'response to detëmiining that the displayed orientation Of the rotated map does not correspond to the first orientation of the map, the electronic device forgoes (1616) generation of the tot taetiie Output, For example, in Figure 15M, when the displayed orientation of the rotated map does hot correspond to the true north, no tactile output is (00448] In some embodiment^ the map is also associated (1618, Figure 16B) with a second prientafion that is distinct from the first orientation (e.g., a “transit north” as defined by h direction of roads, by a direction of subway lines, or by a directionefanother transi system displayed on the map). While rotating the map on the display in accordance with the touch input: in response to determining that the displayed orientation of the rotated map corresponds to the second orietnation of the map, the electronic device generates a second tactile output (e.g., using the one or more tactile output generators). For example, Figure I SP illustrates that the second taetiie output is generated in response to determining that the displayed orientation of the rotated map corresponds to the second orientation (e,g„ the transit north) of the map (e.g., the direction of subway lines aligns with a vertical direction of the device display). In some embodiments, the second tactile Output is identical to the first tactile output, in some embodiments, the second tactile output is distinct from the first tactile output.
[§0449] In some embodiments, the device snaps the map to the second orientation in accordance with a determination that the displayed orientation of the rotated map is within a predefined range of angles from the second orientation of the map |e,g., the device displays the map in ihe second orientation in accordance with a detCrminaion ttiat the orientation of the rotated map comes within ±2 degrees from the second orientation). (00450] In some embodiments, tire device snaps the map to the second orientation only when a transit layer (e.g., a road layer that shows roads on the map or a public transit layer that shows public transit routes, such as subway lines) is displayed on the map. In such embodiments, when the transit layer is not displayed on the map. no snapping of the map to the second orientation occurs (even if the displayed orientation of the map is within the predefined range of angles from the second orientation of the map). In some embodiments, the device snaps the map to the first orientation (e.g., true north) regardless of whether the transit layer is displayed on the map. In some embodiments, the device snaps the map to the first orientation only when the transit layer is displayed on the map.
[00451} In some embodiments, the snapping Of the map to the second orientation (e.g., transit north) depends on the zoom/magnification level pf the map, whereas the snapping of themap to the first orientation (e.g., true north) does not depend on the zoom/magnification level of ihe map. For example* the snapping of the map to transit north is provided at a first (e.g,, high) zoonrimagnificafioti level ami not provided at a second (e.g., low) zoom/magnification level, whereas the snapping of the map to tine north is provided at both the first zoom/magnificationfe andifhe second zoom-magnification level.
[00452] In some embodiments, the second tactile output is generated only when a transit layer (e.g., a road layer that shows roads; on the map or a public transit layer that shows public transit routes, such as subway lines) is displayed on the map. In such embodiments, when the transit layer is not displayed on the map, generation of the; second tactile output is forgone (even if the displayed orientation of the rotated map corresponds to the second orientation of the map). In some embodiments, the first tactile output is generated regardless of whether the transit layer is displayed on the map. In some embodiments, the first tactile output is generated only when the tsrihsit layer is displayed on the map.
[00453] In some embodiments, the generation of the second tactile output (e.g,, for transit north) depends on the zoom/magnification level of the map, whereas the generation of the first tactile output (e.g,, for true north) does not depend on the zoom/magnification level of the slaapt ior example, the haptic lor transit north is provided at a first (e.g., high) zoonrimaghification level and hot provided at a second (e.g., low) zoom/magnification level, whereas the haptic for true; north is provided at both the first z^m/magmfieaibn level arid the second zoom/magnification level.
[004541 in some embodiments, the second orientation is (1620) transit north (also called transit system notlfi, subway system north, or road grid north).
[00455] In some embodiments, while rotating the map on the display il aeCoidariee with the touch input: in response lb determining that the displayed orientation of the rotated map does not correspond to either Of the first orientation or the second orientation, the electronic device forgoes (1622) generation of a tactile output (e.gicfegmngggacta^on of the first tactile output and forgoing generation of the second tactile output), lor example, in F-gure 15i|, when (lie displayed orientation of the rotated map does not correspond to the true norih or the transit north, no tactile output is generated.
[00456] In some embodiments, while rotating the map on the display in accordance with the touch input, in response to determining that the displayed orientation of the rotated map starts to move away fi'om the first orientation of ihe map (to which the map was previously snapped), the device generates a third tactile output. For example, in Figure 15M, a fiirfoer rotaion of contacts 1536-a and 1536-S initiates generation of the third tactile output to indicate that foe map Will Cease: to be aligned with thé first orientation (e.g., true north). In some embodiments, the third tsetile ontpit is distinct from the first tactile output, in some embodiments, the third tactile output is distinct from the second tactile output, in some embodiments, the third tactile output is the same as the first tactile output.
[00457] in some embodiments, while rotating the map on the display in accordance with the touch input, in response to determining that the displayed orientation of the rotated map starts to move away from foe seeond orientation of the map (to which the map was previously snapped), the device generates a fourth tactile output. For example, in Figure 15Q, a further rotation of contacts 1540-a and 1540-b initiates generation of the fourth tactile output to indicate that the map will cease to be aligned with the second orientation (e.p, transit north), in some embodiments, the fourth tactile output is distinct from the first tactile output. In some embodiments, the fourth tactile output is distinct from foe second tactile output, in some embodiments, the fourth Motile output is distinct from the third tactile output. Ip some embodiments, the fourth tactile output is the same as the second tactile output. In some embodiments, the fourth tactile output is the same as the third tactile output.
[004581 In some embodiments, foe device generates tactile outputs when the map snaps into the first, orientation and/or the second orientation, generating tactile outputs when the map starts to move away from the first orientation and/or foe second orientation. For example, the device generates foe first tactile feedback and/or foe second tactile feedback, but the device forgoes generating foe third tactile feedbadkand/or the fourth tactile feedback to avoid providing too nuich tactile feedback to foe user.
[0O459| In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that the displayed map corresponds to a first city (or county, municipality, borough, metro region,: map region, ete.), the electronic device selects (1624) an orientation associated with the first city (or county, municipality, borough, metro region, map region, etc.): as the second orientation (e.g., a transit system orientation of San Francisco Peninsula, fopfres 15A-15K, which deviates from true north by approximately 39 degrees west). In accordance with a determination that foe displayed map corresponds to a second city (or county, municipality, borough, metro region, map region, etc.) that is distinct from the first city, foe electronic device selects an orientation associated with the second city as the second orientation (e.g., a transit system orientation of Manhattan, Which deviates from true north fry;approximately 29 degrees east), The orientation associated with the first city is typically distinct from the orientation associated With foe Second eitp Thus, if the map is snapped to ‘‘transit north·’ over a first city and then is moved laterally (without rotating) to a second city, foe map can be rotated again to snap to foe transit north of the second city.
[00460] in some embodiments, in accordance with a determination.that fjtp displayed map does; not correspond to any city (or county, municipality, borough, metro region, map region, iiti.^ the device forgoes generation of the second tactile output (e.gli, because a second orientation is not selected). In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that the displayed map corresponds to multiple separate cities (or counties, municipalities, boroughs, metro regions, map regions, etc.), the device forgoes generation of the second tactile output (e.g., because orientations of the multiple separate cities may not he the same). For example, when the displayed map displays a large portion of the United States, or the enthe United States, in some embodiments, fee device: forgoes generation of the second tactile output. |00461] It should be understood that the particular order in which the operations in Figures 16A-16B have been described is merely exemplary sand is not intended to indicate that the described order is the only order in which fee operations could he performed. One of ordinary skill in the art would recognize various ways to reorder the operations described herein. Additionally, it should be noted feat details of other processes described herein with respect to other methods described herein (e.g;, m^hpds 700, 800, 900, and 1000) are also applicable in an analogous manner to method 1600 described above with respect to Figures 1SA-16B. For example, fee inputs, gestures, and tactile outputs, described above with reference to method 1600 optionally have; one or more of the charaeteristies of the inputs, gestures, and tactile outputs described herein with reference to other methods described herein (e.g., methods 700, 800, 900, and 1000). For brevity, these details are not repeated here.
[00462] The foregoing description, for purpose of explanation, has been described wife reference to;specific enfeodiments. However, fee illustrative discussions above am not intended to he exhaustive or fo limit the invefeiori: fo the precise forms disclosed. Many modifications and variations are possible; in view of fee above teachings. The embodiments were chosen and described in order to best explain fee principles of the invention anti its practical applications, to thereby enable others skilled in fee art to best use the mvention and various described embodiments with various modifications as are suited to fee particular use contemplated.
Appendix A

权利要求:
Claims (204)
[1]
A method comprising: on an electronic device with a display and a touch-sensitive surface, the electronic device comprising one or more sensors for detecting the intensities of touches on the touch-sensitive surface: displaying, on the display, a user interface which comprises one or more user interface elements; detecting a user input on the touch sensitive surface at a location corresponding to a respective user interface element of the one or more user interface elements; and, in response to the user input detection: in accordance with a determination that the user input satisfies one or more first input criteria corresponding to a first input type, displaying a second menu superimposed on the user interface with one or more selectable options corresponding to the relevant user interface element without displaying a first menu that is distinct from the second menu; and, in accordance with a determination that the user input satisfies one or more second input criteria corresponding to a second input type, distinct from the first input type, displaying the first menu superimposed on the user interface with one or more selectable options corresponding to the relevant user interface element without displaying the second menu, the first menu comprising a subset of the selectable options included in the second menu.
[2]
A method according to claim 1, comprising: in response to detecting the user input: in accordance with a determination that the user input meets one or more third input criteria corresponding to a third input type, distinguished from the first input type and the second input type, initiating execution of an operation associated with the relevant user interface element without displaying the first menu and without displaying the second menu.
[3]
The method of claim 2, wherein the one or more first input criteria are met when the first input comprises a first number of touches, wherein the or more second input criteria are met when the user input is a pressure input with a second number of touches distinct from the second first number of touches, wherein at least one of the second number of touches has an intensity above a first intensity threshold, and wherein the one or more third input criteria are met when the user input is a pressure input with the second number of touches, wherein at least one of the second number of touches has an intensity above a second intensity threshold and below a first intensity threshold.
[4]
The method of claim 2, wherein the one or more first input criteria are met when the user input comprises a first number of touches, the one or more second input criteria being met when the user input comprises a second number of touches distinct from the first number of touches and wherein the one or more third input criteria are met when the user input comprises a third number of touches distinct from the first number of touches and the second number of touches.
[5]
A method according to any of claims 1 to 4, wherein a touch in the user input corresponds to a cursor displayed on the screen, and the method comprises: in response to the detection of the user input: in accordance with the determination that the user input corresponds to the second input type, to stop showing the cursor on the screen.
[6]
The method of any one of claims 1 to 5, wherein the first menu is a radial menu with two or more distinct portions located on the display at a location corresponding to a location of a touch in the user input on the display. touch sensitive surface.
[7]
The method of claim 6, wherein the radial menu comprises two halves, each comprising a separate, single area that forms half of a radial menu.
[8]
The method of claim 6, wherein the radial menu comprises four quadrants, each comprising a separate, single region that forms a quarter of the radial menu.
[9]
The method of claim 8, wherein the four quadrants are oriented within the first menu in the main directions.
[10]
The method of any one of claims 8 to 9, wherein one or more of the quadrants are empty.
[11]
The method of any one of claims 8 to 10, wherein one or more of the quadrants are disabled.
[12]
A method according to any of claims 6 to 11, comprising: after displaying the first menu submitted to the user interface: detecting launch of a respective touch at a location on the touch sensitive surface corresponding to a center of the radial menu on the screen; and, in response to detecting launch of the relevant touch, stop displaying the radial menu presented on the user interface.
[13]
The method of any one of claims 6 to 11, comprising: detecting a selection entry that selects a particular portion of the first menu; and, in response to detecting the selection input, initiating execution of an operation corresponding to the selected particular portion of the first menu.
[14]
The method of claim 13, wherein the user input is continuously viewed, and wherein the user input comprises the selection input.
[15]
The method of claim 13, wherein the user input is a first user input, and wherein the selection input is a second user input, distinct from the first user input.
[16]
The method of any one of claims 13 to 15, wherein detecting the selection entry comprises detecting a swipe gesture in a direction of the relevant portion of the first menu.
[17]
The method of any one of claims 13 to 15, wherein detecting the selection entry comprises detecting launch of a particular touch in the relevant portion of the first menu.
[18]
The method of any one of claims 13 to 17, comprising: responsive to detecting the selection input, changing one or more display properties of the relevant portion of the first menu.
[19]
The method of any one of claims 13 to 18, comprising: displaying, in response to detection of the selection input, in accordance with a determination that the selection input satisfies one or more predefined animations, animation of the relevant part of the first menu separated from a remainder of the first menu.
[20]
The method of any one of claims 13 to 19, comprising: initiating, in response to detecting the selection input, in accordance with a determination that the selection input does not meet the one or more predefined animation criteria of performing an operation corresponding to the selected relevant part of the first menu without displaying the animation of the relevant part of the first menu separate from the remainder of the first menu.
[21]
A method according to any of claims 13 to 20, wherein initiating execution of the operation corresponding to the selected relevant part of the first menu comprises: displaying another menu, distinct from the first menu, with a or more options for the action corresponding to the selected part of the first menu.
[22]
The method of any one of claims 13 to 20, wherein the selected relevant portion of the first menu corresponds to a preview option, wherein initiating execution of the operation corresponding to the preview option comprises: maintaining display of the first menu; and simultaneously displaying a preview area corresponding to the relevant user interface element.
[23]
The method of claim 22, comprising: while displaying the preview area: detecting a successive selection entry that selects a different area of the first menu than the relevant portion of the first menu; and, in response to detecting the subsequent selection input, initiating execution of a second operation corresponding to the selected different portion of the first menu.
[24]
The method of any one of claims 1 to 23, wherein the user interface is a first user interface associated with a first application performed by the electronic device, the one or more selectable options corresponding to the relevant user interface element being a first selectable option shown at a first location within the first menu, the method comprising: distinguishing from the first application, while displaying a second user interface on the display for a second application, the second interface of a second set comprising one or more user interface elements: detecting a second user input on the touch sensitive surface at a location corresponding to a second user interface element in the second set of one or more user interface elements; and, in response to detecting the second user input: in accordance with a determination that the second user input corresponds to the first input type, displaying a fourth menu superimposed on the second user interface with one or more selectable options corresponding to the second user interface element without displaying a third menu that is distinct from the fourth menu; and, in accordance with a determination that the second user input corresponds to the second input type, distinct from the first input type, displaying the third menu superimposed on the second user interface with one or more selectable options corresponding to the second user interface element without display the fourth menu, the one or more selectable options corresponding to the second user interface element comprising the same option as the first selectable option in the first menu displayed at the same location in the third menu as the first location in the first menu .
[25]
The method of claim 24, wherein the same option placed in the third menu over the second user interface is disabled.
[26]
The method of any one of claims 1 to 25, wherein selectable options in the first menu that correspond to destructive operations are visually distinguished from selectable options that correspond to non-destructive operations.
[27]
An electronic device comprising: a display; a touch sensitive surface; one or more sensors for detecting touch intensities on the touch sensitive surface; one or more processing units; memory; and one or more programs, wherein the one or more programs are stored in memory and are arranged to be executed by the one or more processing units, the one or more programs comprising instructions for displaying on the screen a user interface which comprises one or more user interface elements; detecting a user input on the touch sensitive surface at a location corresponding to a respective user interface element of the one or more user interface elements; and, in response to the user input detection: in accordance with a determination that the user input satisfies one or more first input criteria corresponding to a first input type, displaying a second menu superimposed on the user interface with one or more selectable options corresponding to the relevant user interface element without displaying a first menu that is distinct from the second menu; and, in accordance with a determination that the user input satisfies one or more second input criteria corresponding to a second input type, distinct from the first input type, displaying the first menu superimposed on the user interface with one or more selectable options corresponding to the relevant user interface element without displaying the second menu, the first menu comprising a subset of the selectable options included in the second menu.
[28]
A computer-readable storage medium on which one or more programs are stored, the one or more programs comprising instructions which when executed by an electronic device having a display, a touch-sensitive surface and one or more sensors for detecting intensities of touches on the touch sensitive surface, causing the device: to display on the screen a user interface that has one or more user interface elements; detects a user input on the touch sensitive surface at a location corresponding to a respective user interface element of the one or more user interface elements; and, in response to user input detection: in accordance with a determination that the user input satisfies one or more first input criteria corresponding to a first input type, displays a second menu superimposed on the user interface with one or more selectable options corresponding to the relevant user interface element without displaying a first menu that is distinct from the second menu; and, in accordance with a determination that the user input satisfies one or more second input criteria corresponding to a second input type distinct from the first input type, the first menu displays superimposed on the user interface with one or more selectable options corresponding to the relevant user interface element without displaying the second menu, the first menu comprising a subset of the selectable options included in the second menu.
[29]
An electronic device comprising: a display; a touch sensitive surface; one or more sensors for detecting touch intensities on the touch sensitive surface; means for displaying on the screen a user interface comprising one or more user interface elements; means for detecting a user input on the touch sensitive surface at a location corresponding to a respective user interface element of the one or more user interface elements; and, means responsive to detecting user input, for displaying a second menu superimposed on the user interface with one or more selectable options corresponding to the relevant user interface element without displaying a first menu distinct from the user interface second menu in accordance with a determination that the user input satisfies one or more input criteria corresponding to a first input type; and means responsive to detecting user input for displaying the first menu superimposed on the user interface with one or more selectable options corresponding to the relevant user interface element without displaying the second menu in accordance with a determination that the user input meets one or more second input criteria corresponding to a second input type, distinct from the first input type, wherein the first menu comprises a subset of the one or more selectable options contained in the second menu.
[30]
An information processing device for use in an electronic device with a display, a touch-sensitive surface and one or more sensors for detecting touch intensities on the touch-sensitive surface, comprising: means for displaying on the display a user interface that has one or more user interface includes elements; means for detecting a user input on the touch sensitive surface at a location corresponding to a respective user interface element of the one or more user interface elements; and, means responsive to detecting user input, for displaying a second menu superimposed on the user interface with one or more selectable options corresponding to the relevant user interface element without displaying a first menu distinct from the user interface second menu in accordance with a determination that the user input meets one or more first input criteria corresponding to a first input type; and means responsive to detecting user input for displaying the first menu superimposed on the user interface with one or more selectable options corresponding to the relevant user interface element without displaying the second menu in accordance with a determination that the user input meets one or more second input criteria corresponding to a second input type, distinct from the first input type, wherein the first menu comprises a subset of the one or more selectable options contained in the second menu.
[31]
An electronic device comprising: a display; a touch sensitive surface; one or more sensors for detecting touch intensities on the touch sensitive surface; one or more processing units; memory; and one or more programs, wherein the one or more programs are stored in memory and are arranged to be executed by the one or more processing units, the one or more programs comprising instructions for executing or controlling the execution of one of the methods according to claims 1 to 26.
[32]
32. A computer-readable storage medium on which one or more programs are stored, the one or more programs comprising instructions which, when executed by an electronic device having a display, a touch-sensitive surface and one or more sensors for detecting touch intensities on the touch sensitive surface cause the device to perform or control the implementation of any of the methods according to claims 1 to 26.
[33]
33. Graphic user interface on an electronic device with a display, a touch-sensitive surface, one or more sensors for detecting touch intensities on the touch-sensitive surface, a memory, and one or more processing units for performing one or more in the memory stored programs, wherein the graphical user interface comprises user interfaces that are displayed in accordance with one of the methods according to claims 1 to 26.
[34]
An electronic device comprising: a display; a touch sensitive surface; one or more sensors for detecting touch intensities on the touch sensitive surface; and means for performing or controlling execution of one of the methods according to claims 1 to 26.
[35]
An information processing apparatus for use in an electronic device with a display, a touch-sensitive surface and one or more sensors for detecting touch intensities on the touch-sensitive surface, comprising: means for performing or controlling the implementation of any of the methods of claims 1 to 26.
[36]
An electronic device comprising: a display unit adapted to display information; a touch sensitive surface unit adapted to receive touches; one or more sensor units adapted to detect intensities of touches on the touch-sensitive surface unit; and a processing unit coupled to the display unit, the touch sensitive surface unit, and the one or more sensor units, the processing unit being adapted to: activate display of, on the display unit, a user interface comprising one or more user interface elements; detecting a user input on the touch sensitive surface unit at a location corresponding to a respective user interface element of the one or more user interface elements; and, in response to the user input detection: in accordance with a determination that the user input satisfies one or more first input criteria corresponding to a first input type, activating display of a second menu superimposed on the user interface with one or more selectable options corresponding to the relevant user interface element without displaying a first menu that is distinct from the second menu; and, in accordance with a determination that the user input satisfies one or more second input criteria corresponding to a second input type, distinct from the first input type, activating display of the first menu superimposed on the user interface with one or more selectable options that corresponding to the relevant user interface element without activating a display of the second menu, the first menu comprising a subset of the selectable options contained in the second menu.
[37]
The electronic device of claim 36, wherein the processing unit is adapted to: in response to detecting the user input: in accordance with a determination that the user input meets one or more third input criteria corresponding to a third input type, distinguished from the first input type and the second input type, initiating execution of an operation associated with the relevant user interface element without activating display of the first menu and without displaying the second menu.
[38]
The electronic device of claim 37, wherein the one or more first input criteria are met when the user input comprises a first number of touches, the one or more second input criteria being met when the user input is a pressure input with a second number of touches distinct from the first number of touches, wherein at least one of the second number of touches has an intensity above a first intensity threshold value, and wherein the one or more third input criteria are met when the user input is a pressure input with the second number of touches, wherein at least one of the second number of touches has an intensity above a second intensity threshold value and below the first intensity threshold value.
[39]
An electronic device according to claim 37, wherein the one or more first input criteria are met when the user input comprises a first number of touches, the one or more second input criteria being met when the user input comprises a second number of touches distinct from the first number touches, and where one or more third import criteria are met when the user input comprises a third number of touches distinct from the first number of touches and the second number of touches.
[40]
An electronic device according to any of claims 36 to 39, wherein a contact in the user input corresponds to a cursor displayed on the screen, and wherein the processing unit is arranged for: in response to the detection of the user input: in according to the determination that the user input corresponds to the second input type, to stop showing the cursor on the display unit.
[41]
An electronic device according to any one of claims 36 to 40, wherein the first menu is a radial menu with two or more separate portions located on the display at a location corresponding to a location of a touch in the user input on the touch sensitive surface.
[42]
The electronic device of claim 41, wherein the radial menu comprises two halves, each comprising a separate, single region that forms half of the radial menu.
[43]
The electronic device of claim 41, wherein the radial menu comprises four quadrants, each comprising a separate, single area that forms a quarter of the radial menu.
[44]
The electronic device of claim 43, wherein the four quadrants are oriented within the first menu in the main directions.
[45]
An electronic device according to any of claims 43 to 44, wherein one or more of the quadrants are empty.
[46]
An electronic device according to any of claims 43 to 45, wherein one or more of the quadrants are disabled.
[47]
An electronic device according to any of claims 41 to 46, wherein the processing unit is adapted to: after activating display of the first menu laid over the user interface: detecting launch of the relevant touch at a location on the touch-sensitive surface unit corresponding to a center of the radial menu on the display unit; and, in response to detecting launch of the relevant touch, stop displaying the radial menu superimposed over the user interface.
[48]
An electronic device according to any of claims 41 to 46, wherein the processing unit is adapted to: detect a selection input that selects a relevant part of the first menu; and, in response to detecting the selection input, initiating execution of an operation corresponding to the selected particular portion of the first menu.
[49]
The electronic device of claim 48, wherein the user input is continuously detected, and wherein the user input comprises the selection input.
[50]
The electronic device of claim 48, wherein the user input is a first user input, and wherein the selection input is a second user input, distinct from the first user input.
[51]
An electronic device according to any of claims 48 to 50, wherein detecting the selection input comprises detecting a swipe gesture in a direction of the relevant portion of the first menu.
[52]
An electronic device according to any of claims 48 to 50, wherein detecting the selection input comprises detecting launch of a respective touch in the relevant portion of the first menu.
[53]
An electronic device according to any one of claims 48 to 52, wherein the processing unit is adapted to: in response to detecting the selection input, change one or more display properties of the relevant part of the first menu.
[54]
An electronic device according to any of claims 48 to 53, wherein the processing unit is adapted to: in response to detecting the selection input, in accordance with a determination that the selection input complies with one or more predefined animations, activating the display of an animation of the relevant part of the first menu separated from a remainder of the first menu.
[55]
An electronic device according to any of claims 48 to 54, wherein the processing unit is arranged to: in response to detecting the selection input, in accordance with a determination that the selection input does not satisfy the one or more predefined animation criteria, initiating execution of an action corresponding to the selected relevant part of the first menu without activating display of an animation of the relevant part of the first menu separately from a remainder of the first menu.
[56]
An electronic device according to any of claims 48 to 55, wherein initiating execution of the operation corresponding to the selected relevant part of the first menu comprises: activating display of another menu, distinct from the first menu , with one or more options for the action corresponding to the selected part of the first menu.
[57]
An electronic device according to any of claims 48 to 55, wherein the selected particular portion of the first menu corresponds to a preview option, and wherein initiating execution of the operation corresponding to the preview option comprises: maintaining display of the first menu; and simultaneously activating display of a preview area corresponding to the relevant user interface element.
[58]
An electronic device according to claim 57, wherein the processing unit is arranged for: detecting, during the activation of the preview area display, a successive selection entry that selects a different area of the first menu than the relevant part of the first menu menu; and, in response to detecting the subsequent selection input, initiating execution of a second operation corresponding to the selected different portion of the first menu.
[59]
An electronic device according to any of claims 36 to 58, wherein the user interface is a first user interface associated with a first application executed by the electronic device, wherein the one or more selectable options corresponding to the relevant user interface element is a first selectable option shown at a first location within the first menu, the method comprising: distinguishing from the first application, while displaying a second user interface on the display for a second application, the second interface of a second set comprising one or more user interface elements: detecting a second user input on the touch sensitive surface at a location corresponding to a second user interface element in the second set of one or more user interface elements; and, in response to detecting the second user input: in accordance with a determination that the second user input corresponds to the first input type, displaying a fourth menu superimposed on the second user interface with one or more selectable options corresponding to the second user interface element without displaying a third menu that is distinct from the fourth menu; and, in accordance with a determination that the second user input corresponds to the second input type, distinct from the first input type, displaying the third menu superimposed on the second user interface with one or more selectable options corresponding to the second user interface element without display the fourth menu, the one or more selectable options corresponding to the second user interface element comprising the same option as the first selectable option in the first menu displayed at the same location in the third menu as the first location in the first menu .
[60]
The electronic device of claim 59, wherein the same option placed in the third menu over the second user interface is disabled.
[61]
An electronic device according to any of claims 36 to 60, wherein selectable options in the first menu corresponding to destructive actions are visually distinguished from selectable options corresponding to non-destructive actions.
[62]
A method comprising: on an electronic device with a display and a touch-sensitive surface, the electronic device comprising one or more sensors for detecting the intensity of touches on the touch-sensitive surface: displaying on the display: a user interface which or more user interface elements, and a cursor; detecting a user input on the touch sensitive surface while the cursor is displayed on the screen at a location over a respective user interface element of the one or more user interface elements; and, in response to user input detection: in accordance with a determination that the user input meets one or more first input criteria corresponding to a first input type: displaying a first menu superimposed on the user interface with one or more selectable options corresponding to the relevant user interface element; and stop displaying the cursor on the display.
[63]
The method of claim 62, comprising: responsive to detecting the user input: according to a determination that the user input meets one or more second input criteria corresponding to a second input type distinct from the first input type: initiating execution of an operation related to the relevant user interface element; and maintaining cursor display.
[64]
A method according to any of claims 62 to 63, wherein the one or more first input criteria are met when the user input is a pressure input with a contact with an intensity above a first intensity threshold value, and wherein the one or more second input criteria is satisfied when the user input is a pressure input with a contact with an intensity above a second intensity threshold value and below the first intensity threshold value.
[65]
The method of any one of claims 62 to 63, wherein the one or more first input criteria are met when the user input comprises a first number of touches, and wherein the one or more second input criteria are met when the user input has a second number touches distinct from the first number of touches.
[66]
The method of any one of claims 62 to 65, wherein the first menu is a radial menu with two or more distinct areas located on the display at a location corresponding to a location of a touch in the user input on the user touch sensitive surface.
[67]
The method of claim 66, wherein the radial menu comprises two halves, each comprising a separate, single region that forms half of the radial menu.
[68]
The method of claim 66, wherein the radial menu comprises four quadrants, each comprising a separate, single region that forms a quarter of the radial menu.
[69]
The method of any one of claims 66 to 68, comprising: detecting a selection entry that selects a particular portion of the first menu; and, in response to detecting the selection input, initiating execution of an operation corresponding to the selected particular portion of the first menu.
[70]
70. An electronic device comprising: a display; a touch sensitive surface; one or more sensors for detecting touch intensities on the touch sensitive surface; one or more processing units; memory; and one or more programs, wherein the one or more programs are stored in memory and are arranged to be executed by the one or more processing units, the one or more programs comprising instructions for: displaying: a user interface on the screen comprising one or more user interface elements, and a cursor; detecting a user input on the touch sensitive surface while the cursor is displayed on the screen at a location over a respective user interface element of the one or more user interface elements; and, in response to user input detection: in accordance with a determination that the user input meets one or more first input criteria corresponding to a first input type: displaying a first menu superimposed on the user interface with one or more selectable matching options with the relevant interface element; and stop displaying the cursor on the display.
[71]
71. A computer-readable storage medium on which one or more programs are stored, the one or more programs comprising instructions which, when executed by an electronic device having a display, a touch-sensitive surface and one or more sensors for detecting touch intensities on the touch sensitive surface cause the device to: display on the screen: a user interface comprising one or more user interface elements, and a cursor; detects a user interface on the touch sensitive surface while the cursor is displayed on the screen at a location over a particular user interface element of the one or more user interface elements; and, in response to user input detection: in accordance with a determination that the user input meets one or more first input criteria corresponding to a first input type: displaying a first menu superimposed on the user interface with one or more selectable matching options with the relevant interface element; and stop displaying the cursor on the display.
[72]
72. An electronic device comprising: a display; a touch sensitive surface; one or more sensors for detecting touch intensities on the touch sensitive surface; means for displaying on the screen: a user interface comprising one or more user interface elements, and a cursor; means for detecting a user input on the touch sensitive surface while the cursor is displayed on the display at a location over a respective user interface element of the one or more user interface elements; and means responsive to detecting the user input, for displaying a first menu superimposed over the user interface with one or more selectable options corresponding to the interface element in question in accordance with a determination that the user input complies with one or more first input criteria corresponding to a first input type; and stop displaying the cursor on the display in accordance with determination that the user input meets one or more first input criteria corresponding to a first input type.
[73]
73. An information processing apparatus for use in an electronic device with a display, a touch-sensitive surface and one or more sensors for detecting touch intensities on the touch-sensitive surface, comprising: means for displaying, on the display, a user interface which or more user interface elements, and a cursor; means for detecting a user input on the touch sensitive surface while the cursor is displayed on the screen at a location over a respective user interface element of the one or more user interface elements; and, means responsive to detecting the user input for: displaying a first menu superimposed over the user interface with one or more selectable options corresponding to the relevant user interface element in accordance with a determination that the user input is satisfactory to one or more first input criteria corresponding to a first input type; and stop displaying the cursor on a display screen in accordance with a determination that the user input satisfies one or more first input criteria corresponding to a first input type.
[74]
74. An electronic device comprising: a display; a touch sensitive surface; one or more sensors for detecting touch intensities on the touch sensitive surface; one or more processing units; memory; and one or more programs, wherein the one or more programs are stored in memory and are arranged to be executed by the one or more processing units, the one or more programs comprising instructions for carrying out one of the methods according to claims 62 up to and including 69.
[75]
75. An electronic device comprising: a display; a touch sensitive surface; one or more sensors for detecting touch intensities on the touch sensitive surface; one or more processing units; memory; and one or more programs, wherein the one or more programs are stored in memory and are arranged to be executed by the one or more processing units, the one or more programs comprising instructions for executing or controlling the execution of one of the methods according to claims 62 to 69.
[76]
76. A computer-readable storage medium on which one or more programs are stored, the one or more programs comprising instructions which, when executed by an electronic device with a display, a touch-sensitive surface and one or more sensors for detecting touch intensities on the touch sensitive surface cause the device to perform or control the implementation of any of the methods according to claims 62 to 69.
[77]
77. Graphic user interface on an electronic device with a display, a touch-sensitive surface and one or more sensors for detecting touch intensities on the touch-sensitive surface, a memory, and one or more processing units for performing one or more in the memory stored programs, wherein the graphical user interface comprises user interfaces that are displayed in accordance with one of the methods according to claims 62 to 69.
[78]
78. An electronic device comprising: a display; a touch sensitive surface; one or more sensors for detecting touch intensities on the touch sensitive surface; and means for performing or controlling execution of any of the methods according to claims 62 to 69.
[79]
An information processing apparatus for use in an electronic device with a display, a touch-sensitive surface and one or more sensors for detecting touch intensities on the touch-sensitive surface, comprising: means for performing or controlling execution of any of the methods of claims 62 to 69.
[80]
An electronic device, comprising: a display unit adapted to display information; a touch sensitive surface unit adapted to receive touches; one or more sensor units adapted to detect intensities of touches on the touch-sensitive surface unit; and a processing unit coupled to the display unit, the touch-sensitive surface unit and one or more sensor units, the processing unit being adapted to: activate display of, on the display unit: a user interface comprising one or more interface elements, and a cursor; detecting a user input on the touch sensitive surface unit while the cursor is displayed on the screen at a location over a respective user interface element from the one or more user interface elements; and, in response to user input detection: in accordance with a determination that the user input satisfies one or more first input criteria corresponding to a first input type: activating display of a first menu superimposed on the user interface with one or more selectable options that match the relevant interface element; and stop displaying the cursor on the display unit.
[81]
An electronic device according to claim 80, wherein the processing unit is adapted to: responsive to detecting the user input: in accordance with a determination that the user input meets one or more second input criteria corresponding to a second input type distinct from the first input type: initiating the execution of an operation associated with the relevant user interface element; and maintaining cursor display.
[82]
An electronic device according to claims 80 to 81, wherein the one or more first input criteria are met when the user input is a pressure input with a contact with an intensity above a first intensity threshold value, wherein the one or more second input criteria is met satisfied when the user input is a pressure input with a contact with an intensity above a second intensity threshold value and below a first intensity threshold value.
[83]
An electronic device according to claims 80 to 81, wherein the one or more first input criteria are met when the user input comprises a first number of touches, and wherein the one or more second input criteria are met when the user input comprises a second number of touches distinguished from the first number of touches.
[84]
An electronic device according to claims 80 to 83, wherein the first menu is a radial menu with two or more distinct portions located on the display at a location corresponding to a location of touch in the user input on the touch sensitive surface.
[85]
The electronic device of claim 84, wherein the radial menu comprises two halves, each comprising a separate, single area that forms one half of the radial menu.
[86]
The electronic device of claim 84, wherein the radial menu comprises four quadrants, each comprising a separate, single area that forms a quarter of the radial menu.
[87]
An electronic device according to any of claims 84 to 86, wherein the processing unit is adapted to: detect a selection entry in which a particular part of the first menu is selected; and, in response to detecting the selection input, initiating execution of an operation corresponding to the selected particular portion of the first menu.
[88]
88. A method comprising: on an electronic device with a display and a touch-sensitive surface, the electronic device comprising one or more sensors for detecting the intensities of touches on the touch-sensitive surface: displaying on the screen a user interface which has one or more includes more user interface elements; detecting a pressure input by a touch on the touch sensitive surface at a location corresponding to a respective user interface element of the one or more user interface elements; and in response to detecting the pressure input: in accordance with a determination that the user interface in question meets first-action criteria, the first action criteria comprising a criterion that the relevant user interface element is associated with a single option associated with the pressure input, initiating execution of an action that corresponds to the single option; and, in accordance with a determination that the relevant user interface satisfies second handling criteria, the second handling criteria including a criterion that the relevant user interface element is associated with a first number of options associated with the pressure input, the first number greater than one displaying a first menu over the user interface, the first menu comprising a first set of selectable options.
[89]
The method of claim 88, wherein the second handling criteria comprises a criterion that the user interface is associated with a first number of options associated with the pressure input, the first number being greater than one and less than a threshold value number of options.
[90]
A method according to any one of claims 88 to 89, comprising: responsive to detecting the pressure input: in accordance with a determination that the relevant user interface element meets third action criteria, wherein the third action criteria comprise a criterion that the user interface element is associated with a second number of options associated with the pressure input, the second number being greater than the second threshold number of options, showing a second menu distinct from the first menu superimposed on the user interface, the second menu includes a second set of selectable options.
[91]
The method of claim 90, wherein the first set of selectable options in the first menu is a subset of the second set of selectable options in the second menu.
[92]
A method according to any of claims 88 to 91, wherein the relevant user interface element corresponds to a portion of an electronic document; wherein performing the operation corresponding to the single option comprises: in accordance with a determination that the portion of the electronic document does not include data-detected links, displaying a first additional user interface element superimposed on the electronic document with one or more selectable options corresponding to the part of the electronic document; and in accordance with a determination that the portion of the electronic document includes a data-detected link, displaying a second additional user interface element, distinct from the first additional user interface element, for the data-detected link.
[93]
The method of any one of claims 88 to 92, wherein the first menu is a radial menu with two or more distinct portions located on the display at a location corresponding to a location of the touches in the pressure input on the touch sensitive surface.
[94]
The method of claim 93, wherein the radial menu comprises two halves, each comprising a separate, single area that forms half of the radial menu.
[95]
The method of claim 93, wherein the radial menu comprises four quadrants, each comprising a separate, single region that forms a quarter of the radial menu.
[96]
The method of any one of claims 93 to 95, comprising: detecting a selection entry that selects a particular portion of the first menu; and, in response to detecting the selection input, initiating execution of an operation corresponding to the selected particular portion of the first menu.
[97]
97. An electronic device comprising: a display; a touch sensitive surface; one or more sensors for detecting touch intensities on the touch sensitive surface; one or more processing units; memory; and one or more programs, wherein the one or more programs are stored in memory and are arranged to be executed by the one or more processing units, the one or more programs comprising instructions for displaying on the screen a user interface which comprises one or more user interface elements; detecting a pressure input by a touch on the touch sensitive surface at location corresponding to a respective user interface element of the one or more user interface elements; and, in response to detecting the pressure input: displaying on the display a user interface comprising one or more user interface elements; detecting a pressure input by a touch on the touch sensitive surface at a location corresponding to a respective user interface element of the one or more user interface elements; and in response to detecting the pressure input: in accordance with a determination that the user interface in question meets first-action criteria, the first action criteria comprising a criterion that the relevant user interface element is associated with a single option associated with the pressure input, initiating execution of an action that corresponds to the single option; and, in accordance with a determination that the relevant user interface satisfies second handling criteria, the second handling criteria including a criterion that the relevant user interface element is associated with a first number of options associated with the pressure input, the first number greater than one displaying a first menu over the user interface, the first menu comprising a first set of selectable options.
[98]
98. Computer-readable storage medium on which one or more programs are stored, the one or more programs comprising instructions which, when executed by an electronic device with a display, a touch-sensitive surface and one or more sensors for detecting touch intensities on the touch sensitive surface cause the device: to display on the display a user interface comprising one or more user interface elements; detects a pressure input by a touch on the touch sensitive surface at a location corresponding to the relevant user interface element of the one or more user interface elements; and, in response to detecting the pressure input: in accordance with a determination that the relevant user interface meets first-action criteria, the first-acting criteria including a criterion that the relevant user interface element is associated with a single option associated with the pressure input, initiating execution of an action corresponding to the single option; and, in accordance with a determination that the relevant user interface satisfies second handling criteria, the second handling criteria including a criterion that the relevant user interface element is associated with a first number of options associated with the pressure input, the first number greater than one displaying a first menu over the user interface, the first menu comprising a first set of selectable options.
[99]
99. An electronic device comprising: a display; a touch sensitive surface; one or more sensors for detecting touch intensities on the touch sensitive surface; means for displaying on the screen a user interface comprising one or more user interface elements; means for detecting a pressure input by a touch on the touch-sensitive surface at a location corresponding to the relevant user interface element from the one or more user interface elements; and, means for responding to detecting the pressure input, initiating execution of an operation corresponding to the single option in accordance with a determination that the user interface in question meets first action criteria, the first action criteria comprising a criterion that the relevant user interface element is associated with a single option associated with the pressure input; and means for displaying a first menu superimposed on the user interface responsive to detecting the pressure input, in accordance with a determination that the relevant user interface element meets second handling criteria, the second handling criteria including a criterion that the relevant user interface element is associated with a first number of options associated with the pressure input, the first number being greater than one, displaying a first menu superimposed on the user interface, the first menu comprising a first set of selectable options.
[100]
100. An information processing apparatus for use in an electronic device with a display, a touch-sensitive surface and one or more sensors for detecting touch intensities on the touch-sensitive surface, comprising: means for displaying on the display a user interface that has one or more user interfaces includes elements; means for detecting a pressure input by a touch on the touch sensitive surface at a location corresponding to a respective user interface element of the one or more user interface elements; and, means for responding to detecting the pressure input, initiating execution of an operation corresponding to the single option in accordance with a determination that the user interface in question meets first action criteria, the first action criteria comprising a criterion that the relevant user interface element is associated with a single option associated with the pressure input; and means for displaying, in response to the pressure input, a first menu placed on the user interface in accordance with a determination that the relevant user interface element satisfies second handling criteria, the second handling criteria including a criterion that the relevant user interface element is associated with a first number of options associated with the pressure input, the first number being greater than one, displaying a first menu placed on the user interface, the first menu comprising a first set of selectable options.
[101]
101. An electronic device comprising: a display; a touch sensitive surface; one or more sensors for detecting touch intensities on the touch sensitive surface; one or more processing units; memory; and one or more programs, wherein the one or more programs are stored in memory and are arranged to be executed by the one or more processing units, the one or more programs comprising instructions for executing or controlling the execution of one of the methods according to claims 88 to 96.
[102]
102. A computer-readable storage medium on which one or more programs are stored, the one or more programs comprising instructions which, when executed by an electronic device having a display, a touch-sensitive surface and one or more sensors for detecting intensities of touches on the touch sensitive surface cause the device to perform one of the methods of claims 88 to 96.
[103]
103. Graphical user interface on an electronic device with a display, a touch-sensitive surface, one or more sensors for detecting touch intensities on the touch-sensitive surface, a memory, and one or more processing units for performing one or more in the memory stored programs, the graphical user interface comprising user interfaces that are displayed in accordance with one of the methods according to claims 88 to 96.
[104]
104. An electronic device comprising: a display; a touch sensitive surface; one or more sensors for detecting touch intensities on the touch sensitive surface; and means for performing or controlling execution of any of the methods according to claims 88 to 96.
[105]
105. An information processing apparatus for use in an electronic device with a display, a touch-sensitive surface and one or more sensors for detecting touch intensities on the touch-sensitive surface, comprising: means for performing or controlling the implementation of any of the methods according to claims 88 to 96.
[106]
106. An electronic device comprising: a display unit adapted to display information; a touch sensitive surface unit adapted to receive touches; one or more sensor units adapted to detect intensities of touches on the touch-sensitive surface unit; and a processing unit coupled to the display unit, the touch sensitive surface unit, and the one or more sensor units, the processing unit being adapted to: activate display of a user interface on the display unit comprising one or more user interface elements; detecting a pressure input by a touch on the touch sensitive surface unit at a location corresponding to a respective user interface element of the one or more user interface elements; and, in response to detecting the pressure input: in accordance with a determination that the relevant user interface meets first-action criteria, the first-acting criteria including a criterion that the relevant user interface element is associated with a single option associated with the pressure input, initiating execution of an action corresponding to the single option; and, in accordance with a determination that the relevant user interface satisfies second handling criteria, the second handling criteria including a criterion that the relevant user interface element is associated with a first number of options associated with the pressure input, the first number greater than one is, facilitating display of a first menu over the user interface, the first menu comprising a first set of selectable options.
[107]
An electronic device according to claim 106, wherein the second action criteria comprises a criterion that the user interface element is associated with a first number of options associated with the pressure input, the first number being greater than one and less than a first threshold value number of options .
[108]
An electronic device as claimed in any one of claims 106 to 107, wherein the processing unit is adapted to: in response to detecting the pressure input: in accordance with a determination that the relevant user interface element satisfies third handling criteria, the third handling criteria include a criterion that the user interface element is associated with a second number of options associated with the pressure input, the second number being greater than the second threshold number of options, showing a second menu distinct from the first menu laid over the user interface, wherein the second menu comprises a second set of selectable options.
[109]
An electronic device according to claim 108, wherein the first set of selectable options in the first menu is a subset of the second set of selectable options in the second menu.
[110]
An electronic device according to any of claims 106 to 109, wherein the relevant user interface element corresponds to a portion of the electronic document; wherein performing the operation corresponding to the single option comprises: activating display of a first additional user interface element superimposed on the electronic document in accordance with a determination that the portion of the electronic document does not include data detected links with one or more selectable options corresponding to the portion of the electronic document; and, in accordance with a determination that the portion of the electronic document includes a data-detected link, activating display of a second additional user interface element, distinct from the first additional user interface element, for the data-detected link.
[111]
An electronic device according to any of claims 106 to 110, wherein the first menu is a radial menu with two or more distinct portions that is located on the display at a location corresponding to a location of the touch in the pressure input on the touch sensitive surface.
[112]
The electronic device of claim 111, wherein the radial menu comprises two halves, each comprising a separate, single area that forms half of the radial menu.
[113]
An electronic device according to claim 111, wherein the radial menu comprises four quadrants, each comprising a distinct, single region that forms a quarter of the radial menu.
[114]
An electronic device according to any of claims 111 to 113, wherein the processing unit is adapted to: detect a selection input that selects a relevant part of the first menu; and, in response to detecting the selection input, initiating execution of an operation corresponding to the selected particular portion of the first menu.
[115]
115. A method comprising: on an electronic device with a screen with a touch-sensitive surface, the electronic device comprising one or more sensors for detecting the intensity of touches on the touch-sensitive surface: displaying on the screen a user interface which has one or more includes more user interface elements; detecting a pressure input by a touch on the touch sensitive surface at a location corresponding to a respective user interface element from the one or more user interface elements; in response to detecting the pressure input, in accordance with a determination that the contact in the pressure input has an intensity above a first intensity threshold value, exhibiting an additional user interface element superimposed on the user interface with one or more selectable options corresponding to the relevant user interface element; and, while displaying the additional user interface element superimposed on the user interface: detecting that the intensity of the touch in the pressure input is below a second intensity threshold value; and, in response to detecting that the intensity of the touch in the pressure input is below the second intensity threshold value, and in accordance with a determination that the pressure input meets predefined time selection criteria: in accordance with a determination that a particular location of the touch in the pressure input pressure input meets predetermined location criteria: initiating execution of an operation associated with the relevant user interface element; and stop displaying the additional user interface element submitted to the user interface; and, in accordance with a determination that the particular location of the touch in the pressure input does not meet the predetermined location criteria, cease to display the additional user interface element superimposed on the user interface while refraining from performing the relevant user interface -face element associated action.
[116]
A method according to claim 115, comprising: in response to detecting that the intensity of the contact in the pressure input is below the second intensity threshold value, and in accordance with a determination that the pressure input does not meet predefined time-dot selection criteria: maintaining display of the additional user interface element submitted on the user interface.
[117]
The method of claim 116, comprising: while maintaining display of the additional user interface element submitted to the user interface: detecting launch of the touch in the print input at a location corresponding to a center of the additional user interface element on the screen; and, in response to detecting the launch of the touch in the pressure input at the location corresponding to the center of the additional user interface element on the display, cease to display the additional user interface element.
[118]
The method of claim 116, comprising: while maintaining display of the additional user interface element submitted to the user interface: detecting a selection entry that selects a particular instance from one or more selectable options of the additional user interface element; and, in response to detecting the selection entry, initiating execution of an operation corresponding to the particular instance selected from the one or more selectable options of the additional user interface element.
[119]
The method of claim 118, wherein the pressure input is a first user input, and wherein the selection input is a second user input, distinct from the first user input.
[120]
A method according to any of claims 118 to 119, wherein detecting the selection input comprises detecting a swipe gesture in a direction on the touch sensitive surface corresponding to a direction on the display corresponding to the particular copy from the one or more selectable options of the additional user interface element.
[121]
A method according to any of claims 118 to 119, wherein detecting the selection entry comprises detecting launch of a particular touch at a location corresponding to the particular copy from the one or more selectable options of the additional user interface element on the screen.
[122]
A method according to any of claims 115 to 121, comprising: displaying the additional user interface after detecting the pressure input by the touch and prior to detecting that the intensity of touch is above the first intensity threshold value element at a reduced size.
[123]
A method according to any of claims 115 to 122, wherein the predefined time selection criteria are met in accordance with a determination that a time interval in which the contact in the pressure input remains above the first intensity threshold is longer than a predetermined period of time.
[124]
A method as claimed in any one of claims 115 to 122, wherein the predefined time selection criteria are met in accordance with a determination that a time interval between the attainment of the first intensity threshold by the touch and the falling of the contact under the second intensity threshold is longer than a predetermined period of time.
[125]
A method according to any of claims 115 to 122, wherein the predefined time selection criteria are met in accordance with a determination that a time interval between original landing by the touch in the pressure input and reaching the first intensity threshold value by the touch is longer than is a predetermined period of time.
[126]
A method according to any of claims 115 to 122, wherein the predefined time selection criteria are met in accordance with a determination that a time interval between original landing by the touch in the pressure input and the first intensity threshold value is no longer exceeded by the touch than a predetermined period of time.
[127]
A method according to any of claims 115 to 122, wherein the predefined time selection criteria are met in accordance with a determination that a time interval between no longer exceeding the first intensity threshold value by the touch and falling below the second intensity threshold value of the intensity of the touch is longer than a predetermined period of time.
[128]
A method according to any of claims 115 to 122, wherein the predefined time selection criteria are met in accordance with a determination that a time interval between original landing and the contact falling below the second intensity threshold is longer than a predetermined period of time.
[129]
A method according to any of claims 115 to 122, wherein the predefined time selection criteria are met in accordance with a finding that an increase in the intensity of the contact in the pressure input is below a predetermined threshold value.
[130]
The method of any one of claims 115 to 129, wherein the additional user interface element is a radial menu with two or more distinct portions that is located on the display at a location corresponding to a location of the touch in the pressure input on the touch sensitive surface.
[131]
The method of claim 130, wherein the radial menu comprises two heights, each comprising a distinct, single region that forms half of the radial menu.
[132]
The method of claim 130, wherein the radial menu comprises four quadrants, each comprising a distinct, single region that forms a quarter of the radial menu.
[133]
133. An electronic device comprising: a display; a touch sensitive surface; one or more sensors for detecting touch intensities on the touch sensitive surface; one or more processing units; memory; and one or more programs, wherein the one or more programs are stored in memory and are arranged to be executed by the one or more processing units, the one or more programs comprising instructions for displaying on the screen a user interface which comprises one or more user interface elements; detecting a pressure input by a touch on the touch sensitive surface at a location corresponding to a respective user interface element of the one or more user interface elements; in response to detecting the pressure input, in accordance with a determination that the contact in the pressure input has an intensity above a first intensity threshold value, exhibiting an additional user interface element superimposed on the user interface with one or more selectable options that correspond to the relevant interface element; and, while displaying the user interface element superimposed on the user interface: detecting that the intensity of the touch in the pressure input is below a second intensity threshold value; and, in response to detecting that the intensity of the touch in the pressure input is below the second intensity threshold value, and in accordance with a determination that the pressure input meets predefined time selection criteria: in accordance with a determination that a particular location of the touch in the pressure input pressure input meets predetermined location criteria: initiating execution of an operation associated with the relevant user interface element; and stop displaying the additional user interface element superimposed on the user interface; and, in accordance with a determination that the particular location of the touch in the pressure input does not meet the predetermined location criteria, cease to display the additional user interface element that has been submitted to the user interface while refraining from performing the associated user interface element.
[134]
134. Computer-readable storage medium on which one or more programs are stored, the one or more programs comprising instructions which, when executed by an electronic device with a display, a touch-sensitive surface and one or more sensors for detecting intensities touches on the touch sensitive surface cause the device: to display on the screen a user interface comprising one or more user interface elements; detects a pressure input by a touch on the touch sensitive surface at a location corresponding to a respective user interface element of the one or more user interface elements; in response to detecting the pressure input, in accordance with a determination that the contact in the pressure input has an intensity above a first intensity threshold value, exhibits an additional user interface element that is superimposed on the user interface with one or more selectable matching options with the relevant interface element; and, while displaying the user interface element superimposed on the user interface: detects that the intensity of the touch in the pressure input is below a second intensity threshold; and, in response to detecting that the intensity of the touch in the pressure input is below the second intensity threshold value, and in accordance with a determination that the pressure input meets predefined time selection criteria: in accordance with a determination that a particular location of the touch in the pressure input pressure input meets predetermined location criteria: initiates execution of an operation associated with the relevant user interface element; and ceases to display the additional user interface element superimposed on the user interface; and, in accordance with a determination that the particular location of the touch in the pressure input does not meet the predetermined location criteria, ceases to display the additional user interface element that has been submitted to the user interface while refraining from performing the associated user interface element.
[135]
135. An electronic device comprising: a display; a touch sensitive surface; one or more sensors for detecting touch intensities on the touch sensitive surface; means for displaying on the screen a user interface comprising one or more user interface elements; means for detecting a pressure input through a touch on the touch sensitive surface at a location corresponding to a respective user interface element of the one or more user interface elements; means responsive to detecting the pressure input, in accordance with a determination that the contact in the pressure input has an intensity above a first intensity threshold value, for displaying an additional user interface element superimposed on the user interface with one or more selectable options that match the relevant interface element; and, while displaying the additional user interface element superimposed on the user interface: means for detecting that the intensity of the touch in the pressure input is below a second intensity threshold value, for: in accordance with a determination that a particular location of the touch in the pressure input meets predetermined location criteria: initiating execution of an operation associated with the relevant user interface element; and stop displaying the additional user interface element superimposed on the user interface; and in accordance with a determination that the particular location of the touch in the pressure input does not meet predetermined location criteria, ceasing to display the additional user interface element that has been submitted to the user interface while refraining from performing the relevant user interface with element associated act.
[136]
136. An information processing apparatus for use in an electronic device with a display, a touch-sensitive surface and one or more sensors for detecting touch intensities on the touch-sensitive interface, comprising: means for displaying on the display a user interface that has one or more user interfaces includes elements; means for detecting pressure input by a touch on the touch sensitive surface at a location corresponding to a respective user interface element of the one or more user interface elements; means responsive to detecting the pressure input, in accordance with a determination that the contact in the pressure input has an intensity above a first intensity threshold value, for displaying an additional user interface element with one or more selectable options that is applied to the user interface correspond to the relevant user interface element; and, while displaying the additional user interface element superimposed on the user interface: means for detecting that the intensity of the touch in the pressure input is below a second intensity threshold value; and in accordance with a determination that the pressure input satisfies predefined time selection criteria, means responsive to detecting that the intensity of the contact in the pressure input is below the second intensity threshold value, for: in accordance with a determination that a particular location of the touch in the pressure input meets predetermined location criteria: initiating execution of an operation associated with the relevant user interface element; and stop displaying the additional user interface element superimposed on the user interface; and, in accordance with a determination that the particular location of the touch in the pressure input does not meet the predetermined location criteria, cease to display the additional user interface element that has been submitted to the user interface while refraining from performing the associated user interface element.
[137]
137. An electronic device comprising: a display; a touch sensitive surface; one or more sensors for detecting touch intensities on the touch sensitive surface; one or more processing units; memory; and one or more programs, wherein the one or more programs are stored in memory and are arranged to be executed by the one or more processing units, the one or more programs comprising instructions for executing or controlling the execution of one of the methods according to claims 115 to 132.
[138]
138. Computer-readable storage medium on which one or more programs are stored, the one or more programs comprising instructions which, when executed by an electronic device having a display, a touch-sensitive surface and one or more sensors for detecting intensities of touches on the touch sensitive surface cause the device to perform or control the implementation of one of the methods according to claims 115 to 132.
[139]
139. Graphical user interface on an electronic device with a display, a touch-sensitive surface, one or more sensors for detecting touch intensities on the touch-sensitive surface, a memory, and one or more processing units for performing one or more in the memory stored programs, the user interface comprising user interfaces that are displayed in accordance with one of the methods according to claims 115 to 132.
[140]
140. An electronic device comprising: a display; a touch sensitive surface; one or more sensors for detecting touch intensities on the touch sensitive surface; and means for performing or controlling execution of any of the methods according to claims 115 to 132.
[141]
141. An information processing apparatus for use in an electronic device with a display, a touch-sensitive surface and one or more sensors for detecting touch intensities on the touch-sensitive surface, comprising: means for performing or controlling the implementation of any of the methods of claims 115 to 132.
[142]
An electronic device comprising: a display unit adapted to display information; a touch sensitive surface unit adapted to receive touches; one or more sensor units adapted to detect intensities of touches on the touch-sensitive surface unit; and, processing unit coupled to the display unit, the touch-sensitive surface unit, and the one or more sensor units, the processing unit being adapted to: activate display of, on the display unit, a user interface comprising one or more user interface elements; detecting a pressure input by a touch on the touch sensitive surface unit at a location corresponding to a respective user interface element of the one or more user interface elements; in response to detecting the pressure input, in accordance with a determination that the contact in the pressure input has an intensity above a first intensity threshold value, display activating an additional user interface element that has been superimposed on the user interface with one or more selectable options that correspond to the relevant interface element; and, during activation of display of the user interface element superimposed on the user interface: detecting that the intensity of the touch in the pressure input is below a second intensity threshold value; and, in response to detecting that the intensity of the contact in the pressure input is below the second intensity threshold value, and in accordance with a determination that the pressure input meets predetermined time selection criteria: in accordance with a particular location of the contact in the pressure input to predetermined location criteria: initiating execution of an operation associated with the relevant user interface element; and, in accordance with a determination that the respective location of the touch in the pressure input does not meet the predetermined location criteria, cease to display the additional user interface element submitted to the user interface while refraining from performing the relevant user interface with the relevant user interface element associated act.
[143]
An electronic device according to claim 142, wherein the processing unit is adapted to: in response to detecting that the intensity of the contact in the pressure input is below the second intensity threshold value, and in accordance with a determination that the pressure input does not meet the pre-defined certain time-dot selection criteria: maintaining display of the additional user interface element submitted to the user interface.
[144]
An electronic device according to claim 143, wherein the processing unit is adapted to: during maintenance of display of the additional user interface element transferred to the user interface: detect of launch of the touch in the pressure input at a location corresponding with a center of the additional user interface element on the display; and, in response to detecting launch of the touch in the pressure input at the location corresponding to the center of the additional user interface element on the display, cease to display the additional user interface element.
[145]
An electronic device according to claim 143, wherein the processing unit is adapted to: during maintenance of display of the additional user interface element submitted to the user interface: detect a selection input that selects a particular copy of the one or more more selectable options of the additional user interface element; and, in response to detecting the selection input, initiating execution of an operation corresponding to the selected particular instance of the one or more selectable options of the additional user interface element.
[146]
An electronic device according to claim 145, wherein the pressure input is a first user input, and wherein the selection input is a second user input, distinct from the first user input.
[147]
An electronic device according to any of claims 145 to 146, wherein detecting the selection input comprises detecting a swipe gesture in a direction on the touch-sensitive surface corresponding to a direction on the display corresponding to the relevant copy of the one or more selectable options of the additional user interface element.
[148]
An electronic device according to any one of claims 145 to 146, wherein detecting the selection input comprises detecting launch of a particular touch at a location corresponding to the particular copy of the one or more selectable options of the additional user interface element on the screen.
[149]
An electronic device according to any of claims 142 to 148, wherein the processing unit is adapted to: after detecting the pressure input by the contact and prior to detecting that the intensity of the contact is above the first intensity threshold value, the extra user interface element at a reduced size.
[150]
An electronic device according to any of claims 115 to 149, wherein the predetermined time selection criteria are met in accordance with a determination that a time interval in which the contact in the pressure input remains above the first intensity threshold value is longer than a predetermined period of time is.
[151]
An electronic device as claimed in any one of claims 115 to 149, wherein the predetermined time selection criteria are met in accordance with a determination that a time interval between reaching the first intensity threshold value by the touch and falling below the second intensity threshold value of the intensity of the touch is longer than a predetermined period of time.
[152]
An electronic device according to any of claims 115 to 149, wherein the predetermined time selection criteria are met in accordance with a determination that the attainment of initial landing by the contact in the pressure input and the attainment of the first intensity threshold by the touch is longer than a predetermined period of time.
[153]
An electronic device according to any of claims 115 to 149, wherein the predetermined time selection criteria are met in accordance with a determination that a time interval between initial landing by the touch in the pressure input and being no longer exceeded by the touch of the first intensity threshold is longer than a predetermined period of time.
[154]
An electronic device according to any of claims 115 to 149, wherein the predetermined time-selection criteria are met in accordance with a determination that a time interval between being no longer exceeded by the touch of the first intensity threshold value and that below the second intensity threshold value falling from the intensity of the touch exceeds a predetermined period of time.
[155]
An electronic device according to any of claims 115 to 149, wherein the predetermined time selection criteria are met in accordance with a determination that a time interval between initial landing and the intensity of the touch falling below the second intensity threshold value is longer than a predetermined period of time.
[156]
An electronic device according to any of claims 115 to 149, wherein the predetermined time selection criteria are met in accordance with a determination that a degree of increase in the intensity of the contact in the pressure input is below a predetermined threshold value .
[157]
An electronic device according to any of claims 115 to 156, wherein the additional user interface element is a radial menu with two or more distinct portions that is located on the display at a location corresponding to a location of the touch in the pressure input on the touch sensitive surface.
[158]
An electronic device according to claim 157, wherein the radial menu comprises two halves, each comprising a distinct, single region that forms half of the radial menu.
[159]
An electronic device according to claim 157, wherein the radial menu comprises four quadrants, each comprising a distinct, single region that forms a quarter of the radial menu.
[160]
160. A method comprising: on an electronic device having a display and a touch-sensitive surface, the electronic device comprising one or more tactile output generators for providing tactile execution: displaying on the display a card associated with a first orientation ; receiving a touch input on the touch sensitive surface; in response to receiving the touch input on the touch sensitive surface, rotating the card on the display in accordance with the touch input; and, while rotating the map on the display in accordance with the touch input: in response to determining that a displayed orientation of the rotated map corresponds to a first orientation on the map, generating a first tactile output.
[161]
A method according to claim 160, comprising: while rotating the map on the display in accordance with the touch input: in response to determining that the displayed orientation of the rotated map does not correspond to the first orientation of the map, refraining from producing of the first tactile output.
[162]
The method of claim 160, wherein: the map is also associated with a second orientation that is distinct from the first orientation; and the map, while rotating the map on the display in accordance with the touch input, comprises: in response to determining that the displayed orientation of the rotated map corresponds to the second orientation of the map, generating a second tactile output.
[163]
The method of claim 162, comprising: according to a determination that the displayed map corresponds to a first city, selecting an orientation associated with the first city as the second orientation; and, in accordance with a determination that the displayed map corresponds to a second city distinct from the first city, selecting an orientation associated with the second city as the second orientation.
[164]
A method according to any of claims 162 to 163, comprising: while rotating the map on the display in accordance with the touch input: in response to determining that the displayed orientation of the rotated map does not correspond to one of the first orientation or the second orientation, refraining from producing a tactile output.
[165]
The method of any one of claims 162 to 164, wherein the second orientation is transit north.
[166]
A method according to any of claims 160 to 165, wherein the first orientation is the true north.
[167]
A method according to any of claims 160 to 166, wherein the touch input is a multi-finger rotation gesture.
[168]
A method according to any of claims 160 to 167, wherein a compass indicating the first orientation of the map is displayed simultaneously with the map.
[169]
169. An electronic device comprising: a display; a touch sensitive surface; one or more tactile output generators for providing tactile outputs; one or more processing units; memory; and one or more programs, wherein the one or more programs are stored in memory and are arranged to be executed by the one or more processing units, the one or more programs comprising instructions for: displaying on the screen a card which is associated with a first orientation; receiving a touch input on the touch sensitive surface; in response to receiving the touch input on the touch sensitive surface, rotating the card on the display in accordance with the touch input; and, while rotating the map on the display in accordance with the touch input: in response to determining that a displayed orientation of the rotated map corresponds to the first orientation of the map, generating a first tactile output.
[170]
170. A computer-readable storage medium on which one or more programs are stored, the one or more programs including instructions that, when executed by an electronic device having a display, a touch sensitive surface and one or more tactile output generators for providing of tactile outputs, causing the device: to display on the display a map associated with a first orientation; receives a touch input on the touch sensitive surface; in response to receiving the touch input on the touch sensitive surface, the map on the display rotates in accordance with the touch input; and, while rotating the map on the display in accordance with the touch input: in response to determining that a displayed orientation of the rotated map corresponds to a first orientation of the map, produces a first tactile output.
[171]
171. An electronic device comprising: a display; a touch sensitive surface; one or more tactile output generators for providing tactile outputs; means for displaying on the screen a map associated with a first orientation; means for receiving a touch input on the touch sensitive surface; means, in response to receiving the touch input on the touch sensitive surface activated, for rotating the map on the display in accordance with the touch input; and, means while rotating the map on the display in accordance with the touch input activated, comprising: means in response to determining that a displayed orientation of the rotated map corresponds to the first orientation of the map activated, to bring up a first tactile output.
[172]
172. An information processing apparatus for use in an electronic device having a display, a touch sensitive surface, and one or more tactile output generators for providing tactile outputs, comprising: means for displaying on the display a map associated with a first orientation; means for receiving a touch input on the touch sensitive surface; means in response to receiving a touch input on the touch sensitive surface activated, for rotating the map on the display in accordance with the touch input; and, means while rotating the map on the display in accordance with the touch input activated, comprising: means, in response to determining that a displayed orientation of the rotated map corresponds to the first orientation of the map activated, for producing a first tactile output.
[173]
173. An electronic device comprising: a display; a touch sensitive surface; one or more tactile output generators for providing tactile outputs; one or more processing units; memory; and one or more programs, wherein the one or more programs are stored in memory and are arranged to be executed by the one or more processing units, the one or more programs comprising instructions for executing or controlling the execution of one of the methods according to claims 160 to 168.
[174]
174. A computer-readable storage medium on which one or more programs are stored, the one or more programs comprising instructions which, when executed by an electronic device having a display, a touch-sensitive surface and one or more tactile output generators for providing tactile execution cause the device to perform or control the execution of one of the methods according to claims 160 to 168.
[175]
175. Graphic user interface of an electronic device with a display, a touch-sensitive surface, one or more tactile output generators for providing tactile outputs, a memory, and one or more processing units for executing one or more programs stored in the memory, wherein the graphical user interface comprises user interfaces that are displayed in accordance with one of the methods according to claims 160 to 168.
[176]
176. An electronic device comprising: a display; a touch sensitive surface; one or more tactile output generators for presenting tactile outputs; and means for performing one of the methods according to claims 160 to 168.
[177]
177. An information processing apparatus for use in an electronic device with a display, a touch-sensitive surface and one or more tactile output generators for providing tactile outputs, comprising: means for performing one of the methods according to claims 160 to 168.
[178]
178. Method comprising: on an electronic device with a display and a touch-sensitive surface, the electronic device comprising one or more sensors for detecting the intensity of touches with the touch-sensitive surface: displaying on the screen a user interface that has one or more includes more user interface elements; detecting user input on the touch-sensitive surface comprising detecting a touch on the touch-sensitive surface at a location corresponding to a respective user interface element of the one or more user interface elements; and, in response to the user input detection: in accordance with a determination that the user input meets menu display criteria, the menu display criteria including a criterion met when the touch has an intensity above a first intensity threshold value, displaying a first on the user interface consulted menu with a plurality of selectable options corresponding to the relevant user interface element; and, in accordance with a determination that the user input meets handling criteria, whereby it is possible to meet the handling criteria when the intensity of the touch is below the first intensity threshold value, initiating execution of an operation associated with the relevant user interface. interface element without displaying the first menu.
[179]
The method of claim 178, comprising: detecting movement of the touch across the touch-sensitive surface to a respective hit area corresponding to a particular option from the plurality of selectable options while displaying the first menu presented on the user interface; and after detecting movement of the touch to the affected target area, detecting launch of the touch; and in response to detecting launch of the touch: in accordance with a determination that the relevant hit area corresponds to a first selectable option, performing a first operation corresponding to the first selectable option, the first operation being an action that is associated with the relevant user interface element; and in accordance with a determination that the affected area corresponds to a second selectable option, performing a second operation associated with the second selectable option, wherein the second operation is an operation related to the relevant user interface element.
[180]
The method of claim 178, comprising: prior to displaying the first menu, detecting an increase in touch intensity from an intensity below the first intensity threshold to the first intensity threshold; and in response to detecting the increase in intensity of touch, gradually displaying the first menu, wherein gradually displaying the first menu comprises increasing a size of the first menu as the intensity of the touch increases.
[181]
The method of claim 180, wherein gradually displaying the first menu and displaying the first menu around the relevant user interface element.
[182]
182. The method of claim 178, wherein a touch in the user input corresponds to a cursor displayed on the display, and the method comprises: in response to detecting the user input: in accordance with the determination that the user input corresponds to the second input type, stop displaying the cursor on the screen.
[183]
The method of claim 178, wherein the first menu comprises two or more distinct portions and is located on the display at a location corresponding to a location of a touch in the user input on the touch sensitive surface.
[184]
184. The method of claim 178, wherein the first menu comprises two portions, each comprising a distinct, single area that forms one-half of the first menu.
[185]
The method of claim 178, wherein the first menu comprises four quadrants, each comprising a distinct, single area that forms a quarter of the first menu.
[186]
The method of claim 185, wherein the four quadrants within the first menu are oriented in the main directions.
[187]
187. The method of claim 184, wherein the one or more quadrants are empty.
[188]
The method of claim 185, wherein one or more of the quadrants is disabled.
[189]
The method of claim 178, comprising: after displaying the first menu presented on the user interface: detecting launch of a particular touch at a location on the touch-sensitive surface corresponding to a center of the first menu on the display; and, in response to detecting launch of the touch in question, stop displaying the first menu presented on the user interface.
[190]
The method of claim 178, comprising: detecting a selection entry that selects a particular portion of the first menu; and, in response to detecting the selection input, initiating execution of an operation corresponding to the selected particular portion of the first menu.
[191]
The method of claim 190, wherein the user input is continuously detected, and wherein the user input comprises the selection input.
[192]
The method of claim 190, wherein the user input is a first user input, and wherein the selection input is a second user input, distinct from the first user input.
[193]
The method of claim 190, wherein detecting the selection entry comprises detecting a swipe in the direction of the relevant portion of the first menu.
[194]
The method of claim 190, wherein detecting the selection entry comprises detecting launch of a particular touch in the relevant portion of the first menu.
[195]
The method of claim 190, comprising: responsive to detecting the selection entry, changing one or more display properties of the relevant portion of the first menu.
[196]
The method of claim 190, comprising: displaying, in response to detecting the selection input, in accordance with a determination that the selection input meets one or more predefined animation criteria, an animation of the relevant portion of the first menu separated from a remainder of the first menu.
[197]
The method of claim 196, comprising: in response to detecting the selection input, in accordance with a determination that the selection input does not meet one or more predefined animation criteria, initiating execution of an operation that corresponds to the selected relevant part of the first menu without showing an animation of the relevant part of the first menu separated from a remainder of the first menu.
[198]
The method of claim 190, wherein initiating execution of the operation corresponding to the selected particular portion of the first menu comprises: displaying another menu, distinct from the first menu, with one or more options for the operation that corresponds to the selected relevant part of the first menu.
[199]
The method of claim 190, wherein the selected particular portion of the first menu corresponds to a preview option, and wherein initiating execution of the operation corresponding to the preview option comprises: maintaining display of the first menu; and simultaneously displaying a preview area corresponding to the relevant user interface element.
[200]
The method of claim 199, comprising: while displaying the preview area: detecting a successive selection entry that selects an area of the first menu other than the relevant portion of the first menu; and, in response to detecting the subsequent selection input, initiating execution of a second operation corresponding to the selected other portion of the first menu.
[201]
201. An electronic device comprising: a display; a touch sensitive surface; one or more sensors for detecting touch intensities on the touch sensitive surface; one or more processing units; memory; and one or more programs, wherein the one or more programs are stored in memory and are arranged to be executed by the one or more processing units, the one or more programs comprising instructions for displaying on a screen a user interface which comprises one or more user interface elements; detecting a user input on the touch-sensitive surface comprising detecting a touch on the touch-sensitive surface at a location corresponding to a respective user interface element from the one or more user interface elements; and, in response to the user input detection: in accordance with a determination that the user input meets menu display criteria, the menu display criteria including a criterion met when the touch has an intensity above a first intensity threshold value, displaying a first on the user interface consulted menu with a plurality of selectable options corresponding to the relevant user interface element; and, in accordance with a determination that the user input meets handling criteria, whereby it is possible to meet the handling criteria when the intensity of the touch is below the first intensity threshold value, initiating execution of an operation associated with the relevant user interface element without displaying the first menu.
[202]
202. Computer-readable storage medium on which one or more programs are stored which, when executed by an electronic device with a display, cause a touch-sensitive surface and one or more sensors for detecting touch intensities on the touch-sensitive surface that the device: displays on the screen a user interface comprising one or more user interface elements; detects a user input on the touch-sensitive surface comprising detecting a touch on the touch-sensitive surface at a location corresponding to a respective user interface element of the one or more user interface elements; and, in response to the user input detection: in accordance with a determination that the user input meets menu display criteria, the menu display criteria including a criterion met when the touch has an intensity above a first intensity threshold value, a first menu deliberated on the user interface has a plurality of selectable options corresponding to the relevant user interface element; and, in accordance with a determination that the user input meets action criteria, whereby it is possible to meet the action criteria when the intensity of the touch is below the first intensity threshold value, initiates execution of an action associated with the relevant user interface element without showing the first menu.
[203]
203. An electronic device comprising: a display; a touch sensitive surface; one or more sensors for detecting touch intensities with the touch sensitive surface; one or more processing units; memory; and one or more programs, wherein the one or more programs are stored in memory and are arranged to be executed by the one or more processing units, the one or more programs comprising instructions for executing or controlling the execution of one of the methods according to claims 1 to 200.
[204]
204. Computer-readable storage medium on which one or more programs are stored, the one or more programs comprising instructions which, when executed by an electronic device with a display, a touch-sensitive surface and one or more sensors for detecting of touch intensities on the touch sensitive surface cause the device to perform or control the implementation of any of the methods according to claims 1 to 200.

类似技术:

---

公开号 | 公开日 | 专利标题

---

AU2016100253B4|2016-12-01|Devices, methods, and graphical user interfaces for displaying and using menus

---

US10387029B2|2019-08-20|Devices, methods, and graphical user interfaces for displaying and using menus

---

US10884608B2|2021-01-05|Devices, methods, and graphical user interfaces for content navigation and manipulation

---

US10200587B2|2019-02-05|Remote camera user interface

---

AU2017202058B2|2019-02-07|Device, method, and graphical user interface for navigating user interface hierarchies

---

AU2014100581A4|2014-07-17|Device, method, and graphical user interface for providing navigation and search functionalities

---

EP3547316A1|2019-10-02|Device, method, and graphical user interface for navigating media content

---

WO2014149474A1|2014-09-25|Device, method, and graphical user interface for adjusting the appearance of a control

---

CN111090366B|2021-08-31|Method for multitasking, storage medium and electronic device

---

US20210281746A1|2021-09-09|Devices, Methods, and Graphical User Interfaces for Assisted Photo-Taking

---

DK201500581A1|2017-01-16|Devices, Methods, and Graphical User Interfaces for Displaying and Using Menus

---

DK201500575A1|2016-09-26|Devices, Methods, and Graphical User Interfaces for Displaying and Using Menus

同族专利:

---

公开号 | 公开日

---

US20160259517A1|2016-09-08|

---

CN105955591A|2016-09-21|

---

US9645732B2|2017-05-09|

---

US20160259495A1|2016-09-08|

---

EP3268850A2|2018-01-17|

---

CN205608689U|2016-09-28|

---

NL2016375B1|2017-11-16|

---

CN105955591B|2021-01-22|

---

US10387029B2|2019-08-20|

---

WO2016144696A3|2016-11-24|

---

WO2016144696A2|2016-09-15|

引用文献:

---

公开号 | 申请日 | 公开日 | 申请人 | 专利标题

---

US20100271312A1|2009-04-22|2010-10-28|Rachid Alameh|Menu Configuration System and Method for Display on an Electronic Device|

---

US20150067513A1|2012-05-09|2015-03-05|Apple Inc.|Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Facilitating User Interaction with Controls in a User Interface|

---

US20150062052A1|2012-05-09|2015-03-05|Apple Inc.|Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Transitioning Between Display States in Response to a Gesture|

---

JPS58182746A|1982-04-20|1983-10-25|Fujitsu Ltd|Touch type input device|

---

JPH0550030B2|1983-09-30|1993-07-27|Ryozo Setoguchi|

---

US4903201A|1983-11-03|1990-02-20|World Energy Exchange Corporation|Automated futures trading exchange|

---

US5270922A|1984-06-29|1993-12-14|Merrill Lynch & Company, Inc.|System for distributing, processing and displaying financial information|

---

US4674044A|1985-01-30|1987-06-16|Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith, Inc.|Automated securities trading system|

---

US4750135A|1986-05-01|1988-06-07|Reuters Limited|Method for dynamically creating a receiver definable local trading instrument displayable record from a remotely transmitted trading instrument common data stream|

---

US5038284A|1988-02-17|1991-08-06|Kramer Robert M|Method and apparatus relating to conducting trading transactions with portable trading stations|

---

WO1989011694A1|1988-05-27|1989-11-30|Wang Laboratories, Inc.|Document folder icon for display in a data processing system|

---

AU5281590A|1989-03-14|1990-10-09|Chicago Board Of Trade|Simulated pit trading system|

---

EP0388162A3|1989-03-14|1993-03-03|Chicago Board Of Trade|Apparatus for market trading|

---

WO1990011571A1|1989-03-28|1990-10-04|Chicago Board Of Trade|Simulated live market trading system|

---

US5077665A|1989-05-25|1991-12-31|Reuters Limited|Distributed matching system|

---

US5136501A|1989-05-26|1992-08-04|Reuters Limited|Anonymous matching system|

---

US5101353A|1989-05-31|1992-03-31|Lattice Investments, Inc.|Automated system for providing liquidity to securities markets|

---

US5297031A|1990-03-06|1994-03-22|Chicago Board Of Trade|Method and apparatus for order management by market brokers|

---

GB9027249D0|1990-12-17|1991-02-06|Reuters Ltd|Offer matching system|

---

US5297032A|1991-02-01|1994-03-22|Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated|Securities trading workstation|

---

US5184120A|1991-04-04|1993-02-02|Motorola, Inc.|Menu selection using adaptive force sensing resistor|

---

US8674932B2|1996-07-05|2014-03-18|Anascape, Ltd.|Image controller|

---

US5717725A|1992-03-12|1998-02-10|Ntp Incorporated|System for wireless transmission and receiving of information through a computer bus interface and method of operation|

---

US5544262A|1992-04-07|1996-08-06|Apple Computer, Inc.|Method and apparatus for processing graphically input equations|

---

DE69324067T2|1992-06-08|1999-07-15|Synaptics Inc|Object position detector|

---

JPH0651738A|1992-07-27|1994-02-25|Canon Inc|Information display device of computer system|

---

US8482535B2|1999-11-08|2013-07-09|Apple Inc.|Programmable tactile touch screen displays and man-machine interfaces for improved vehicle instrumentation and telematics|

---

JP2994888B2|1992-11-25|1999-12-27|シャープ株式会社|Input processing device and input processing method|

---

US5428730A|1992-12-15|1995-06-27|International Business Machines Corporation|Multimedia system having software mechanism providing standardized interfaces and controls for the operation of multimedia devices|

---

US5455965A|1993-02-26|1995-10-03|Motorola, Inc.|Method for determining and utilizing simulcast transmit times|

---

US5555354A|1993-03-23|1996-09-10|Silicon Graphics Inc.|Method and apparatus for navigation within three-dimensional information landscape|

---

JPH0798769A|1993-06-18|1995-04-11|Hitachi Ltd|Information processor and its screen editing method|

---

US5463722A|1993-07-23|1995-10-31|Apple Computer, Inc.|Automatic alignment of objects in two-dimensional and three-dimensional display space using an alignment field gradient|

---

BE1007462A3|1993-08-26|1995-07-04|Philips Electronics Nv|Data processing device with touch sensor and power.|

---

JPH07151512A|1993-10-05|1995-06-16|Mitsutoyo Corp|Operating device of three dimensional measuring machine|

---

EP0712513B1|1993-10-29|1997-06-04|Taligent, Inc.|Graphic editor framework system|

---

DE69426919T2|1993-12-30|2001-06-28|Xerox Corp|Apparatus and method for performing many chaining command gestures in a gesture user interface system|

---

CA2119921C|1994-03-23|2009-09-29|Sydney H. Belzberg|Computerized stock exchange trading system|

---

WO1995027945A1|1994-04-06|1995-10-19|Morgan Stanley Group Inc.|Data processing system and method for financial debt instruments|

---

GB9416673D0|1994-08-17|1994-10-12|Reuters Ltd|Data exchange filtering system|

---

US5559301A|1994-09-15|1996-09-24|Korg, Inc.|Touchscreen interface having pop-up variable adjustment displays for controllers and audio processing systems|

---

US5797002A|1994-09-20|1998-08-18|Papyrus Technology Corp.|Two-way wireless system for financial industry transactions|

---

US5774877A|1994-09-20|1998-06-30|Papyrus Technology Corp.|Two-way wireless system for financial industry transactions|

---

WO1996009579A1|1994-09-22|1996-03-28|Izak Van Cruyningen|Popup menus with directional gestures|

---

US5689651A|1994-10-13|1997-11-18|Lozman; Fane|System for processing and displaying financial information|

---

AU4158496A|1994-11-14|1996-06-06|Catapult Entertainment, Inc.|Method and apparatus for synchronizing the execution of multiple video game systems in a networked environment|

---

US5805144A|1994-12-14|1998-09-08|Dell Usa, L.P.|Mouse pointing device having integrated touchpad|

---

JPH08227341A|1995-02-22|1996-09-03|Mitsubishi Electric Corp|User interface|

---

US5657246A|1995-03-07|1997-08-12|Vtel Corporation|Method and apparatus for a video conference user interface|

---

IL117424A|1995-04-27|1999-09-22|Optimark Tech Inc|Crossing network utilizing satisfaction density profile|

---

US6072488A|1995-05-05|2000-06-06|Apple Computer, Inc.|Systems and methods for replacing open windows in a graphical user interface|

---

US5793360A|1995-05-05|1998-08-11|Wacom Co., Ltd.|Digitizer eraser system and method|

---

US5717438A|1995-08-25|1998-02-10|International Business Machines Corporation|Multimedia document using time box diagrams|

---

RU2190877C2|1995-08-28|2002-10-10|И-Би-Эс Дилинг Ресорсиз, Инк.|System for anonymous trading having improved features for entering quotations|

---

US5844560A|1995-09-29|1998-12-01|Intel Corporation|Graphical user interface control element|

---

JP3417741B2|1995-10-06|2003-06-16|富士通株式会社|Transaction control system|

---

US5910882A|1995-11-14|1999-06-08|Garmin Corporation|Portable electronic device for use in combination portable and fixed mount applications|

---

US5793377A|1995-11-22|1998-08-11|Autodesk, Inc.|Method and apparatus for polar coordinate snap in a computer implemented drawing tool|

---

US5801692A|1995-11-30|1998-09-01|Microsoft Corporation|Audio-visual user interface controls|

---

US5719796A|1995-12-04|1998-02-17|Advanced Micro Devices, Inc.|System for monitoring and analyzing manufacturing processes using statistical simulation with single step feedback|

---

US5845266A|1995-12-12|1998-12-01|Optimark Technologies, Inc.|Crossing network utilizing satisfaction density profile with price discovery features|

---

US5825352A|1996-01-04|1998-10-20|Logitech, Inc.|Multiple fingers contact sensing method for emulating mouse buttons and mouse operations on a touch sensor pad|

---

US5695400A|1996-01-30|1997-12-09|Boxer Jam Productions|Method of managing multi-player game playing over a network|

---

US5946647A|1996-02-01|1999-08-31|Apple Computer, Inc.|System and method for performing an action on a structure in computer-generated data|

---

US5820463A|1996-02-06|1998-10-13|Bell Atlantic Network Services, Inc.|Method and apparatus for multi-player gaming over a network|

---

JPH09269883A|1996-03-29|1997-10-14|Seiko Epson Corp|Information processor and method therefor|

---

US5880733A|1996-04-30|1999-03-09|Microsoft Corporation|Display system and method for displaying windows of an operating system to provide a three-dimensional workspace for a computer system|

---

US5924083A|1996-05-29|1999-07-13|Geneva Branch Of Reuters Transaction Services Limited|Distributed matching system for displaying a book of credit filtered bids and offers|

---

US5819293A|1996-06-06|1998-10-06|Microsoft Corporation|Automatic Spreadsheet forms|

---

JP4484255B2|1996-06-11|2010-06-16|株式会社日立製作所|Information processing apparatus having touch panel and information processing method|

---

US6014643A|1996-06-28|2000-01-11|Minton; Vernon F.|Interactive securities trading system|

---

US6208329B1|1996-08-13|2001-03-27|Lsi Logic Corporation|Supplemental mouse button emulation system, method and apparatus for a coordinate based data input device|

---

US6247000B1|1996-08-21|2001-06-12|Crossmar, Inc.|Method and system for confirmation and settlement for financial transactions matching|

---

CA2264167A1|1996-08-28|1998-03-05|Via, Inc.|Touch screen systems and methods|

---

US6195647B1|1996-09-26|2001-02-27|The Nasdaq Stock Market, Inc.|On-line transaction processing system for security trading|

---

US5963923A|1996-11-12|1999-10-05|Garber; Howard B.|System and method for trading having a principal market maker|

---

EP0859307A1|1997-02-18|1998-08-19|International Business Machines Corporation|Control mechanism for graphical user interface|

---

US6031989A|1997-02-27|2000-02-29|Microsoft Corporation|Method of formatting and displaying nested documents|

---

US6954899B1|1997-04-14|2005-10-11|Novint Technologies, Inc.|Human-computer interface including haptically controlled interactions|

---

US6073036A|1997-04-28|2000-06-06|Nokia Mobile Phones Limited|Mobile station with touch input having automatic symbol magnification function|

---

GB2339941B|1997-04-30|2001-10-31|Roderick Malcolm Gordon Lawrie|Network computer trading system|

---

US6266684B1|1997-08-06|2001-07-24|Adobe Systems Incorporated|Creating and saving multi-frame web pages|

---

US6411998B1|1997-09-08|2002-06-25|International Business Machines Corporation|World wide web internet delay monitor|

---

US6002397A|1997-09-30|1999-12-14|International Business Machines Corporation|Window hatches in graphical user interface|

---

US6532000B2|1997-10-01|2003-03-11|Brad A. Armstrong|Analog controls housed with electronic displays for global positioning systems|

---

US6347997B1|1997-10-01|2002-02-19|Brad A. Armstrong|Analog controls housed with electronic displays|

---

US6456778B2|1997-10-01|2002-09-24|Brad A. Armstrong|Analog controls housed with electronic displays for video recorders and cameras|

---

US20020138390A1|1997-10-14|2002-09-26|R. Raymond May|Systems, methods and computer program products for subject-based addressing in an electronic trading system|

---

US6131087A|1997-11-05|2000-10-10|The Planning Solutions Group, Inc.|Method for automatically identifying, matching, and near-matching buyers and sellers in electronic market transactions|

---

US6448977B1|1997-11-14|2002-09-10|Immersion Corporation|Textures and other spatial sensations for a relative haptic interface device|

---

CN1284187A|1997-12-08|2001-02-14|新日本制铁株式会社|Commodity exchanging appts its exchanging system and exchanging method and storage medium|

---

US6035287A|1997-12-17|2000-03-07|Omega Consulting, Inc.|Method and apparatus for bundled asset trading|

---

US6088027A|1998-01-08|2000-07-11|Macromedia, Inc.|Method and apparatus for screen object manipulation|

---

JPH11203044A|1998-01-16|1999-07-30|Sony Corp|Information processing system|

---

KR100595920B1|1998-01-26|2006-07-05|웨인 웨스터만|Method and apparatus for integrating manual input|

---

US9292111B2|1998-01-26|2016-03-22|Apple Inc.|Gesturing with a multipoint sensing device|

---

US6219034B1|1998-02-23|2001-04-17|Kristofer E. Elbing|Tactile computer interface|

---

US6211880B1|1998-04-13|2001-04-03|Albert Joseph Impink, Jr.|Display apparatus|

---

US6180894B1|1998-05-07|2001-01-30|Aiptek International Inc.|Dual mode digitizer tablet system|

---

US6208340B1|1998-05-26|2001-03-27|International Business Machines Corporation|Graphical user interface including a drop-down widget that permits a plurality of choices to be selected in response to a single selection of the drop-down widget|

---

JPH11355617A|1998-06-05|1999-12-24|Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd|Camera with image display device|

---

US6429846B2|1998-06-23|2002-08-06|Immersion Corporation|Haptic feedback for touchpads and other touch controls|

---

US6088019A|1998-06-23|2000-07-11|Immersion Corporation|Low cost force feedback device with actuator for non-primary axis|

---

US6822635B2|2000-01-19|2004-11-23|Immersion Corporation|Haptic interface for laptop computers and other portable devices|

---

US6563487B2|1998-06-23|2003-05-13|Immersion Corporation|Haptic feedback for directional control pads|

---

US6229542B1|1998-07-10|2001-05-08|Intel Corporation|Method and apparatus for managing windows in three dimensions in a two dimensional windowing system|

---

US6243080B1|1998-07-14|2001-06-05|Ericsson Inc.|Touch-sensitive panel with selector|

---

WO2000011587A1|1998-08-21|2000-03-02|Marketxt, Inc.|A real-time computerized stock trading system|

---

US6326956B1|1998-08-24|2001-12-04|Intertactile Technologies Corporation|Circuit control devices utilizing electronic display screen light|

---

US6208271B1|1998-09-04|2001-03-27|Brad A. Armstrong|Remote controller with analog button|

---

US6111575A|1998-09-24|2000-08-29|International Business Machines Corporation|Graphical undo/redo manager and method|

---

DE19849460B4|1998-10-28|2009-11-05|Völckers, Oliver|Numeric digital telephone keypad for a telephone device with a display and method for quick text selection from a list using the numeric telephone keypad|

---

US6377940B2|1998-11-05|2002-04-23|International Securities Exchange, Llc|Method and apparatus for setting a price for a security on an automated exchange based on a comparison of prices on other exchanges|

---

US6405180B2|1998-11-05|2002-06-11|International Securities Exchange, Llc|Automated exchange for matching bids between a party and a counterparty based on a relationship between the counterparty and the exchange|

---

JP2000148348A|1998-11-13|2000-05-26|Internatl Business Mach Corp <Ibm>|Method and system capable of easily discriminating application being activated program and completing the same|

---

EP1145541B1|1998-11-24|2012-11-21|Niksun, Inc.|Apparatus and method for collecting and analyzing communications data|

---

US6252594B1|1998-12-11|2001-06-26|International Business Machines Corporation|Method and system for aiding a user in scrolling through a document using animation, voice cues and a dockable scroll bar|

---

US6489975B1|1998-12-14|2002-12-03|International Business Machines Corporation|System and method for improved navigation between open windows in an application program using window tabs|

---

US6396962B1|1999-01-29|2002-05-28|Sony Corporation|System and method for providing zooming video|

---

US6512761B1|1999-02-02|2003-01-28|3Com Corporation|System for adjusting billing for real-time media transmissions based on delay|

---

US6272474B1|1999-02-08|2001-08-07|Crisostomo B. Garcia|Method for monitoring and trading stocks via the internet displaying bid/ask trade bars|

---

US6551357B1|1999-02-12|2003-04-22|International Business Machines Corporation|Method, system, and program for storing and retrieving markings for display to an electronic media file|

---

EP1028583A1|1999-02-12|2000-08-16|Hewlett-Packard Company|Digital camera with sound recording|

---

EP1208412A2|1999-02-26|2002-05-29|Reveo, Inc.|Globally time-synchronized systems, devices and methods|

---

US20020026321A1|1999-02-26|2002-02-28|Sadeg M. Faris|Internet-based system and method for fairly and securely enabling timed-constrained competition using globally time-sychronized client subsystems and information servers having microsecond client-event resolution|

---

AU3247600A|1999-03-01|2000-09-21|Wit Capital Corporation|A system and method for conducting securities transactions over a computer network|

---

US6408282B1|1999-03-01|2002-06-18|Wit Capital Corp.|System and method for conducting securities transactions over a computer network|

---

US7212999B2|1999-04-09|2007-05-01|Trading Technologies International, Inc.|User interface for an electronic trading system|

---

US6278982B1|1999-04-21|2001-08-21|Lava Trading Inc.|Securities trading system for consolidation of trading on multiple ECNS and electronic exchanges|

---

WO2000065510A1|1999-04-22|2000-11-02|Trading Technologies, Inc.|Electronic securities trading system|

---

JP2001034775A|1999-05-17|2001-02-09|Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd|History image display method|

---

US6227743B1|1999-07-01|2001-05-08|Karl A. Robb|Pen cap stylus for use with touch screens|

---

US6904405B2|1999-07-17|2005-06-07|Edwin A. Suominen|Message recognition using shared language model|

---

US6396523B1|1999-07-29|2002-05-28|Interlink Electronics, Inc.|Home entertainment device remote control|

---

US6489978B1|1999-08-06|2002-12-03|International Business Machines Corporation|Extending the opening time of state menu items for conformations of multiple changes|

---

US6459424B1|1999-08-10|2002-10-01|Hewlett-Packard Company|Touch-sensitive input screen having regional sensitivity and resolution properties|

---

AU1250001A|1999-08-30|2001-03-26|Epit Inc.|User interface for semi-fungible trading|

---

US7685048B1|1999-09-01|2010-03-23|Bloomberg L.P.|Electronic trading system for forwards spread trades|

---

US6459442B1|1999-09-10|2002-10-01|Xerox Corporation|System for applying application behaviors to freeform data|

---

US8311926B1|1999-09-23|2012-11-13|The Nasdaq Omx Group, Inc.|Montage for automated market system|

---

US7181424B1|1999-09-23|2007-02-20|The Nasdaq Stock Market, Inc.|Montage for automated market system|

---

US8239303B2|1999-09-23|2012-08-07|The Nasdaq Omx Group, Inc.|Match-off of order flow in electronic market system|

---

US6377636B1|1999-11-02|2002-04-23|Iospan Wirless, Inc.|Method and wireless communications system using coordinated transmission and training for interference mitigation|

---

US20020023038A1|1999-12-03|2002-02-21|Fritsch Daniel Scott|Computerized system and method for conducting an online virtual auction|

---

US20020055899A1|1999-12-06|2002-05-09|Williams Joseph C.|Display system and method for displaying and organizing financial information|

---

US6664991B1|2000-01-06|2003-12-16|Microsoft Corporation|Method and apparatus for providing context menus on a pen-based device|

---

JP2001202192A|2000-01-18|2001-07-27|Sony Corp|Information processor, its method and program storage medium|

---

US6661438B1|2000-01-18|2003-12-09|Seiko Epson Corporation|Display apparatus and portable information processing apparatus|

---

US6512530B1|2000-01-19|2003-01-28|Xerox Corporation|Systems and methods for mimicking an image forming or capture device control panel control element|

---

US7138983B2|2000-01-31|2006-11-21|Canon Kabushiki Kaisha|Method and apparatus for detecting and interpreting path of designated position|

---

JP3845738B2|2000-02-09|2006-11-15|カシオ計算機株式会社|Object moving device and recording medium|

---

CA2400330A1|2000-02-14|2001-08-23|Julian Orbanes|Methods and apparatus for viewing information in virtual space|

---

GB2366630A|2000-02-17|2002-03-13|Gold On Line Trading Ltd|Internet Trading System|

---

US6772132B1|2000-03-02|2004-08-03|Trading Technologies International, Inc.|Click based trading with intuitive grid display of market depth|

---

JP2001265481A|2000-03-21|2001-09-28|Nec Corp|Method and device for displaying page information and storage medium with program for displaying page information stored|

---

JP2001306207A|2000-04-27|2001-11-02|Just Syst Corp|Recording medium with program for supporting drag and drop processing recorded|

---

US20020035534A1|2000-05-04|2002-03-21|Buist Walter D.|Method and apparatus for auctioning securities|

---

US7246092B1|2000-05-12|2007-07-17|The Nasdaq Stock Market, Inc.|Montage for an electronic market|

---

US6831666B1|2000-06-14|2004-12-14|Canon Kabushiki Kaisha|Application selection window in a windows operation system|

---

JP2002041023A|2000-07-06|2002-02-08|Internatl Business Mach Corp <Ibm>|Computer system, display control device, display device, display control method, recording medium and program transmission device|

---

KR20020007860A|2000-07-19|2002-01-29|백승헌|Method of correcting time in internet and trading time management method using thereof|

---

US6583798B1|2000-07-21|2003-06-24|Microsoft Corporation|On-object user interface|

---

JP4501243B2|2000-07-24|2010-07-14|ソニー株式会社|Television receiver and program execution method|

---

US20020015064A1|2000-08-07|2002-02-07|Robotham John S.|Gesture-based user interface to multi-level and multi-modal sets of bit-maps|

---

JP3949912B2|2000-08-08|2007-07-25|株式会社エヌ・ティ・ティ・ドコモ|Portable electronic device, electronic device, vibration generator, notification method by vibration and notification control method|

---

US6906697B2|2000-08-11|2005-06-14|Immersion Corporation|Haptic sensations for tactile feedback interface devices|

---

US8924277B2|2000-08-17|2014-12-30|Nyse Group, Inc.|Method and system for automatic execution of a securities transaction|

---

US7688306B2|2000-10-02|2010-03-30|Apple Inc.|Methods and apparatuses for operating a portable device based on an accelerometer|

---

US6891551B2|2000-11-10|2005-05-10|Microsoft Corporation|Selection handles in editing electronic documents|

---

US6943778B1|2000-11-20|2005-09-13|Nokia Corporation|Touch screen input technique|

---

US6590568B1|2000-11-20|2003-07-08|Nokia Corporation|Touch screen drag and drop input technique|

---

DE10059906A1|2000-12-01|2002-06-06|Bs Biometric Systems Gmbh|Pressure-sensitive surface for use with a screen or a display linked to a computer displays fields sensitive to touch pressure for triggering a computer program function related to the appropriate field.|

---

US20020077117A1|2000-12-15|2002-06-20|Jocelyn Cloutier|Synchronous transmission of data with network remote control|

---

GB2370739A|2000-12-27|2002-07-03|Nokia Corp|Flashlight cursor for set-top boxes|

---

US6677932B1|2001-01-28|2004-01-13|Finger Works, Inc.|System and method for recognizing touch typing under limited tactile feedback conditions|

---

US20050134578A1|2001-07-13|2005-06-23|Universal Electronics Inc.|System and methods for interacting with a control environment|

---

US20050183017A1|2001-01-31|2005-08-18|Microsoft Corporation|Seekbar in taskbar player visualization mode|

---

US20020107748A1|2001-02-05|2002-08-08|International Business Machines Corporation|Method and system for decentralized order matching among individual marketplaces|

---

US6570557B1|2001-02-10|2003-05-27|Finger Works, Inc.|Multi-touch system and method for emulating modifier keys via fingertip chords|

---

US20020120837A1|2001-02-28|2002-08-29|Maxemchuk Nicholas Frank|Distributed internet multicast system for the stock market|

---

JP2002268867A|2001-03-13|2002-09-20|Sony Corp|Display device and method, program recording medium and program|

---

US20020178102A1|2001-03-15|2002-11-28|Larry Scheinberg|Margin release system for an electronic-based market|

---

JP2002286489A|2001-03-28|2002-10-03|Clarion Co Ltd|Car navigation device and method and software for car navigation|

---

TW502180B|2001-03-30|2002-09-11|Ulead Systems Inc|Previewing method of editing multimedia effect|

---

US7012595B2|2001-03-30|2006-03-14|Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V.|Handheld electronic device with touch pad|

---

US20020149630A1|2001-04-16|2002-10-17|Parascript Llc|Providing hand-written and hand-drawn electronic mail service|

---

US7134093B2|2001-04-18|2006-11-07|International Business Machines Corporation|Graphical user interface for direct control of display of data|

---

US20020161693A1|2001-04-30|2002-10-31|Greenwald Jamie A.|Automated over-the-counter derivatives trading system|

---

US8125492B1|2001-05-18|2012-02-28|Autodesk, Inc.|Parameter wiring|

---

TW521205B|2001-06-05|2003-02-21|Compal Electronics Inc|Touch screen capable of controlling amplification with pressure|

---

US20020186257A1|2001-06-08|2002-12-12|Cadiz Jonathan J.|System and process for providing dynamic communication access and information awareness in an interactive peripheral display|

---

US20040056849A1|2002-07-25|2004-03-25|Andrew Lohbihler|Method and apparatus for powering, detecting and locating multiple touch input devices on a touch screen|

---

US7190379B2|2001-06-29|2007-03-13|Contex A/S|Method for resizing and moving an object on a computer screen|

---

JP2003084744A|2001-09-10|2003-03-19|Sharp Corp|Emulator, emulation method and program for executing the method and recording medium with the program recorded thereon|

---

US7103848B2|2001-09-13|2006-09-05|International Business Machines Corporation|Handheld electronic book reader with annotation and usage tracking capabilities|

---

US6965645B2|2001-09-25|2005-11-15|Microsoft Corporation|Content-based characterization of video frame sequences|

---

US20030206169A1|2001-09-26|2003-11-06|Michael Springer|System, method and computer program product for automatically snapping lines to drawing elements|

---

US8001189B2|2001-10-16|2011-08-16|Microsoft Corporation|Routing of network messages|

---

KR101342812B1|2001-11-01|2013-12-17|임머숀 코퍼레이션|Method and apparatus for providing tactile sensations|

---

JP2003157131A|2001-11-22|2003-05-30|Nippon Telegr & Teleph Corp <Ntt>|Input method, display method, media information composite display method, input device, media information composite display device, input program, media information composite display program, and recording medium where those programs are recorded|

---

JP2003162355A|2001-11-26|2003-06-06|Sony Corp|Display switching method of task, portable equipment, and portable communication equipment|

---

JP2003186597A|2001-12-13|2003-07-04|Samsung Yokohama Research Institute Co Ltd|Portable terminal device|

---

US20030112269A1|2001-12-17|2003-06-19|International Business Machines Corporation|Configurable graphical element for monitoring dynamic properties of a resource coupled to a computing environment|

---

US7346855B2|2001-12-21|2008-03-18|Microsoft Corporation|Method and system for switching between multiple computer applications|

---

US7043701B2|2002-01-07|2006-05-09|Xerox Corporation|Opacity desktop with depth perception|

---

US20030184574A1|2002-02-12|2003-10-02|Phillips James V.|Touch screen interface with haptic feedback device|

---

US6888537B2|2002-02-13|2005-05-03|Siemens Technology-To-Business Center, Llc|Configurable industrial input devices that use electrically conductive elastomer|

---

AU2003213780B2|2002-03-08|2008-03-13|Quantum Interface, Llc|Electric device control apparatus|

---

US7114091B2|2002-03-18|2006-09-26|National Instruments Corporation|Synchronization of distributed systems|

---

TWI234115B|2002-04-03|2005-06-11|Htc Corp|Method and device of setting threshold pressure for touch panel|

---

US20030189647A1|2002-04-05|2003-10-09|Kang Beng Hong Alex|Method of taking pictures|

---

US7178049B2|2002-04-24|2007-02-13|Medius, Inc.|Method for multi-tasking multiple Java virtual machines in a secure environment|

---

US20070128899A1|2003-01-12|2007-06-07|Yaron Mayer|System and method for improving the efficiency, comfort, and/or reliability in Operating Systems, such as for example Windows|

---

US20030222915A1|2002-05-30|2003-12-04|International Business Machines Corporation|Data processor controlled display system with drag and drop movement of displayed items from source to destination screen positions and interactive modification of dragged items during the movement|

---

US7801796B2|2002-06-05|2010-09-21|The Nasdaq Omx Group, Inc.|Message prioritization process and method|

---

US7259752B1|2002-06-28|2007-08-21|Microsoft Corporation|Method and system for editing electronic ink|

---

JP2004054861A|2002-07-16|2004-02-19|Sanee Denki Kk|Touch type mouse|

---

US20040015662A1|2002-07-22|2004-01-22|Aron Cummings|Memory card, memory card controller, and software therefor|

---

JP2004062648A|2002-07-30|2004-02-26|Kyocera Corp|Display control device and display control program for use in the same|

---

US7549127B2|2002-08-01|2009-06-16|Realnetworks, Inc.|Method and apparatus for resizing video content displayed within a graphical user interface|

---

JP4115198B2|2002-08-02|2008-07-09|株式会社日立製作所|Display device with touch panel|

---

JP4500485B2|2002-08-28|2010-07-14|株式会社日立製作所|Display device with touch panel|

---

US7739604B1|2002-09-25|2010-06-15|Apple Inc.|Method and apparatus for managing windows|

---

US20040138849A1|2002-09-30|2004-07-15|Albrecht Schmidt|Load sensing surface as pointing device|

---

EP1406150A1|2002-10-01|2004-04-07|Sony Ericsson Mobile Communications AB|Tactile feedback method and device and portable device incorporating same|

---

US7752115B2|2002-10-02|2010-07-06|Trading Technologies International, Inc.|Method and apparatus for a fair exchange|

---

JP4173718B2|2002-10-31|2008-10-29|富士通株式会社|Window switching device and window switching program|

---

US20050114785A1|2003-01-07|2005-05-26|Microsoft Corporation|Active content wizard execution with improved conspicuity|

---

US7224362B2|2003-01-30|2007-05-29|Agilent Technologies, Inc.|Systems and methods for providing visualization and network diagrams|

---

US7685538B2|2003-01-31|2010-03-23|Wacom Co., Ltd.|Method of triggering functions in a computer application using a digitizer having a stylus and a digitizer system|

---

US7493573B2|2003-02-07|2009-02-17|Sun Microsystems, Inc.|Scrolling vertical column mechanism for cellular telephone|

---

US7185291B2|2003-03-04|2007-02-27|Institute For Information Industry|Computer with a touch screen|

---

US7369102B2|2003-03-04|2008-05-06|Microsoft Corporation|System and method for navigating a graphical user interface on a smaller display|

---

US7532206B2|2003-03-11|2009-05-12|Smart Technologies Ulc|System and method for differentiating between pointers used to contact touch surface|

---

US7380218B2|2003-03-27|2008-05-27|International Business Machines Corporation|Method and apparatus for managing windows|

---

US20040219968A1|2003-05-01|2004-11-04|Fiden Daniel P.|Gaming machine with interactive pop-up windows|

---

GB0312465D0|2003-05-30|2003-07-09|Therefore Ltd|A data input method for a computing device|

---

US7051282B2|2003-06-13|2006-05-23|Microsoft Corporation|Multi-layer graphical user interface|

---

US7159189B2|2003-06-13|2007-01-02|Alphabase Systems, Inc.|Method and system for controlling cascaded windows on a GUI desktop on a computer|

---

EP1644816B1|2003-06-20|2016-09-14|Apple Inc.|Computer interface having a virtual single-layer mode for viewing overlapping objects|

---

US20040267823A1|2003-06-24|2004-12-30|Microsoft Corporation|Reconcilable and undoable file system|

---

JP2005031786A|2003-07-08|2005-02-03|Fujitsu Ten Ltd|Character input device|

---

US8373660B2|2003-07-14|2013-02-12|Matt Pallakoff|System and method for a portable multimedia client|

---

US7036088B2|2003-07-24|2006-04-25|Sap Ag|Multi-modal method for application swapping|

---

US7721228B2|2003-08-05|2010-05-18|Yahoo! Inc.|Method and system of controlling a context menu|

---

KR100580174B1|2003-08-21|2006-05-16|삼성전자주식회사|Rotatable display apparatus and method for adjusting display screen|

---

US9024884B2|2003-09-02|2015-05-05|Apple Inc.|Touch-sensitive electronic apparatus for media applications, and methods therefor|

---

US7411575B2|2003-09-16|2008-08-12|Smart Technologies Ulc|Gesture recognition method and touch system incorporating the same|

---

JP2005092386A|2003-09-16|2005-04-07|Sony Corp|Image selection apparatus and method|

---

KR100597588B1|2003-10-02|2006-07-06|한국전자통신연구원|Method for Measurement of Path characteristic between nodes using Active Testing Packet based Priority|

---

US7554689B2|2003-10-15|2009-06-30|Canon Kabushiki Kaisha|Document layout method|

---

US20050091604A1|2003-10-22|2005-04-28|Scott Davis|Systems and methods that track a user-identified point of focus|

---

JP2005135106A|2003-10-29|2005-05-26|Sony Corp|Unit and method for display image control|

---

US20050183035A1|2003-11-20|2005-08-18|Ringel Meredith J.|Conflict resolution for graphic multi-user interface|

---

US20050110777A1|2003-11-25|2005-05-26|Geaghan Bernard O.|Light-emitting stylus and user input device using same|

---

US8164573B2|2003-11-26|2012-04-24|Immersion Corporation|Systems and methods for adaptive interpretation of input from a touch-sensitive input device|

---

JP2005157842A|2003-11-27|2005-06-16|Fujitsu Ltd|Browser program, browsing method, and browsing device|

---

DE60315845T2|2003-12-01|2008-05-21|Sony Ericsson Mobile Communications Ab|Camera for taking a picture sequence|

---

US7454713B2|2003-12-01|2008-11-18|Sony Ericsson Mobile Communications Ab|Apparatus, methods and computer program products providing menu expansion and organization functions|

---

KR100871404B1|2003-12-01|2008-12-02|리서치 인 모션 리미티드|Previewing a new event on a small screen device|

---

US20050125742A1|2003-12-09|2005-06-09|International Business Machines Corporation|Non-overlapping graphical user interface workspace|

---

US7774721B2|2003-12-15|2010-08-10|Microsoft Corporation|Intelligent backward resource navigation|

---

US7085590B2|2003-12-31|2006-08-01|Sony Ericsson Mobile Communications Ab|Mobile terminal with ergonomic imaging functions|

---

EP1557744B1|2004-01-20|2008-04-16|Sony Deutschland GmbH|Haptic key controlled data input|

---

US7966352B2|2004-01-26|2011-06-21|Microsoft Corporation|Context harvesting from selected content|

---

JP4790990B2|2004-01-27|2011-10-12|京セラ株式会社|Mobile device|

---

US7441204B2|2004-02-06|2008-10-21|Microsoft Corporation|Method and system for automatically displaying content of a window on a display that has changed orientation|

---

US20110096174A1|2006-02-28|2011-04-28|King Martin T|Accessing resources based on capturing information from a rendered document|

---

WO2010105244A2|2009-03-12|2010-09-16|Exbiblio B.V.|Performing actions based on capturing information from rendered documents, such as documents under copyright|

---

US20050184973A1|2004-02-25|2005-08-25|Xplore Technologies Corporation|Apparatus providing multi-mode digital input|

---

KR100611182B1|2004-02-27|2006-08-10|삼성전자주식회사|Portable electronic device for changing menu display state according to rotating degree and method thereof|

---

US7180531B2|2004-02-27|2007-02-20|Microsoft Corporation|Method and apparatus for enabling application program compatibility with display devices having improved pixel density|

---

US20050190280A1|2004-02-27|2005-09-01|Haas William R.|Method and apparatus for a digital camera scrolling slideshow|

---

US7218226B2|2004-03-01|2007-05-15|Apple Inc.|Acceleration-based theft detection system for portable electronic devices|

---

US7788595B2|2004-03-08|2010-08-31|Sap Ag|Method and system for switching among management system applications|

---

EP1738246A4|2004-03-09|2011-02-09|Freedom Scientific Inc|Low vision enhancement for graphic user interface|

---

GB2412831A|2004-03-30|2005-10-05|Univ Newcastle|Highlighting important information by blurring less important information|

---

JP4589308B2|2004-04-05|2010-12-01|パナソニック株式会社|Display screen management device|

---

US20050223338A1|2004-04-05|2005-10-06|Nokia Corporation|Animated user-interface in electronic devices|

---

US20050229112A1|2004-04-13|2005-10-13|Clay Timothy M|Method and system for conveying an image position|

---

US7694236B2|2004-04-23|2010-04-06|Microsoft Corporation|Stack icons representing multiple objects|

---

JP2005309933A|2004-04-23|2005-11-04|Canon Inc|Enhancement control device, image processing system, method for displaying application icon, program, and storage medium|

---

US7787026B1|2004-04-28|2010-08-31|Media Tek Singapore Pte Ltd.|Continuous burst mode digital camera|

---

US7777730B2|2004-05-05|2010-08-17|Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V.|Browsing media items|

---

US7663607B2|2004-05-06|2010-02-16|Apple Inc.|Multipoint touchscreen|

---

JP4063246B2|2004-05-11|2008-03-19|日本電気株式会社|Page information display device|

---

CN101297294A|2004-05-21|2008-10-29|派拉斯科技术公司|Graphical re-inspection user setup interface|

---

JP4869568B2|2004-06-14|2012-02-08|ソニー株式会社|Input device and electronic device|

---

US8453065B2|2004-06-25|2013-05-28|Apple Inc.|Preview and installation of user interface elements in a display environment|

---

US8281241B2|2004-06-28|2012-10-02|Nokia Corporation|Electronic device and method for providing extended user interface|

---

US8046712B2|2004-06-29|2011-10-25|Acd Systems International Inc.|Management of multiple window panels with a graphical user interface|

---

US7743348B2|2004-06-30|2010-06-22|Microsoft Corporation|Using physical objects to adjust attributes of an interactive display application|

---

US20060001657A1|2004-07-02|2006-01-05|Logitech Europe S.A.|Scrolling device|

---

US20060020904A1|2004-07-09|2006-01-26|Antti Aaltonen|Stripe user interface|

---

US7844914B2|2004-07-30|2010-11-30|Apple Inc.|Activating virtual keys of a touch-screen virtual keyboard|

---

US8381135B2|2004-07-30|2013-02-19|Apple Inc.|Proximity detector in handheld device|

---

US7653883B2|2004-07-30|2010-01-26|Apple Inc.|Proximity detector in handheld device|

---

US7760187B2|2004-07-30|2010-07-20|Apple Inc.|Visual expander|

---

US20060033724A1|2004-07-30|2006-02-16|Apple Computer, Inc.|Virtual input device placement on a touch screen user interface|

---

US7614008B2|2004-07-30|2009-11-03|Apple Inc.|Operation of a computer with touch screen interface|

---

US8479122B2|2004-07-30|2013-07-02|Apple Inc.|Gestures for touch sensitive input devices|

---

US7633076B2|2005-09-30|2009-12-15|Apple Inc.|Automated response to and sensing of user activity in portable devices|

---

CN1993672A|2004-08-02|2007-07-04|皇家飞利浦电子股份有限公司|Pressure-controlled navigating in a touch screen|

---

CN100585546C|2004-08-02|2010-01-27|皇家飞利浦电子股份有限公司|Data processing system, pressure sensitive touch screen and method for facilitating interactions of data processing system|

---

US7178111B2|2004-08-03|2007-02-13|Microsoft Corporation|Multi-planar three-dimensional user interface|

---

US7724242B2|2004-08-06|2010-05-25|Touchtable, Inc.|Touch driven method and apparatus to integrate and display multiple image layers forming alternate depictions of same subject matter|

---

US7728821B2|2004-08-06|2010-06-01|Touchtable, Inc.|Touch detecting interactive display|

---

GB2417176A|2004-08-12|2006-02-15|Ibm|Mouse cursor display|

---

US20060041846A1|2004-08-19|2006-02-23|International Business Machines Corporation|Method of window management for a windowing system|

---

FR2874432A1|2004-08-20|2006-02-24|Gervais Danone Sa|PROCESS FOR ANALYZING FOOD, COSMETICS AND / OR HYGIENE INDUSTRIAL PRODUCTS, MEASUREMENT INTERFACE FOR IMPLEMENTING THE METHOD AND ELECTRONIC SYSTEM FOR IMPLEMENTING THE INTERFACE|

---

US7761814B2|2004-09-13|2010-07-20|Microsoft Corporation|Flick gesture|

---

JP2008512756A|2004-09-15|2008-04-24|ノキアコーポレイション|Content handling and scrolling on the screen|

---

US20060067654A1|2004-09-24|2006-03-30|Magix Ag|Graphical user interface adaptable to multiple display devices|

---

JP2006091446A|2004-09-24|2006-04-06|Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd|Camera|

---

US8264465B2|2004-10-08|2012-09-11|Immersion Corporation|Haptic feedback for button and scrolling action simulation in touch input devices|

---

WO2006041097A1|2004-10-12|2006-04-20|Nippon Telegraph And Telephone Corporation|3d pointing method, 3d display control method, 3d pointing device, 3d display control device, 3d pointing program, and 3d display control program|

---

US8677274B2|2004-11-10|2014-03-18|Apple Inc.|Highlighting items for search results|

---

US20060107226A1|2004-11-16|2006-05-18|Microsoft Corporation|Sidebar autohide to desktop|

---

WO2006054207A1|2004-11-16|2006-05-26|Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V.|Touchless manipulation of images for regional enhancement|

---

FR2878344B1|2004-11-22|2012-12-21|Sionnest Laurent Guyot|DATA CONTROLLER AND INPUT DEVICE|

---

US7847789B2|2004-11-23|2010-12-07|Microsoft Corporation|Reducing accidental touch-sensitive device activation|

---

US20060136834A1|2004-12-15|2006-06-22|Jiangen Cao|Scrollable toolbar with tool tip on small screens|

---

US7458038B2|2004-12-20|2008-11-25|Microsoft Corporation|Selection indication fields|

---

US7629966B2|2004-12-21|2009-12-08|Microsoft Corporation|Hard tap|

---

US7683889B2|2004-12-21|2010-03-23|Microsoft Corporation|Pressure based selection|

---

US7619616B2|2004-12-21|2009-11-17|Microsoft Corporation|Pressure sensitive controls|

---

US20090058882A1|2005-01-05|2009-03-05|Matsushita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd.|Screen Display Device|

---

US8341541B2|2005-01-18|2012-12-25|Microsoft Corporation|System and method for visually browsing of open windows|

---

US7552397B2|2005-01-18|2009-06-23|Microsoft Corporation|Multiple window behavior system|

---

US8464176B2|2005-01-19|2013-06-11|Microsoft Corporation|Dynamic stacking and expansion of visual items|

---

US7574434B2|2005-02-25|2009-08-11|Sony Corporation|Method and system for navigating and selecting media from large data sets|

---

KR101690164B1|2005-03-04|2016-12-27|애플 인크.|Multi-functional hand-held device|

---

JP4166229B2|2005-03-14|2008-10-15|株式会社日立製作所|Display device with touch panel|

---

US20060213754A1|2005-03-17|2006-09-28|Microsoft Corporation|Method and system for computer application program task switching via a single hardware button|

---

US7454702B2|2005-03-21|2008-11-18|Microsoft Corporation|Tool for selecting ink and other objects in an electronic document|

---

US7661069B2|2005-03-31|2010-02-09|Microsoft Corporation|System and method for visually expressing user interface elements|

---

US7478339B2|2005-04-01|2009-01-13|Microsoft Corporation|Method and apparatus for application window grouping and management|

---

US7471284B2|2005-04-15|2008-12-30|Microsoft Corporation|Tactile scroll bar with illuminated document position indicator|

---

US8023568B2|2005-04-15|2011-09-20|Avid Technology, Inc.|Capture, editing and encoding of motion pictures encoded with repeating fields or frames|

---

US7673255B2|2005-04-22|2010-03-02|Microsoft Corporation|Interface and system for manipulating thumbnails of live windows in a window manager|

---

US9569093B2|2005-05-18|2017-02-14|Power2B, Inc.|Displays and information input devices|

---

US20070024646A1|2005-05-23|2007-02-01|Kalle Saarinen|Portable electronic apparatus and associated method|

---

US9785329B2|2005-05-23|2017-10-10|Nokia Technologies Oy|Pocket computer and associated methods|

---

US7797641B2|2005-05-27|2010-09-14|Nokia Corporation|Mobile communications terminal and method therefore|

---

US9141718B2|2005-06-03|2015-09-22|Apple Inc.|Clipview applications|

---

US7710397B2|2005-06-03|2010-05-04|Apple Inc.|Mouse with improved input mechanisms using touch sensors|

---

JP2006345209A|2005-06-08|2006-12-21|Sony Corp|Input device, information processing apparatus, information processing method, and program|

---

US7903090B2|2005-06-10|2011-03-08|Qsi Corporation|Force-based input device|

---

TWI296395B|2005-06-24|2008-05-01|Benq Corp|Method for zooming image on touch screen|

---

US20070004451A1|2005-06-30|2007-01-04|C Anderson Eric|Controlling functions of a handheld multifunction device|

---

US20070004461A1|2005-06-30|2007-01-04|Bathina Sridhar N|Terminal with messaging application|

---

CN101228570B|2005-07-22|2010-05-19|马特·帕尔拉科夫|System and method for a thumb-optimized touch-screen user interface|

---

JP4622727B2|2005-07-29|2011-02-02|日本電気株式会社|Adaptive transmission timing control method, radio communication system, and radio communication apparatus|

---

US8049731B2|2005-07-29|2011-11-01|Interlink Electronics, Inc.|System and method for implementing a control function via a sensor having a touch sensitive control input surface|

---

EP1920408A2|2005-08-02|2008-05-14|Ipifini, Inc.|Input device having multifunctional keys|

---

US7680513B2|2005-08-08|2010-03-16|Palm, Inc.|Contact-centric user-interface features for computing devices|

---

US8483765B2|2005-08-26|2013-07-09|Kt Corporation|User terminal for performing a plurality of applications simultaneously|

---

US7735018B2|2005-09-13|2010-06-08|Spacetime3D, Inc.|System and method for providing three-dimensional graphical user interface|

---

TWI297856B|2005-10-07|2008-06-11|Elan Microelectronics Corp|

---

JP2007116384A|2005-10-20|2007-05-10|Funai Electric Co Ltd|Electronic program guide information display system|

---

CN1955906A|2005-10-28|2007-05-02|华硕电脑股份有限公司|Execution method of single key multiple programs|

---

US7725839B2|2005-11-15|2010-05-25|Microsoft Corporation|Three-dimensional active file explorer|

---

US8643605B2|2005-11-21|2014-02-04|Core Wireless Licensing S.A.R.L|Gesture based document editor|

---

US7331245B2|2005-11-22|2008-02-19|Avago Technologies Ecbu Ip Pte Ltd|Pressure distribution sensor and sensing method|

---

JP2007148927A|2005-11-29|2007-06-14|Alps Electric Co Ltd|Input device and scrolling control method using the same|

---

WO2007068091A1|2005-12-12|2007-06-21|Audiokinetic Inc.|Method and system for multi-version digital authoring|

---

US8325398B2|2005-12-22|2012-12-04|Canon Kabushiki Kaisha|Image editing system, image management apparatus, and image editing program|

---

US7657849B2|2005-12-23|2010-02-02|Apple Inc.|Unlocking a device by performing gestures on an unlock image|

---

US7797642B1|2005-12-30|2010-09-14|Google Inc.|Method, system, and graphical user interface for meeting-spot-related contact lists|

---

US7509588B2|2005-12-30|2009-03-24|Apple Inc.|Portable electronic device with interface reconfiguration mode|

---

AU2006332488A1|2005-12-30|2007-07-12|Apple Inc.|Portable electronic device with multi-touch input|

---

US20070168369A1|2006-01-04|2007-07-19|Companionlink Software, Inc.|User interface for a portable electronic device|

---

US7694231B2|2006-01-05|2010-04-06|Apple Inc.|Keyboards for portable electronic devices|

---

US20070152980A1|2006-01-05|2007-07-05|Kenneth Kocienda|Touch Screen Keyboards for Portable Electronic Devices|

---

US7757185B2|2006-01-06|2010-07-13|Apple Inc.|Enabling and disabling hotkeys|

---

US7603633B2|2006-01-13|2009-10-13|Microsoft Corporation|Position-based multi-stroke marking menus|

---

US7486282B2|2006-01-27|2009-02-03|Microsoft Corporation|Size variant pressure eraser|

---

US7536654B2|2006-02-06|2009-05-19|Microsoft Corporation|Photo browse and zoom|

---

US8510669B2|2006-02-06|2013-08-13|Yahoo! Inc.|Method and system for presenting photos on a website|

---

US8682097B2|2006-02-14|2014-03-25|DigitalOptics Corporation Europe Limited|Digital image enhancement with reference images|

---

US7532837B2|2006-03-09|2009-05-12|Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba|Multifunction peripheral with template registration and template registration method|

---

US8745526B2|2006-03-14|2014-06-03|Blackberry Limited|Screen display in application switching|

---

KR100746874B1|2006-03-16|2007-08-07|삼성전자주식회사|Method and apparatus for providing of service using the touch pad in a mobile station|

---

GB0605587D0|2006-03-20|2006-04-26|British Broadcasting Corp|Graphical user interface methods and systems|

---

US8405618B2|2006-03-24|2013-03-26|Northwestern University|Haptic device with indirect haptic feedback|

---

US7925250B2|2006-03-27|2011-04-12|International Business Machines Corporation|Reuse of a mobile device application in a desktop environment|

---

JP2007264808A|2006-03-27|2007-10-11|Nikon Corp|Display input device and imaging apparatus|

---

US8780139B2|2006-03-27|2014-07-15|Adobe Systems Incorporated|Resolution monitoring when using visual manipulation tools|

---

US7656413B2|2006-03-29|2010-02-02|Autodesk, Inc.|Large display attention focus system|

---

US7538760B2|2006-03-30|2009-05-26|Apple Inc.|Force imaging input device and system|

---

US8040142B1|2006-03-31|2011-10-18|Cypress Semiconductor Corporation|Touch detection techniques for capacitive touch sense systems|

---

US7861176B2|2006-04-13|2010-12-28|Touchcommerce, Inc.|Methods and systems for providing online chat|

---

US7607088B2|2006-04-18|2009-10-20|International Business Machines Corporation|Computer program product, apparatus and method for displaying a plurality of entities in a tooltip for a cell of a table|

---

US7609178B2|2006-04-20|2009-10-27|Pressure Profile Systems, Inc.|Reconfigurable tactile sensor input device|

---

WO2007121557A1|2006-04-21|2007-11-01|Anand Agarawala|System for organizing and visualizing display objects|

---

KR100771626B1|2006-04-25|2007-10-31|엘지전자 주식회사|Terminal device and method for inputting instructions thereto|

---

US8279180B2|2006-05-02|2012-10-02|Apple Inc.|Multipoint touch surface controller|

---

JP4737539B2|2006-05-03|2011-08-03|株式会社ソニー・コンピュータエンタテインメント|Multimedia playback apparatus and background image display method|

---

US9063647B2|2006-05-12|2015-06-23|Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc|Multi-touch uses, gestures, and implementation|

---

US7921116B2|2006-06-16|2011-04-05|Microsoft Corporation|Highly meaningful multimedia metadata creation and associations|

---

US20070299923A1|2006-06-16|2007-12-27|Skelly George J|Methods and systems for managing messaging|

---

KR101242030B1|2006-06-22|2013-03-11|엘지디스플레이 주식회사|Organic Electroluminescent Device|

---

JP2008009759A|2006-06-29|2008-01-17|Toyota Motor Corp|Touch panel device|

---

US7880728B2|2006-06-29|2011-02-01|Microsoft Corporation|Application switching via a touch screen interface|

---

JP4751780B2|2006-07-07|2011-08-17|株式会社エヌ・ティ・ティ・ドコモ|Key input device|

---

JP4583344B2|2006-07-10|2010-11-17|シャープ株式会社|Mobile phone|

---

EP1882902A1|2006-07-27|2008-01-30|Aisin AW Co., Ltd.|Navigation apparatus and method for providing guidance to a vehicle user using a touch screen|

---

JP2008033739A|2006-07-31|2008-02-14|Sony Corp|Touch screen interaction method and apparatus based on tactile force feedback and pressure measurement|

---

US8255815B2|2006-08-04|2012-08-28|Apple Inc.|Motion picture preview icons|

---

US20080051989A1|2006-08-25|2008-02-28|Microsoft Corporation|Filtering of data layered on mapping applications|

---

US8106856B2|2006-09-06|2012-01-31|Apple Inc.|Portable electronic device for photo management|

---

US7864163B2|2006-09-06|2011-01-04|Apple Inc.|Portable electronic device, method, and graphical user interface for displaying structured electronic documents|

---

US8564544B2|2006-09-06|2013-10-22|Apple Inc.|Touch screen device, method, and graphical user interface for customizing display of content category icons|

---

US7956849B2|2006-09-06|2011-06-07|Apple Inc.|Video manager for portable multifunction device|

---

US8842074B2|2006-09-06|2014-09-23|Apple Inc.|Portable electronic device performing similar operations for different gestures|

---

US7743338B2|2006-09-11|2010-06-22|Apple Inc.|Image rendering with image artifact along a multidimensional path|

---

US7581186B2|2006-09-11|2009-08-25|Apple Inc.|Media manager with integrated browsers|

---

US8564543B2|2006-09-11|2013-10-22|Apple Inc.|Media player with imaged based browsing|

---

US7930650B2|2006-09-11|2011-04-19|Apple Inc.|User interface with menu abstractions and content abstractions|

---

US20110145068A1|2007-09-17|2011-06-16|King Martin T|Associating rendered advertisements with digital content|

---

US20080094398A1|2006-09-19|2008-04-24|Bracco Imaging, S.P.A.|Methods and systems for interacting with a 3D visualization system using a 2D interface |

---

JP2008076818A|2006-09-22|2008-04-03|Fujitsu Ltd|Mobile terminal device|

---

JP5176300B2|2006-09-22|2013-04-03|富士通株式会社|Electronic device, control method thereof, and control program thereof|

---

US8245154B2|2006-11-03|2012-08-14|International Business Machines Corporation|Most-recently-used task switching among parent and child windows|

---

US20080106523A1|2006-11-07|2008-05-08|Conrad Richard H|Ergonomic lift-clicking method and apparatus for actuating home switches on computer input devices|

---

WO2008064142A2|2006-11-20|2008-05-29|Pham Don N|Interactive sequential key system to input characters on small keypads|

---

US8006002B2|2006-12-12|2011-08-23|Apple Inc.|Methods and systems for automatic configuration of peripherals|

---

JP2008146453A|2006-12-12|2008-06-26|Sony Corp|Picture signal output device and operation input processing method|

---

KR20080058121A|2006-12-21|2008-06-25|삼성전자주식회사|An apparatus and a method for providing a haptic user interface in a mobile terminal|

---

US7895533B2|2007-03-13|2011-02-22|Apple Inc.|Interactive image thumbnails|

---

US20080163119A1|2006-12-28|2008-07-03|Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd.|Method for providing menu and multimedia device using the same|

---

US7956847B2|2007-01-05|2011-06-07|Apple Inc.|Gestures for controlling, manipulating, and editing of media files using touch sensitive devices|

---

US8214768B2|2007-01-05|2012-07-03|Apple Inc.|Method, system, and graphical user interface for viewing multiple application windows|

---

US8269886B2|2007-01-05|2012-09-18|Marvell World Trade Ltd.|Methods and systems for improving low-resolution video|

---

US7877707B2|2007-01-06|2011-01-25|Apple Inc.|Detecting and interpreting real-world and security gestures on touch and hover sensitive devices|

---

US20080222545A1|2007-01-07|2008-09-11|Lemay Stephen O|Portable Electronic Device with a Global Setting User Interface|

---

US8082523B2|2007-01-07|2011-12-20|Apple Inc.|Portable electronic device with graphical user interface supporting application switching|

---

US7469381B2|2007-01-07|2008-12-23|Apple Inc.|List scrolling and document translation, scaling, and rotation on a touch-screen display|

---

US7978176B2|2007-01-07|2011-07-12|Apple Inc.|Portrait-landscape rotation heuristics for a portable multifunction device|

---

US7957762B2|2007-01-07|2011-06-07|Apple Inc.|Using ambient light sensor to augment proximity sensor output|

---

US20080168395A1|2007-01-07|2008-07-10|Bas Ording|Positioning a Slider Icon on a Portable Multifunction Device|

---

US9001047B2|2007-01-07|2015-04-07|Apple Inc.|Modal change based on orientation of a portable multifunction device|

---

WO2008084437A1|2007-01-11|2008-07-17|Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V.|Method and apparatus for providing an undo/redo mechanism|

---

JP2008191086A|2007-02-07|2008-08-21|Matsushita Electric Ind Co Ltd|Navigation system|

---

CN101241397B|2007-02-07|2012-03-07|罗伯特·博世有限公司|Keyboard possessing mouse function and its input method|

---

GB2446702A|2007-02-13|2008-08-20|Qrg Ltd|Touch Control Panel with Pressure Sensor|

---

KR101450584B1|2007-02-22|2014-10-14|삼성전자주식회사|Method for displaying screen in terminal|

---

US8650505B2|2007-02-28|2014-02-11|Rpx Corporation|Multi-state unified pie user interface|

---

EP2541902B1|2007-03-06|2014-06-25|Panasonic Corporation|Imaging processing device and image processing method|

---

WO2008109172A1|2007-03-07|2008-09-12|Wiklof Christopher A|Recorder with retrospective capture|

---

US8352881B2|2007-03-08|2013-01-08|International Business Machines Corporation|Method, apparatus and program storage device for providing customizable, immediate and radiating menus for accessing applications and actions|

---

US20080244448A1|2007-04-01|2008-10-02|Katharina Goering|Generation of menu presentation relative to a given menu orientation|

---

US20080259046A1|2007-04-05|2008-10-23|Joseph Carsanaro|Pressure sensitive touch pad with virtual programmable buttons for launching utility applications|

---

US7973778B2|2007-04-16|2011-07-05|Microsoft Corporation|Visual simulation of touch pressure|

---

CN101290553A|2007-04-17|2008-10-22|索尼（中国）有限公司|Electronic equipment possessing display screen|

---

US8140996B2|2007-04-17|2012-03-20|QNX Software Systems Limtied|System for endless loop scrolling and display|

---

WO2008131544A1|2007-04-26|2008-11-06|University Of Manitoba|Pressure augmented mouse|

---

US20080270910A1|2007-04-30|2008-10-30|Lukasik Derek J|User selection of a remote session|

---

JP2008283629A|2007-05-14|2008-11-20|Sony Corp|Imaging device, imaging signal processing method, and program|

---

CN201107762Y|2007-05-15|2008-08-27|宏达国际电子股份有限公司|Electronic device with interface capable of switching users and touch control operating without difficulty|

---

US8621348B2|2007-05-25|2013-12-31|Immersion Corporation|Customizing haptic effects on an end user device|

---

CN101681233B|2007-05-29|2012-07-18|株式会社爱可信|Terminal, history management method|

---

US7801950B2|2007-06-01|2010-09-21|Clustrmaps Ltd.|System for analyzing and visualizing access statistics for a web site|

---

JP2008305174A|2007-06-07|2008-12-18|Sony Corp|Information processor, information processing method, and program|

---

US8381122B2|2007-06-08|2013-02-19|Apple Inc.|Multi-dimensional application environment|

---

US8010900B2|2007-06-08|2011-08-30|Apple Inc.|User interface for electronic backup|

---

US8667418B2|2007-06-08|2014-03-04|Apple Inc.|Object stack|

---

US20080303795A1|2007-06-08|2008-12-11|Lowles Robert J|Haptic display for a handheld electronic device|

---

US8745535B2|2007-06-08|2014-06-03|Apple Inc.|Multi-dimensional desktop|

---

US20080307359A1|2007-06-08|2008-12-11|Apple Inc.|Grouping Graphical Representations of Objects in a User Interface|

---

US9933937B2|2007-06-20|2018-04-03|Apple Inc.|Portable multifunction device, method, and graphical user interface for playing online videos|

---

US8059101B2|2007-06-22|2011-11-15|Apple Inc.|Swipe gestures for touch screen keyboards|

---

US8302033B2|2007-06-22|2012-10-30|Apple Inc.|Touch screen device, method, and graphical user interface for providing maps, directions, and location-based information|

---

US8315482B2|2007-06-26|2012-11-20|Microsoft Corporation|Integrated platform for user input of digital ink|

---

US9772751B2|2007-06-29|2017-09-26|Apple Inc.|Using gestures to slide between user interfaces|

---

US20090046110A1|2007-08-16|2009-02-19|Motorola, Inc.|Method and apparatus for manipulating a displayed image|

---

US20110210931A1|2007-08-19|2011-09-01|Ringbow Ltd.|Finger-worn device and interaction methods and communication methods|

---

KR20090019161A|2007-08-20|2009-02-25|삼성전자주식회사|Electronic device and method for operating the same|

---

KR101424259B1|2007-08-22|2014-07-31|삼성전자주식회사|Method and apparatus for providing input feedback in portable terminal|

---

US9477395B2|2007-09-04|2016-10-25|Apple Inc.|Audio file interface|

---

US8826132B2|2007-09-04|2014-09-02|Apple Inc.|Methods and systems for navigating content on a portable device|

---

US8098235B2|2007-09-28|2012-01-17|Immersion Corporation|Multi-touch device having dynamic haptic effects|

---

US8125458B2|2007-09-28|2012-02-28|Microsoft Corporation|Detecting finger orientation on a touch-sensitive device|

---

US20090089293A1|2007-09-28|2009-04-02|Bccg Ventures, Llc|Selfish data browsing|

---

TWI417764B|2007-10-01|2013-12-01|Giga Byte Comm Inc|A control method and a device for performing a switching function of a touch screen of a hand-held electronic device|

---

EP2045700A1|2007-10-04|2009-04-08|LG Electronics Inc.|Menu display method for a mobile communication terminal|

---

KR20090036877A|2007-10-10|2009-04-15|삼성전자주식회사|Method and system for managing objects in multiple projection windows environment, based on standard ruler|

---

CN101414231B|2007-10-17|2011-09-21|鸿富锦精密工业（深圳）有限公司|Touch screen apparatus and image display method thereof|

---

US20090102805A1|2007-10-18|2009-04-23|Microsoft Corporation|Three-dimensional object simulation using audio, visual, and tactile feedback|

---

DE102007052008A1|2007-10-26|2009-04-30|Andreas Steinhauser|Single- or multitouch-capable touchscreen or touchpad consisting of an array of pressure sensors and production of such sensors|

---

JP4974236B2|2007-10-30|2012-07-11|アズビル株式会社|Information linkage window system and program|

---

US8024670B1|2007-10-30|2011-09-20|Intuit Inc.|Workflow management using live thumbnails|

---

US8201101B2|2007-10-31|2012-06-12|Stratovan Corporation|Resolution independent layout|

---

JP2009129171A|2007-11-22|2009-06-11|Denso It Laboratory Inc|Information processor loaded in mobile body|

---

US20090140985A1|2007-11-30|2009-06-04|Eric Liu|Computing device that determines and uses applied pressure from user interaction with an input interface|

---

US20090167507A1|2007-12-07|2009-07-02|Nokia Corporation|User interface|

---

US8140974B2|2007-12-14|2012-03-20|Microsoft Corporation|Presenting secondary media objects to a user|

---

JP4605214B2|2007-12-19|2011-01-05|ソニー株式会社|Information processing apparatus, information processing method, and program|

---

TW200930009A|2007-12-21|2009-07-01|Inventec Appliances Corp|Procedure of acting personally hot function setting|

---

US8233671B2|2007-12-27|2012-07-31|Intel-Ge Care Innovations Llc|Reading device with hierarchal navigation|

---

US9170649B2|2007-12-28|2015-10-27|Nokia Technologies Oy|Audio and tactile feedback based on visual environment|

---

US8373549B2|2007-12-31|2013-02-12|Apple Inc.|Tactile feedback in an electronic device|

---

US9857872B2|2007-12-31|2018-01-02|Apple Inc.|Multi-touch display screen with localized tactile feedback|

---

US9063627B2|2008-01-04|2015-06-23|Tactus Technology, Inc.|User interface and methods|

---

US20090174679A1|2008-01-04|2009-07-09|Wayne Carl Westerman|Selective Rejection of Touch Contacts in an Edge Region of a Touch Surface|

---

US8327272B2|2008-01-06|2012-12-04|Apple Inc.|Portable multifunction device, method, and graphical user interface for viewing and managing electronic calendars|

---

US8196042B2|2008-01-21|2012-06-05|Microsoft Corporation|Self-revelation aids for interfaces|

---

US8423076B2|2008-02-01|2013-04-16|Lg Electronics Inc.|User interface for a mobile device|

---

US8504945B2|2008-02-01|2013-08-06|Gabriel Jakobson|Method and system for associating content with map zoom function|

---

US8314801B2|2008-02-29|2012-11-20|Microsoft Corporation|Visual state manager for control skinning|

---

US8717305B2|2008-03-04|2014-05-06|Apple Inc.|Touch event model for web pages|

---

US20090276730A1|2008-03-04|2009-11-05|Alexandre Aybes|Techniques for navigation of hierarchically-presented data|

---

US8645827B2|2008-03-04|2014-02-04|Apple Inc.|Touch event model|

---

US8650507B2|2008-03-04|2014-02-11|Apple Inc.|Selecting of text using gestures|

---

KR101012300B1|2008-03-07|2011-02-08|삼성전자주식회사|User interface apparatus of mobile station having touch screen and method thereof|

---

JP4670879B2|2008-03-11|2011-04-13|ブラザー工業株式会社|Contact input type information processing apparatus, contact input type information processing method, and information processing program|

---

KR101007045B1|2008-03-12|2011-01-12|주식회사 애트랩|Touch sensor device and the method of determining coordinates of pointing thereof|

---

US20090237374A1|2008-03-20|2009-09-24|Motorola, Inc.|Transparent pressure sensor and method for using|

---

US8640040B2|2008-03-28|2014-01-28|Sprint Communications Company L.P.|Persistent event-management access in a mobile communications device|

---

JP5200641B2|2008-04-10|2013-06-05|ソニー株式会社|List display device and list display method|

---

US8209628B1|2008-04-11|2012-06-26|Perceptive Pixel, Inc.|Pressure-sensitive manipulation of displayed objects|

---

US8259208B2|2008-04-15|2012-09-04|Sony Corporation|Method and apparatus for performing touch-based adjustments within imaging devices|

---

JP5428189B2|2008-04-17|2014-02-26|三洋電機株式会社|Navigation device|

---

US20090267906A1|2008-04-25|2009-10-29|Nokia Corporation|Touch sensitive apparatus|

---

US20090271731A1|2008-04-27|2009-10-29|Htc Corporation|Electronic device and user interface display method thereof|

---

JP4792058B2|2008-04-28|2011-10-12|株式会社東芝|Information processing apparatus, control method, and program|

---

US8159469B2|2008-05-06|2012-04-17|Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P.|User interface for initiating activities in an electronic device|

---

KR101461954B1|2008-05-08|2014-11-14|엘지전자 주식회사|Terminal and method for controlling the same|

---

US20090280860A1|2008-05-12|2009-11-12|Sony Ericsson Mobile Communications Ab|Mobile phone with directional force feedback and method|

---

EP2283421B1|2008-05-20|2019-08-14|Citrix Systems, Inc.|Methods and systems for using external display devices with a mobile computing device|

---

US8683362B2|2008-05-23|2014-03-25|Qualcomm Incorporated|Card metaphor for activities in a computing device|

---

US8296684B2|2008-05-23|2012-10-23|Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P.|Navigating among activities in a computing device|

---

US7958447B2|2008-05-23|2011-06-07|International Business Machines Corporation|Method and system for page navigating user interfaces for electronic devices|

---

US20090295739A1|2008-05-27|2009-12-03|Wes Albert Nagara|Haptic tactile precision selection|

---

US20090307633A1|2008-06-06|2009-12-10|Apple Inc.|Acceleration navigation of media device displays|

---

US8099332B2|2008-06-06|2012-01-17|Apple Inc.|User interface for application management for a mobile device|

---

CN101604208A|2008-06-12|2009-12-16|欧蜀平|A kind of wieldy keyboard and software thereof|

---

KR101498623B1|2008-06-25|2015-03-04|엘지전자 주식회사|Mobile Terminal Capable of Previewing Different Channel|

---

JP4896932B2|2008-06-26|2012-03-14|京セラ株式会社|Input device|

---

WO2009155981A1|2008-06-26|2009-12-30|Uiq Technology Ab|Gesture on touch sensitive arrangement|

---

WO2009158549A2|2008-06-28|2009-12-30|Apple Inc.|Radial menu selection|

---

US8477228B2|2008-06-30|2013-07-02|Verizon Patent And Licensing Inc.|Camera data management and user interface apparatuses, systems, and methods|

---

JP5147569B2|2008-06-30|2013-02-20|テルモ株式会社|Guide wire|

---

JP4938733B2|2008-06-30|2012-05-23|株式会社ソニー・コンピュータエンタテインメント|Menu screen display method and menu screen display device|

---

EP2141574B1|2008-07-01|2017-09-27|LG Electronics Inc.|Mobile terminal using proximity sensor and method of controlling the mobile terminal|

---

US20100013613A1|2008-07-08|2010-01-21|Jonathan Samuel Weston|Haptic feedback projection system|

---

US10095375B2|2008-07-09|2018-10-09|Apple Inc.|Adding a contact to a home screen|

---

JP4198190B1|2008-07-11|2008-12-17|任天堂株式会社|Image communication system, image communication apparatus, and image communication program|

---

EP2327201B1|2008-07-15|2018-09-05|Immersion Corporation|Systems and methods for transmitting haptic messages|

---

US8274484B2|2008-07-18|2012-09-25|Microsoft Corporation|Tracking input in a screen-reflective interface environment|

---

KR101495559B1|2008-07-21|2015-02-27|삼성전자주식회사|The method for inputing user commond and the electronic apparatus thereof|

---

US9176620B2|2008-07-22|2015-11-03|Lg Electronics Inc.|Mobile terminal and method for displaying information list thereof|

---

KR20100010302A|2008-07-22|2010-02-01|엘지전자 주식회사|Mobile and method for displaying menu thereof|

---

JP5100556B2|2008-07-30|2012-12-19|キヤノン株式会社|Information processing method and apparatus|

---

US10983665B2|2008-08-01|2021-04-20|Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd.|Electronic apparatus and method for implementing user interface|

---

CN101650615B|2008-08-13|2011-01-26|怡利电子工业股份有限公司|Automatic switching method of cursor controller and keyboard of push type touchpad|

---

US8604364B2|2008-08-15|2013-12-10|Lester F. Ludwig|Sensors, algorithms and applications for a high dimensional touchpad|

---

KR101570368B1|2008-08-22|2015-11-20|엘지전자 주식회사|Mobile terminal and menu display method thereof|

---

JP4600548B2|2008-08-27|2010-12-15|ソニー株式会社|REPRODUCTION DEVICE, REPRODUCTION METHOD, AND PROGRAM|

---

US10375223B2|2008-08-28|2019-08-06|Qualcomm Incorporated|Notifying a user of events in a computing device|

---

JP4636146B2|2008-09-05|2011-02-23|ソニー株式会社|Image processing method, image processing apparatus, program, and image processing system|

---

US8913176B2|2008-09-05|2014-12-16|Lg Electronics Inc.|Mobile terminal and method of performing multi-focusing and photographing image including plurality of objects using the same|

---

WO2010032402A1|2008-09-16|2010-03-25|パナソニック株式会社|Data display device, integrated circuit, data display method, data display program, and recording medium|

---

US20110187667A1|2008-09-17|2011-08-04|Soh Kaida|Input unit, method for controling for the same, and electronic device provided with input unit|

---

US9041650B2|2008-09-18|2015-05-26|Apple Inc.|Using measurement of lateral force for a tracking input device|

---

US20100070908A1|2008-09-18|2010-03-18|Sun Microsystems, Inc.|System and method for accepting or rejecting suggested text corrections|

---

US8769427B2|2008-09-19|2014-07-01|Google Inc.|Quick gesture input|

---

KR101451667B1|2008-09-24|2014-10-16|엘지전자 주식회사|Terminal and method for controlling the same|

---

US8359547B2|2008-10-01|2013-01-22|Nintendo Co., Ltd.|Movable user interface indicator of at least one parameter that is adjustable with different operations for increasing and decreasing the parameter and/or methods of providing the same|

---

US8462107B2|2008-10-03|2013-06-11|International Business Machines Corporation|Pointing device and method with error prevention features|

---

EP2175344B1|2008-10-06|2020-02-12|Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd.|Method and apparatus for displaying graphical user interface depending on a user's contact pattern|

---

US20100088628A1|2008-10-07|2010-04-08|Sony Ericsson Mobile Communications Ab|Live preview of open windows|

---

US9442648B2|2008-10-07|2016-09-13|Blackberry Limited|Portable electronic device and method of controlling same|

---

EP2175343A1|2008-10-08|2010-04-14|Research in Motion Limited|A method and handheld electronic device having a graphical user interface which arranges icons dynamically|

---

US9395867B2|2008-10-08|2016-07-19|Blackberry Limited|Method and system for displaying an image on an electronic device|

---

US20100085314A1|2008-10-08|2010-04-08|Research In Motion Limited|Portable electronic device and method of controlling same|

---

EP2175357B1|2008-10-08|2012-11-21|Research In Motion Limited|Portable electronic device and method of controlling same|

---

US20100088654A1|2008-10-08|2010-04-08|Research In Motion Limited|Electronic device having a state aware touchscreen|

---

JP2010097353A|2008-10-15|2010-04-30|Access Co Ltd|Information terminal|

---

KR100941512B1|2008-10-15|2010-02-10|엠쓰리모바일|A stylus pen|

---

KR100961473B1|2008-10-15|2010-06-08|주식회사 케이티|Mobile Station for Messaging Web Page Contents of Wireless Internet Browser and Method thereof|

---

KR101510738B1|2008-10-20|2015-04-10|삼성전자주식회사|Apparatus and method for composing idle screen in a portable terminal|

---

KR101569176B1|2008-10-30|2015-11-20|삼성전자주식회사|Method and Apparatus for executing an object|

---

US20100110082A1|2008-10-31|2010-05-06|John David Myrick|Web-Based Real-Time Animation Visualization, Creation, And Distribution|

---

CN101727268A|2008-11-03|2010-06-09|英业达股份有限公司|Handheld electronic device and program display switching method thereof|

---

US8704775B2|2008-11-11|2014-04-22|Adobe Systems Incorporated|Biometric adjustments for touchscreens|

---

EP2187290A1|2008-11-18|2010-05-19|Studer Professional Audio GmbH|Input device and method of detecting a user input with an input device|

---

JP4752900B2|2008-11-19|2011-08-17|ソニー株式会社|Image processing apparatus, image display method, and image display program|

---

US20100123686A1|2008-11-19|2010-05-20|Sony Ericsson Mobile Communications Ab|Piezoresistive force sensor integrated in a display|

---

US8788977B2|2008-11-20|2014-07-22|Amazon Technologies, Inc.|Movement recognition as input mechanism|

---

CA2741580C|2008-11-26|2016-10-18|Research In Motion Limited|Touch-sensitive display method and apparatus|

---

US20100138776A1|2008-11-30|2010-06-03|Nokia Corporation|Flick-scrolling|

---

CN102239470B|2008-12-04|2018-03-16|三菱电机株式会社|Display input device and guider|

---

US20100146507A1|2008-12-05|2010-06-10|Kang Dong-Oh|System and method of delivery of virtual machine using context information|

---

US8638311B2|2008-12-08|2014-01-28|Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd.|Display device and data displaying method thereof|

---

US8707170B2|2008-12-15|2014-04-22|Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P.|Gesture based edit mode|

---

JP2010165337A|2008-12-15|2010-07-29|Sony Corp|Information processing apparatus, information processing method and program|

---

US8711011B2|2008-12-16|2014-04-29|Dell Products, Lp|Systems and methods for implementing pressure sensitive keyboards|

---

US9246487B2|2008-12-16|2016-01-26|Dell Products Lp|Keyboard with user configurable granularity scales for pressure sensitive keys|

---

US20100149096A1|2008-12-17|2010-06-17|Migos Charles J|Network management using interaction with display surface|

---

KR101352264B1|2008-12-18|2014-01-17|엘지디스플레이 주식회사|Apparatus and method for sensing muliti-touch|

---

EP2378402B1|2008-12-18|2019-01-23|NEC Corporation|Slide bar display control apparatus and slide bar display control method|

---

US8451236B2|2008-12-22|2013-05-28|Hewlett-Packard Development Company L.P.|Touch-sensitive display screen with absolute and relative input modes|

---

JP4975722B2|2008-12-22|2012-07-11|京セラ株式会社|Input device and control method of input device|

---

US8547342B2|2008-12-22|2013-10-01|Verizon Patent And Licensing Inc.|Gesture-based delivery from mobile device|

---

US8453057B2|2008-12-22|2013-05-28|Verizon Patent And Licensing Inc.|Stage interaction for mobile device|

---

US20100156823A1|2008-12-23|2010-06-24|Research In Motion Limited|Electronic device including touch-sensitive display and method of controlling same to provide tactile feedback|

---

US8686952B2|2008-12-23|2014-04-01|Apple Inc.|Multi touch with multi haptics|

---

JP4746085B2|2008-12-25|2011-08-10|京セラ株式会社|Input device|

---

JP4885938B2|2008-12-25|2012-02-29|京セラ株式会社|Input device|

---

JP4683126B2|2008-12-26|2011-05-11|ブラザー工業株式会社|Input device|

---

US9131188B2|2008-12-30|2015-09-08|Lg Electronics Inc.|Image display device and controlling method thereof|

---

US8219927B2|2009-01-06|2012-07-10|Microsoft Corporation|Revealing of truncated content on scrollable grid|

---

US10068728B2|2009-10-15|2018-09-04|Synaptics Incorporated|Touchpad with capacitive force sensing|

---

US8446376B2|2009-01-13|2013-05-21|Microsoft Corporation|Visual response to touch inputs|

---

JP2010176174A|2009-01-27|2010-08-12|Fujifilm Corp|Electronic apparatus, method and program for controlling operation input of electronic apparatus|

---

JP5173870B2|2009-01-28|2013-04-03|京セラ株式会社|Input device|

---

EP2214087B1|2009-01-30|2015-07-08|BlackBerry Limited|A handheld electronic device having a touchscreen and a method of using a touchscreen of a handheld electronic device|

---

US20100194693A1|2009-01-30|2010-08-05|Sony Ericsson Mobile Communications Ab|Electronic apparatus, method and computer program with adaptable user interface environment|

---

JP4723656B2|2009-02-03|2011-07-13|京セラ株式会社|Input device|

---

US9152292B2|2009-02-05|2015-10-06|Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P.|Image collage authoring|

---

US9176747B2|2009-02-17|2015-11-03|Sandisk Il Ltd.|User-application interface|

---

US20110035662A1|2009-02-18|2011-02-10|King Martin T|Interacting with rendered documents using a multi-function mobile device, such as a mobile phone|

---

US20100214239A1|2009-02-23|2010-08-26|Compal Electronics, Inc.|Method and touch panel for providing tactile feedback|

---

JP5734546B2|2009-02-25|2015-06-17|京セラ株式会社|Object display device|

---

CN101498979B|2009-02-26|2010-12-29|苏州瀚瑞微电子有限公司|Method for implementing virtual keyboard by utilizing condenser type touch screen|

---

KR100993064B1|2009-03-02|2010-11-08|주식회사 팬택|Method for Music Selection Playback in Touch Screen Adopted Music Playback Apparatus|

---

JP5267229B2|2009-03-09|2013-08-21|ソニー株式会社|Information processing apparatus, information processing method, and information processing program|

---

JP5157969B2|2009-03-09|2013-03-06|ソニー株式会社|Information processing apparatus, threshold setting method and program thereof|

---

CN102349038B|2009-03-12|2016-08-24|意美森公司|System and method for grain engine|

---

US8984431B2|2009-03-16|2015-03-17|Apple Inc.|Device, method, and graphical user interface for moving a current position in content at a variable scrubbing rate|

---

US9852761B2|2009-03-16|2017-12-26|Apple Inc.|Device, method, and graphical user interface for editing an audio or video attachment in an electronic message|

---

KR101645685B1|2010-12-20|2016-08-04|애플 인크.|Event recognition|

---

US8756534B2|2009-03-16|2014-06-17|Apple Inc.|Methods and graphical user interfaces for editing on a multifunction device with a touch screen display|

---

US8499243B2|2009-03-23|2013-07-30|Panasonic Corporation|Information processing device, information processing method, recording medium, and integrated circuit|

---

JP5252378B2|2009-03-26|2013-07-31|ヤマハ株式会社|MIXER DEVICE WINDOW CONTROL METHOD, MIXER DEVICE, AND MIXER DEVICE WINDOW CONTROL PROGRAM|

---

US8175653B2|2009-03-30|2012-05-08|Microsoft Corporation|Chromeless user interface|

---

CN102460355B|2009-04-05|2016-03-16|放射粒子工程有限公司|Integration input and display system and method|

---

US9189124B2|2009-04-15|2015-11-17|Wyse Technology L.L.C.|Custom pointer features for touch-screen on remote client devices|

---

JP4801228B2|2009-04-24|2011-10-26|京セラ株式会社|Input device|

---

WO2010122813A1|2009-04-24|2010-10-28|京セラ株式会社|Input device|

---

KR20100118458A|2009-04-28|2010-11-05|엘지전자 주식회사|Method for processing image and mobile terminal having camera thereof|

---

US9354795B2|2009-04-29|2016-05-31|Lenovo Pte. Ltd|Refining manual input interpretation on touch surfaces|

---

US8418082B2|2009-05-01|2013-04-09|Apple Inc.|Cross-track edit indicators and edit selections|

---

US8627207B2|2009-05-01|2014-01-07|Apple Inc.|Presenting an editing tool in a composite display area|

---

US8669945B2|2009-05-07|2014-03-11|Microsoft Corporation|Changing of list views on mobile device|

---

US8427503B2|2009-05-18|2013-04-23|Nokia Corporation|Method, apparatus and computer program product for creating graphical objects with desired physical features for usage in animation|

---

KR101640463B1|2009-05-19|2016-07-18|삼성전자 주식회사|Operation Method And Apparatus For Portable Device|

---

KR101601040B1|2009-05-19|2016-03-09|삼성전자주식회사|Screen Display Method And Apparatus For Portable Device|

---

US20140078318A1|2009-05-22|2014-03-20|Motorola Mobility Llc|Electronic Device with Sensing Assembly and Method for Interpreting Consecutive Gestures|

---

US9148618B2|2009-05-29|2015-09-29|Apple Inc.|Systems and methods for previewing newly captured image content and reviewing previously stored image content|

---

US8549432B2|2009-05-29|2013-10-01|Apple Inc.|Radial menus|

---

KR101560718B1|2009-05-29|2015-10-15|엘지전자 주식회사|Mobile terminal and method for displaying information thereof|

---

KR20100129424A|2009-06-01|2010-12-09|한국표준과학연구원|Method and apparatus to provide user interface using touch screen based on location and intensity|

---

US9372536B2|2009-06-05|2016-06-21|Empire Technology Development Llc|Touch screen with tactile feedback|

---

US8681106B2|2009-06-07|2014-03-25|Apple Inc.|Devices, methods, and graphical user interfaces for accessibility using a touch-sensitive surface|

---

US20100313158A1|2009-06-08|2010-12-09|Lg Electronics Inc.|Method for editing data in mobile terminal and mobile terminal using the same|

---

US8621387B2|2009-06-08|2013-12-31|Apple Inc.|User interface for multiple display regions|

---

US9405456B2|2009-06-08|2016-08-02|Xerox Corporation|Manipulation of displayed objects by virtual magnetism|

---

US8823749B2|2009-06-10|2014-09-02|Qualcomm Incorporated|User interface methods providing continuous zoom functionality|

---

KR101598335B1|2009-06-11|2016-02-29|엘지전자 주식회사|Operating a Mobile Termianl|

---

US9330503B2|2009-06-19|2016-05-03|Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc|Presaging and surfacing interactivity within data visualizations|

---

US8593415B2|2009-06-19|2013-11-26|Lg Electronics Inc.|Method for processing touch signal in mobile terminal and mobile terminal using the same|

---

WO2010150893A1|2009-06-26|2010-12-29|京セラ株式会社|Communication device and electronic device|

---

US8207950B2|2009-07-03|2012-06-26|Tactus Technologies|User interface enhancement system|

---

US20110010626A1|2009-07-09|2011-01-13|Jorge Fino|Device and Method for Adjusting a Playback Control with a Finger Gesture|

---

KR101608764B1|2009-07-14|2016-04-04|엘지전자 주식회사|Mobile terminal and method for controlling display thereof|

---

US9305232B2|2009-07-22|2016-04-05|Blackberry Limited|Display orientation change for wireless devices|

---

CA2761700C|2009-07-24|2014-12-02|Research In Motion Limited|Method and apparatus for a touch-sensitive display|

---

JP5197521B2|2009-07-29|2013-05-15|京セラ株式会社|Input device|

---

US9244562B1|2009-07-31|2016-01-26|Amazon Technologies, Inc.|Gestures and touches on force-sensitive input devices|

---

JP5398408B2|2009-08-07|2014-01-29|オリンパスイメージング株式会社|CAMERA, CAMERA CONTROL METHOD, DISPLAY CONTROL DEVICE, AND DISPLAY CONTROL METHOD|

---

US20110055135A1|2009-08-26|2011-03-03|International Business Machines Corporation|Deferred Teleportation or Relocation in Virtual Worlds|

---

US20110070342A1|2009-08-26|2011-03-24|Wilkens Patrick J|Method for evaluating and orientating baked product|

---

JP2011048686A|2009-08-27|2011-03-10|Kyocera Corp|Input apparatus|

---

US8363020B2|2009-08-27|2013-01-29|Symbol Technologies, Inc.|Methods and apparatus for pressure-based manipulation of content on a touch screen|

---

JP5310389B2|2009-08-27|2013-10-09|ソニー株式会社|Information processing apparatus, information processing method, and program|

---

JP2011048669A|2009-08-27|2011-03-10|Kyocera Corp|Input device|

---

JP5304544B2|2009-08-28|2013-10-02|ソニー株式会社|Information processing apparatus, information processing method, and program|

---

JP5267388B2|2009-08-31|2013-08-21|ソニー株式会社|Information processing apparatus, information processing method, and program|

---

JP5593655B2|2009-08-31|2014-09-24|ソニー株式会社|Information processing apparatus, information processing method, and program|

---

US8390583B2|2009-08-31|2013-03-05|Qualcomm Incorporated|Pressure sensitive user interface for mobile devices|

---

KR20110023977A|2009-09-01|2011-03-09|삼성전자주식회사|Method and apparatus for managing widget in mobile terminal|

---

US8451238B2|2009-09-02|2013-05-28|Amazon Technologies, Inc.|Touch-screen user interface|

---

US9262063B2|2009-09-02|2016-02-16|Amazon Technologies, Inc.|Touch-screen user interface|

---

JP2011053974A|2009-09-02|2011-03-17|Sony Corp|Device and method for controlling operation, and computer program|

---

JP2011053971A|2009-09-02|2011-03-17|Sony Corp|Apparatus, method and program for processing information|

---

JP5310403B2|2009-09-02|2013-10-09|ソニー株式会社|Information processing apparatus, information processing method, and program|

---

JP5182260B2|2009-09-02|2013-04-17|ソニー株式会社|Operation control device, operation control method, and computer program|

---

TW201109990A|2009-09-04|2011-03-16|Higgstec Inc|Touch gesture detecting method of a touch panel|

---

JP5278259B2|2009-09-07|2013-09-04|ソニー株式会社|Input device, input method, and program|

---

KR101150545B1|2009-09-07|2012-06-11|주식회사 팬택앤큐리텔|Mobile communucation terminal and screen display change method thereof|

---

EP2302496A1|2009-09-10|2011-03-30|Research In Motion Limited|Dynamic sizing of identifier on a touch-sensitive display|

---

US20110057886A1|2009-09-10|2011-03-10|Oliver Ng|Dynamic sizing of identifier on a touch-sensitive display|

---

KR20110028834A|2009-09-14|2011-03-22|삼성전자주식회사|Method and apparatus for providing user interface using touch pressure on touch screen of mobile station|

---

US8264471B2|2009-09-22|2012-09-11|Sony Mobile Communications Ab|Miniature character input mechanism|

---

EP3260969B1|2009-09-22|2021-03-03|Apple Inc.|Device, method, and graphical user interface for manipulating user interface objects|

---

US8421762B2|2009-09-25|2013-04-16|Apple Inc.|Device, method, and graphical user interface for manipulation of user interface objects with activation regions|

---

JP5393377B2|2009-09-25|2014-01-22|京セラ株式会社|Input device|

---

US8436806B2|2009-10-02|2013-05-07|Research In Motion Limited|Method of synchronizing data acquisition and a portable electronic device configured to perform the same|

---

US9141260B2|2009-10-08|2015-09-22|Red Hat, Inc.|Workspace management tool|

---

US20110084910A1|2009-10-13|2011-04-14|Research In Motion Limited|Portable electronic device including touch-sensitive display and method of controlling same|

---

KR101092592B1|2009-10-14|2011-12-13|주식회사 팬택|Mobile communication terminal and method for providing touch interface thereof|

---

CA2680602C|2009-10-19|2011-07-26|Ibm Canada Limited - Ibm Canada Limitee|System and method for generating and displaying hybrid context menus|

---

US20110102829A1|2009-10-30|2011-05-05|Jourdan Arlene T|Image size warning|

---

US8677284B2|2009-11-04|2014-03-18|Alpine Electronics, Inc.|Method and apparatus for controlling and displaying contents in a user interface|

---

JP5328611B2|2009-11-05|2013-10-30|シャープ株式会社|Portable information terminal|

---

US20110109617A1|2009-11-12|2011-05-12|Microsoft Corporation|Visualizing Depth|

---

JP2011107823A|2009-11-13|2011-06-02|Canon Inc|Display controller and display control method|

---

KR101725888B1|2009-11-13|2017-04-13|삼성전자주식회사|Method and apparatus for providing image in camera or remote-controller for camera|

---

KR101611440B1|2009-11-16|2016-04-11|삼성전자주식회사|Method and apparatus for processing image|

---

US8665227B2|2009-11-19|2014-03-04|Motorola Mobility Llc|Method and apparatus for replicating physical key function with soft keys in an electronic device|

---

US8432367B2|2009-11-19|2013-04-30|Google Inc.|Translating user interaction with a touch screen into input commands|

---

KR101620058B1|2009-11-23|2016-05-24|삼성전자주식회사|Apparatus for switching screen between virtual machines and method thereof|

---

KR101073309B1|2009-11-24|2011-10-12|삼성모바일디스플레이주식회사|touch screen system and driving method thereof|

---

US8799816B2|2009-12-07|2014-08-05|Motorola Mobility Llc|Display interface and method for displaying multiple items arranged in a sequence|

---

US8769428B2|2009-12-09|2014-07-01|Citrix Systems, Inc.|Methods and systems for generating a combined display of taskbar button group entries generated on a local machine and on a remote machine|

---

US8633916B2|2009-12-10|2014-01-21|Apple, Inc.|Touch pad with force sensors and actuator feedback|

---

US9557735B2|2009-12-10|2017-01-31|Fisher-Rosemount Systems, Inc.|Methods and apparatus to manage process control status rollups|

---

JP5490508B2|2009-12-11|2014-05-14|京セラ株式会社|Device having touch sensor, tactile sensation presentation method, and tactile sensation presentation program|

---

US8358281B2|2009-12-15|2013-01-22|Apple Inc.|Device, method, and graphical user interface for management and manipulation of user interface elements|

---

US8381125B2|2009-12-16|2013-02-19|Apple Inc.|Device and method for resizing user interface content while maintaining an aspect ratio via snapping a perimeter to a gridline|

---

US8274592B2|2009-12-22|2012-09-25|Eastman Kodak Company|Variable rate browsing of an image collection|

---

US8525839B2|2010-01-06|2013-09-03|Apple Inc.|Device, method, and graphical user interface for providing digital content products|

---

US8698845B2|2010-01-06|2014-04-15|Apple Inc.|Device, method, and graphical user interface with interactive popup views|

---

US20110167339A1|2010-01-06|2011-07-07|Lemay Stephen O|Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Attachment Viewing and Editing|

---

US8862576B2|2010-01-06|2014-10-14|Apple Inc.|Device, method, and graphical user interface for mapping directions between search results|

---

US8438504B2|2010-01-06|2013-05-07|Apple Inc.|Device, method, and graphical user interface for navigating through multiple viewing areas|

---

US8698762B2|2010-01-06|2014-04-15|Apple Inc.|Device, method, and graphical user interface for navigating and displaying content in context|

---

US8510677B2|2010-01-06|2013-08-13|Apple Inc.|Device, method, and graphical user interface for navigating through a range of values|

---

US8793611B2|2010-01-06|2014-07-29|Apple Inc.|Device, method, and graphical user interface for manipulating selectable user interface objects|

---

KR101616875B1|2010-01-07|2016-05-02|삼성전자주식회사|Touch panel and electronic device including the touch panel|

---

US20110175826A1|2010-01-15|2011-07-21|Bradford Allen Moore|Automatically Displaying and Hiding an On-screen Keyboard|

---

JP5636678B2|2010-01-19|2014-12-10|ソニー株式会社|Display control apparatus, display control method, and display control program|

---

US10007393B2|2010-01-19|2018-06-26|Apple Inc.|3D view of file structure|

---

US20110179381A1|2010-01-21|2011-07-21|Research In Motion Limited|Portable electronic device and method of controlling same|

---

KR101304321B1|2010-01-22|2013-09-11|전자부품연구원|Method for providing UI according to single touch pressure and electronic device using the same|

---

US8914732B2|2010-01-22|2014-12-16|Lg Electronics Inc.|Displaying home screen profiles on a mobile terminal|

---

US8683363B2|2010-01-26|2014-03-25|Apple Inc.|Device, method, and graphical user interface for managing user interface content and user interface elements|

---

JP2011176794A|2010-01-26|2011-09-08|Canon Inc|Imaging apparatus and imaging method|

---

JP5635274B2|2010-01-27|2014-12-03|京セラ株式会社|Tactile sensation presentation apparatus and tactile sensation presentation method|

---

US20110185299A1|2010-01-28|2011-07-28|Microsoft Corporation|Stamp Gestures|

---

US8261213B2|2010-01-28|2012-09-04|Microsoft Corporation|Brush, carbon-copy, and fill gestures|

---

US8988367B2|2010-02-05|2015-03-24|Broadcom Corporation|Systems and methods for providing enhanced touch sensing|

---

US20110193881A1|2010-02-05|2011-08-11|Sony Ericsson Mobile Communications Ab|Regulation of navigation speed among displayed items and tilt angle thereof responsive to user applied pressure|

---

US8839150B2|2010-02-10|2014-09-16|Apple Inc.|Graphical objects that respond to touch or motion input|

---

KR101673918B1|2010-02-11|2016-11-09|삼성전자주식회사|Method and apparatus for providing plural informations in a portable terminal|

---

US8782556B2|2010-02-12|2014-07-15|Microsoft Corporation|User-centric soft keyboard predictive technologies|

---

US9417787B2|2010-02-12|2016-08-16|Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc|Distortion effects to indicate location in a movable data collection|

---

KR101690786B1|2010-02-12|2016-12-28|삼성전자주식회사|Device and method for performing multi-tasking|

---

CA2731772C|2010-02-15|2014-08-12|Research In Motion Limited|Graphical context short menu|

---

EP2362615A1|2010-02-15|2011-08-31|Research In Motion Limited|Method, program and system for displaying a contact object icon and corresponding contact's status on one or more communications services in a display of a mobile communications device|

---

JP2011170538A|2010-02-17|2011-09-01|Sony Corp|Information processor, information processing method and program|

---

US9965165B2|2010-02-19|2018-05-08|Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc|Multi-finger gestures|

---

US9274682B2|2010-02-19|2016-03-01|Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc|Off-screen gestures to create on-screen input|

---

US8799827B2|2010-02-19|2014-08-05|Microsoft Corporation|Page manipulations using on and off-screen gestures|

---

US9367205B2|2010-02-19|2016-06-14|Microsoft Technolgoy Licensing, Llc|Radial menus with bezel gestures|

---

US9310994B2|2010-02-19|2016-04-12|Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc|Use of bezel as an input mechanism|

---

EP2360507B1|2010-02-22|2014-11-05|DST Innovations Limited|Display elements|

---

JP4891463B2|2010-02-23|2012-03-07|京セラ株式会社|Electronics|

---

EP2679013A2|2010-02-23|2014-01-01|MUV Interactive Ltd.|A system for projecting content to a display surface having user-controlled size, shape and location/direction and apparatus and methods useful in conjunction therewith|

---

US8751970B2|2010-02-25|2014-06-10|Microsoft Corporation|Multi-screen synchronous slide gesture|

---

US20120324471A1|2010-02-26|2012-12-20|Nec Corporation|Control device, management device, data processing method of control device, and program|

---

US9361018B2|2010-03-01|2016-06-07|Blackberry Limited|Method of providing tactile feedback and apparatus|

---

US8941600B2|2010-03-05|2015-01-27|Mckesson Financial Holdings|Apparatus for providing touch feedback for user input to a touch sensitive surface|

---

JP5413250B2|2010-03-05|2014-02-12|ソニー株式会社|Image processing apparatus, image processing method, and program|

---

US20110221684A1|2010-03-11|2011-09-15|Sony Ericsson Mobile Communications Ab|Touch-sensitive input device, mobile device and method for operating a touch-sensitive input device|

---

JP2011192179A|2010-03-16|2011-09-29|Kyocera Corp|Device, method and program for inputting character|

---

JP2011192215A|2010-03-16|2011-09-29|Kyocera Corp|Device, method and program for inputting character|

---

CN102812422B|2010-03-18|2016-01-06|京瓷株式会社|Electronic equipment|

---

JP2011197848A|2010-03-18|2011-10-06|Rohm Co Ltd|Touch-panel input device|

---

US8756522B2|2010-03-19|2014-06-17|Blackberry Limited|Portable electronic device and method of controlling same|

---

US9069416B2|2010-03-25|2015-06-30|Google Inc.|Method and system for selecting content using a touchscreen|

---

US8725706B2|2010-03-26|2014-05-13|Nokia Corporation|Method and apparatus for multi-item searching|

---

US20130021288A1|2010-03-31|2013-01-24|Nokia Corporation|Apparatuses, Methods and Computer Programs for a Virtual Stylus|

---

US8826184B2|2010-04-05|2014-09-02|Lg Electronics Inc.|Mobile terminal and image display controlling method thereof|

---

JP2011221640A|2010-04-06|2011-11-04|Sony Corp|Information processor, information processing method and program|

---

US10788976B2|2010-04-07|2020-09-29|Apple Inc.|Device, method, and graphical user interface for managing folders with multiple pages|

---

US9823831B2|2010-04-07|2017-11-21|Apple Inc.|Device, method, and graphical user interface for managing concurrently open software applications|

---

US9052925B2|2010-04-07|2015-06-09|Apple Inc.|Device, method, and graphical user interface for managing concurrently open software applications|

---

US9170708B2|2010-04-07|2015-10-27|Apple Inc.|Device, method, and graphical user interface for managing folders|

---

CN110851068A|2013-03-15|2020-02-28|苹果公司|Method and electronic device for managing user interface|

---

EP2375309A1|2010-04-08|2011-10-12|Research in Motion Limited|Handheld device with localized delays for triggering tactile feedback|

---

US9417695B2|2010-04-08|2016-08-16|Blackberry Limited|Tactile feedback method and apparatus|

---

EP2375314A1|2010-04-08|2011-10-12|Research in Motion Limited|Touch-sensitive device and method of control|

---

US20110248948A1|2010-04-08|2011-10-13|Research In Motion Limited|Touch-sensitive device and method of control|

---

EP2378406B1|2010-04-13|2018-08-22|LG Electronics Inc.|Mobile terminal and method of controlling operation of the mobile terminal|

---

US9026932B1|2010-04-16|2015-05-05|Amazon Technologies, Inc.|Edge navigation user interface|

---

KR101668240B1|2010-04-19|2016-10-21|엘지전자 주식회사|Mobile terminal and operation control method thereof|

---

US9285988B2|2010-04-20|2016-03-15|Blackberry Limited|Portable electronic device having touch-sensitive display with variable repeat rate|

---

KR101704531B1|2010-04-22|2017-02-08|삼성전자주식회사|Method and apparatus for displaying text information in mobile terminal|

---

JP2011242386A|2010-04-23|2011-12-01|Immersion Corp|Transparent compound piezoelectric material aggregate of contact sensor and tactile sense actuator|

---

JP2011232947A|2010-04-27|2011-11-17|Lenovo Singapore Pte Ltd|Information processor, window display method thereof and computer executable program|

---

JP2011238125A|2010-05-12|2011-11-24|Sony Corp|Image processing device, method and program|

---

US8451255B2|2010-05-14|2013-05-28|Arnett Ryan Weber|Method of providing tactile feedback and electronic device|

---

EP2386935B1|2010-05-14|2015-02-11|BlackBerry Limited|Method of providing tactile feedback and electronic device|

---

US8466889B2|2010-05-14|2013-06-18|Research In Motion Limited|Method of providing tactile feedback and electronic device|

---

US20110285656A1|2010-05-19|2011-11-24|Google Inc.|Sliding Motion To Change Computer Keys|

---

US20110296333A1|2010-05-25|2011-12-01|Bateman Steven S|User interaction gestures with virtual keyboard|

---

US20110296351A1|2010-05-26|2011-12-01|T-Mobile Usa, Inc.|User Interface with Z-axis Interaction and Multiple Stacks|

---

US8860672B2|2010-05-26|2014-10-14|T-Mobile Usa, Inc.|User interface with z-axis interaction|

---

KR101626301B1|2010-05-28|2016-06-01|엘지전자 주식회사|Electronic device and operation control method thereof|

---

US8669946B2|2010-05-28|2014-03-11|Blackberry Limited|Electronic device including touch-sensitive display and method of controlling same|

---

US9530144B2|2010-05-28|2016-12-27|Rakuten, Inc.|Content output device, content output method, content output program, and recording medium having content output program recorded thereon|

---

US20130120280A1|2010-05-28|2013-05-16|Tim Kukulski|System and Method for Evaluating Interoperability of Gesture Recognizers|

---

EP2390772A1|2010-05-31|2011-11-30|Sony Ericsson Mobile Communications AB|User interface with three dimensional user input|

---

WO2011151501A1|2010-06-01|2011-12-08|Nokia Corporation|A method, a device and a system for receiving user input|

---

US9046999B1|2010-06-08|2015-06-02|Google Inc.|Dynamic input at a touch-based interface based on pressure|

---

JP2011257941A|2010-06-08|2011-12-22|Panasonic Corp|Character input device, character decoration method and character decoration program|

---

US20120089951A1|2010-06-10|2012-04-12|Cricket Communications, Inc.|Method and apparatus for navigation within a multi-level application|

---

US20110307778A1|2010-06-10|2011-12-15|Acer Incorporated|Mobile electronic apparatus and method of switching application programs thereof|

---

US20110304577A1|2010-06-11|2011-12-15|Sp Controls, Inc.|Capacitive touch screen stylus|

---

US20110304559A1|2010-06-11|2011-12-15|Research In Motion Limited|Portable electronic device including touch-sensitive display and method of changing tactile feedback|

---

WO2011158054A1|2010-06-14|2011-12-22|Sony Ericsson Mobile Communications Ab|Regulation of audio volume and/or speed responsive to user applied pressure and related methods|

---

US8542205B1|2010-06-24|2013-09-24|Amazon Technologies, Inc.|Refining search results based on touch gestures|

---

US8477109B1|2010-06-24|2013-07-02|Amazon Technologies, Inc.|Surfacing reference work entries on touch-sensitive displays|

---

KR20120002727A|2010-07-01|2012-01-09|주식회사 팬택|Apparatus for displaying 3d ui|

---

JP5589625B2|2010-07-08|2014-09-17|ソニー株式会社|Information processing apparatus, information processing method, and program|

---

US8972903B2|2010-07-08|2015-03-03|Apple Inc.|Using gesture to navigate hierarchically ordered user interface screens|

---

US20120013541A1|2010-07-14|2012-01-19|Research In Motion Limited|Portable electronic device and method of controlling same|

---

US20120013542A1|2010-07-16|2012-01-19|Research In Motion Limited|Portable electronic device and method of determining a location of a touch|

---

US8854316B2|2010-07-16|2014-10-07|Blackberry Limited|Portable electronic device with a touch-sensitive display and navigation device and method|

---

KR20120009564A|2010-07-19|2012-02-02|삼성전자주식회사|Apparatus and method for generating 3 dimentional mouse pointer|

---

US20120019448A1|2010-07-22|2012-01-26|Nokia Corporation|User Interface with Touch Pressure Level Sensing|

---

JP5529663B2|2010-07-28|2014-06-25|京セラ株式会社|Input device|

---

JP2012027875A|2010-07-28|2012-02-09|Sony Corp|Electronic apparatus, processing method and program|

---

US8402533B2|2010-08-06|2013-03-19|Google Inc.|Input to locked computing device|

---

US8593418B2|2010-08-08|2013-11-26|Qualcomm Incorporated|Method and system for adjusting display content|

---

WO2012019285A1|2010-08-09|2012-02-16|Intelligent Mechatronic Systems Inc.|Interface for mobile device and computing device|

---

US8698765B1|2010-08-17|2014-04-15|Amazon Technologies, Inc.|Associating concepts within content items|

---

US8576184B2|2010-08-19|2013-11-05|Nokia Corporation|Method and apparatus for browsing content files|

---

JP5625612B2|2010-08-19|2014-11-19|株式会社リコー|Operation display device and operation display method|

---

JP5573487B2|2010-08-20|2014-08-20|ソニー株式会社|Information processing apparatus, program, and operation control method|

---

JP5510185B2|2010-08-20|2014-06-04|ソニー株式会社|Information processing apparatus, program, and display control method|

---

US9715332B1|2010-08-26|2017-07-25|Cypress Lake Software, Inc.|Methods, systems, and computer program products for navigating between visual components|

---

JP2011048832A|2010-08-27|2011-03-10|Kyocera Corp|Input device|

---

JP5813301B2|2010-09-01|2015-11-17|京セラ株式会社|Display device|

---

JP5732783B2|2010-09-02|2015-06-10|ソニー株式会社|Information processing apparatus, input control method for information processing apparatus, and program|

---

KR101739054B1|2010-09-08|2017-05-24|삼성전자주식회사|Motion control method and apparatus in a device|

---

US10645344B2|2010-09-10|2020-05-05|Avigilion Analytics Corporation|Video system with intelligent visual display|

---

US20120066648A1|2010-09-14|2012-03-15|Xerox Corporation|Move and turn touch screen interface for manipulating objects in a 3d scene|

---

US9164670B2|2010-09-15|2015-10-20|Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc|Flexible touch-based scrolling|

---

KR101657122B1|2010-09-15|2016-09-30|엘지전자 주식회사|Mobile terminal and method for controlling the same|

---

JP6049990B2|2010-09-15|2016-12-21|京セラ株式会社|Portable electronic device, screen control method, and screen control program|

---

EP2431870B1|2010-09-17|2019-11-27|LG Electronics Inc.|Mobile terminal and control method thereof|

---

GB201015720D0|2010-09-20|2010-10-27|Gammons Richard|Findability of data elements|

---

KR20130005296A|2010-09-24|2013-01-15|큐엔엑스 소프트웨어 시스템즈 리미티드|Portable electronic device and method of controlling same|

---

US9030419B1|2010-09-28|2015-05-12|Amazon Technologies, Inc.|Touch and force user interface navigation|

---

JP5725533B2|2010-09-29|2015-05-27|Ｎｅｃカシオモバイルコミュニケーションズ株式会社|Information processing apparatus and input method|

---

US8817053B2|2010-09-30|2014-08-26|Apple Inc.|Methods and systems for opening a file|

---

US9323442B2|2010-09-30|2016-04-26|Apple Inc.|Managing items in a user interface|

---

US8713474B2|2010-10-05|2014-04-29|Citrix Systems, Inc.|Providing user interfaces and window previews for hosted applications|

---

EP2447818A1|2010-10-07|2012-05-02|Research in Motion Limited|Method and portable electronic device for presenting text|

---

US20120089942A1|2010-10-07|2012-04-12|Research In Motion Limited|Method and portable electronic device for presenting text|

---

JP5664103B2|2010-10-08|2015-02-04|ソニー株式会社|Information processing apparatus, information processing method, and program|

---

KR20130052743A|2010-10-15|2013-05-23|삼성전자주식회사|Method for selecting menu item|

---

JP5751934B2|2010-10-15|2015-07-22|キヤノン株式会社|Information processing apparatus, information processing method, and program|

---

KR101726607B1|2010-10-19|2017-04-13|삼성전자주식회사|Method and apparatus for controlling screen in mobile terminal|

---

US20120102437A1|2010-10-22|2012-04-26|Microsoft Corporation|Notification Group Touch Gesture Dismissal Techniques|

---

JP5710934B2|2010-10-25|2015-04-30|シャープ株式会社|Content display device and content display method|

---

US8655085B2|2010-10-28|2014-02-18|Microsoft Corporation|Burst mode image compression and decompression|

---

US20120105367A1|2010-11-01|2012-05-03|Impress Inc.|Methods of using tactile force sensing for intuitive user interface|

---

US9262002B2|2010-11-03|2016-02-16|Qualcomm Incorporated|Force sensing touch screen|

---

US8754860B2|2010-11-05|2014-06-17|Apple Inc.|Device, method, and graphical user interface for manipulating soft keyboards|

---

US9760241B1|2010-11-05|2017-09-12|Amazon Technologies, Inc.|Tactile interaction with content|

---

US8587547B2|2010-11-05|2013-11-19|Apple Inc.|Device, method, and graphical user interface for manipulating soft keyboards|

---

EP2638450A1|2010-11-09|2013-09-18|Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V.|User interface with haptic feedback|

---

JP5719205B2|2010-11-22|2015-05-13|シャープ株式会社|Electronic device and display control method|

---

US8560960B2|2010-11-23|2013-10-15|Apple Inc.|Browsing and interacting with open windows|

---

JP2012118825A|2010-12-01|2012-06-21|Fujitsu Ten Ltd|Display device|

---

US9069452B2|2010-12-01|2015-06-30|Apple Inc.|Morphing a user-interface control object|

---

US9223445B2|2010-12-02|2015-12-29|Atmel Corporation|Position-sensing and force detection panel|

---

US10503255B2|2010-12-02|2019-12-10|Immersion Corporation|Haptic feedback assisted text manipulation|

---

JP5700783B2|2010-12-07|2015-04-15|任天堂株式会社|Information processing program, information processing apparatus, information processing system, and information processing method|

---

US9223461B1|2010-12-08|2015-12-29|Wendell Brown|Graphical user interface|

---

US8660978B2|2010-12-17|2014-02-25|Microsoft Corporation|Detecting and responding to unintentional contact with a computing device|

---

US9244606B2|2010-12-20|2016-01-26|Apple Inc.|Device, method, and graphical user interface for navigation of concurrently open software applications|

---

US9354804B2|2010-12-29|2016-05-31|Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc|Touch event anticipation in a computing device|

---

JP5698529B2|2010-12-29|2015-04-08|任天堂株式会社|Display control program, display control device, display control system, and display control method|

---

US9471145B2|2011-01-06|2016-10-18|Blackberry Limited|Electronic device and method of displaying information in response to a gesture|

---

US20120179967A1|2011-01-06|2012-07-12|Tivo Inc.|Method and Apparatus for Gesture-Based Controls|

---

US20120180001A1|2011-01-06|2012-07-12|Research In Motion Limited|Electronic device and method of controlling same|

---

KR101892630B1|2011-01-10|2018-08-28|삼성전자주식회사|Touch display apparatus and method for displaying thereof|

---

US20120185787A1|2011-01-13|2012-07-19|Microsoft Corporation|User interface interaction behavior based on insertion point|

---

US20120183271A1|2011-01-17|2012-07-19|Qualcomm Incorporated|Pressure-based video recording|

---

US9519418B2|2011-01-18|2016-12-13|Nokia Technologies Oy|Method and apparatus for providing a multi-stage device transition mechanism initiated based on a touch gesture|

---

KR102014273B1|2011-02-10|2019-08-26|삼성전자주식회사|Portable device having touch screen display and method for controlling thereof|

---

US10133388B2|2011-02-10|2018-11-20|Kyocera Corporation|Input device|

---

US20120218203A1|2011-02-10|2012-08-30|Kanki Noriyoshi|Touch drawing display apparatus and operation method thereof, image display apparatus allowing touch-input, and controller for the display apparatus|

---

US8780140B2|2011-02-16|2014-07-15|Sony Corporation|Variable display scale control device and variable playing speed control device|

---

US8756503B2|2011-02-21|2014-06-17|Xerox Corporation|Query generation from displayed text documents using virtual magnets|

---

US9727177B2|2011-02-23|2017-08-08|Kyocera Corporation|Electronic device with a touch sensor|

---

US8593420B1|2011-03-04|2013-11-26|Amazon Technologies, Inc.|Providing tactile output and interaction|

---

US9195321B2|2011-03-17|2015-11-24|Intellitact Llc|Input device user interface enhancements|

---

US8479110B2|2011-03-20|2013-07-02|William J. Johnson|System and method for summoning user interface objects|

---

US20120249853A1|2011-03-28|2012-10-04|Marc Krolczyk|Digital camera for reviewing related images|

---

US20120249575A1|2011-03-28|2012-10-04|Marc Krolczyk|Display device for displaying related digital images|

---

US20120256846A1|2011-04-05|2012-10-11|Research In Motion Limited|Electronic device and method of controlling same|

---

US8872773B2|2011-04-05|2014-10-28|Blackberry Limited|Electronic device and method of controlling same|

---

US20120256857A1|2011-04-05|2012-10-11|Mak Genevieve Elizabeth|Electronic device and method of controlling same|

---

US20120260220A1|2011-04-06|2012-10-11|Research In Motion Limited|Portable electronic device having gesture recognition and a method for controlling the same|

---

US8736716B2|2011-04-06|2014-05-27|Apple Inc.|Digital camera having variable duration burst mode|

---

JPWO2012137946A1|2011-04-06|2014-07-28|京セラ株式会社|Electronic device, operation control method, and operation control program|

---

KR101803261B1|2011-11-18|2017-11-30|센톤스 아이엔씨.|Detecting touch input force|

---

US10222974B2|2011-05-03|2019-03-05|Nokia Technologies Oy|Method and apparatus for providing quick access to device functionality|

---

WO2012153555A1|2011-05-12|2012-11-15|アルプス電気株式会社|Input device and multi-point load detection method employing input device|

---

US9152288B2|2011-05-19|2015-10-06|Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc|Remote multi-touch|

---

US8952987B2|2011-05-19|2015-02-10|Qualcomm Incorporated|User interface elements augmented with force detection|

---

WO2012162158A1|2011-05-20|2012-11-29|Citrix Systems, Inc.|Shell integration on a mobile device for an application executing remotely on a server|

---

US9658766B2|2011-05-27|2017-05-23|Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc|Edge gesture|

---

JP5808404B2|2011-05-27|2015-11-10|京セラ株式会社|Electronics|

---

US9104440B2|2011-05-27|2015-08-11|Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc|Multi-application environment|

---

US20120304132A1|2011-05-27|2012-11-29|Chaitanya Dev Sareen|Switching back to a previously-interacted-with application|

---

KR101802759B1|2011-05-30|2017-11-29|엘지전자 주식회사|Mobile terminal and Method for controlling display thereof|

---

US8719695B2|2011-05-31|2014-05-06|Apple Inc.|Devices, methods, and graphical user interfaces for document manipulation|

---

KR101290145B1|2011-05-31|2013-07-26|삼성전자주식회사|Control method and apparatus for touch screen, computer-reable recording medium, and terminal apparatus|

---

US8587542B2|2011-06-01|2013-11-19|Motorola Mobility Llc|Using pressure differences with a touch-sensitive display screen|

---

US8508494B2|2011-06-01|2013-08-13|Motorola Mobility Llc|Using pressure differences with a touch-sensitive display screen|

---

US9310958B2|2011-06-02|2016-04-12|Lenovo Pte. Ltd.|Dock for favorite applications|

---

KR101838260B1|2011-06-03|2018-03-13|구글 엘엘씨|Gestures for selecting text|

---

US9513799B2|2011-06-05|2016-12-06|Apple Inc.|Devices, methods, and graphical user interfaces for providing control of a touch-based user interface absent physical touch capabilities|

---

US8661337B2|2011-06-05|2014-02-25|Apple Inc.|Techniques for use of snapshots with browsing transitions|

---

WO2012167735A1|2011-06-07|2012-12-13|联想有限公司|Electrical device, touch input method and control method|

---

KR20120135723A|2011-06-07|2012-12-17|김연수|Touch panel type signal input device|

---

TWI431516B|2011-06-21|2014-03-21|Quanta Comp Inc|Method and electronic device for tactile feedback|

---

US9304668B2|2011-06-28|2016-04-05|Nokia Technologies Oy|Method and apparatus for customizing a display screen of a user interface|

---

CA2839729A1|2011-06-29|2013-01-03|Blackberry Limited|Character preview method and apparatus|

---

US20130014057A1|2011-07-07|2013-01-10|Thermal Matrix USA, Inc.|Composite control for a graphical user interface|

---

US9720587B2|2011-07-11|2017-08-01|Kddi Corporation|User interface device enabling input motions by finger touch in different modes, and method and program for recognizing input motion|

---

US9158455B2|2011-07-12|2015-10-13|Apple Inc.|Multifunctional environment for image cropping|

---

US20130016042A1|2011-07-12|2013-01-17|Ville Makinen|Haptic device with touch gesture interface|

---

JP5325943B2|2011-07-12|2013-10-23|富士フイルム株式会社|Information processing apparatus, information processing method, and program|

---

US9086794B2|2011-07-14|2015-07-21|Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc|Determining gestures on context based menus|

---

WO2013015070A1|2011-07-22|2013-01-31|Kddi株式会社|User interface device capable of image scrolling not accompanying finger movement, image scrolling method, and program|

---

US8713482B2|2011-07-28|2014-04-29|National Instruments Corporation|Gestures for presentation of different views of a system diagram|

---

JP5295328B2|2011-07-29|2013-09-18|Ｋｄｄｉ株式会社|User interface device capable of input by screen pad, input processing method and program|

---

KR101830965B1|2011-08-03|2018-02-22|엘지전자 주식회사|Mobile Terminal And Method Of Controlling The Same|

---

JP6050352B2|2011-08-05|2016-12-21|トムソン ライセンシングＴｈｏｍｓｏｎ Ｌｉｃｅｎｓｉｎｇ|Video peaking|

---

US9417754B2|2011-08-05|2016-08-16|P4tents1, LLC|User interface system, method, and computer program product|

---

US20130044062A1|2011-08-16|2013-02-21|Nokia Corporation|Method and apparatus for translating between force inputs and temporal inputs|

---

US20130047100A1|2011-08-17|2013-02-21|Google Inc.|Link Disambiguation For Touch Screens|

---

US20130050131A1|2011-08-23|2013-02-28|Garmin Switzerland Gmbh|Hover based navigation user interface control|

---

US8806369B2|2011-08-26|2014-08-12|Apple Inc.|Device, method, and graphical user interface for managing and interacting with concurrently open software applications|

---

KR101351162B1|2011-08-30|2014-01-14|주식회사 팬택|Terminal apparatus and method for supporting list selection using flicking|

---

WO2013029641A1|2011-08-31|2013-03-07|Sony Ericsson Mobile Communications Ab|Method for operating a touch sensitive user interface|

---

US20130050143A1|2011-08-31|2013-02-28|Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd.|Method of providing of user interface in portable terminal and apparatus thereof|

---

US8743069B2|2011-09-01|2014-06-03|Google Inc.|Receiving input at a computing device|

---

CN102981659B|2011-09-06|2016-01-27|宸鸿光电科技股份有限公司|The pointer of the control system of contact panel and control method and use thereof|

---

TWI475470B|2011-09-07|2015-03-01|Acer Inc|Electronic device and operation method of application programs|

---

US20130067411A1|2011-09-08|2013-03-14|Google Inc.|User gestures indicating rates of execution of functions|

---

JP5576841B2|2011-09-09|2014-08-20|Ｋｄｄｉ株式会社|User interface device capable of zooming image by pressing, image zoom method and program|

---

US9069460B2|2011-09-12|2015-06-30|Google Technology Holdings LLC|Using pressure differences with a touch-sensitive display screen|

---

US9612670B2|2011-09-12|2017-04-04|Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc|Explicit touch selection and cursor placement|

---

US8976128B2|2011-09-12|2015-03-10|Google Technology Holdings LLC|Using pressure differences with a touch-sensitive display screen|

---

US9071854B2|2011-09-12|2015-06-30|Disney Enterprises, Inc.|System and method for transmitting a services list to a playback device|

---

US9501213B2|2011-09-16|2016-11-22|Skadool, Inc.|Scheduling events on an electronic calendar utilizing fixed-positioned events and a draggable calendar grid|

---

US9519350B2|2011-09-19|2016-12-13|Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd.|Interface controlling apparatus and method using force|

---

US20130074003A1|2011-09-21|2013-03-21|Nokia Corporation|Method and apparatus for integrating user interfaces|

---

US8959430B1|2011-09-21|2015-02-17|Amazon Technologies, Inc.|Facilitating selection of keys related to a selected key|

---

JP2013070303A|2011-09-26|2013-04-18|Kddi Corp|Photographing device for enabling photographing by pressing force to screen, photographing method and program|

---

US20130082824A1|2011-09-30|2013-04-04|Nokia Corporation|Feedback response|

---

US20130086056A1|2011-09-30|2013-04-04|Matthew G. Dyor|Gesture based context menus|

---

JP2012027940A|2011-10-05|2012-02-09|Toshiba Corp|Electronic apparatus|

---

US10394441B2|2011-10-15|2019-08-27|Apple Inc.|Device, method, and graphical user interface for controlling display of application windows|

---

US8634807B2|2011-10-17|2014-01-21|Blackberry Limited|System and method for managing electronic groups|

---

US9170607B2|2011-10-17|2015-10-27|Nokia Technologies Oy|Method and apparatus for determining the presence of a device for executing operations|

---

EP2584445A1|2011-10-18|2013-04-24|Research In Motion Limited|Method of animating a rearrangement of ui elements on a display screen of an eletronic device|

---

US8810535B2|2011-10-18|2014-08-19|Blackberry Limited|Electronic device and method of controlling same|

---

CA2792685C|2011-10-18|2017-08-22|Research In Motion Limited|Method of modifying rendered attributes of list elements in a user interface|

---

CA2792900C|2011-10-18|2017-09-05|Research In Motion Limited|Method of rendering a user interface|

---

US9075631B2|2011-10-18|2015-07-07|Blackberry Limited|Method of rendering a user interface|

---

US8984448B2|2011-10-18|2015-03-17|Blackberry Limited|Method of rendering a user interface|

---

US9389707B2|2011-10-28|2016-07-12|Atmel Corporation|Active stylus with configurable touch sensor|

---

DE102012110278A1|2011-11-02|2013-05-02|Beijing Lenovo Software Ltd.|Window display methods and apparatus and method and apparatus for touch operation of applications|

---

US9582178B2|2011-11-07|2017-02-28|Immersion Corporation|Systems and methods for multi-pressure interaction on touch-sensitive surfaces|

---

WO2013067618A1|2011-11-09|2013-05-16|Research In Motion Limited|Touch-sensitive display method and apparatus|

---

JP5520918B2|2011-11-16|2014-06-11|富士ソフト株式会社|Touch panel operation method and program|

---

KR101888457B1|2011-11-16|2018-08-16|삼성전자주식회사|Apparatus having a touch screen processing plurality of apllications and method for controlling thereof|

---

KR101852549B1|2011-11-18|2018-04-27|센톤스 아이엔씨.|Localized haptic feedback|

---

KR101796481B1|2011-11-28|2017-12-04|삼성전자주식회사|Method of eliminating shutter-lags with low power consumption, camera module, and mobile device having the same|

---

KR101873744B1|2011-11-29|2018-07-03|엘지전자 주식회사|Mobile terminal and method for controlling the same|

---

US9372593B2|2011-11-29|2016-06-21|Apple Inc.|Using a three-dimensional model to render a cursor|

---

KR101824007B1|2011-12-05|2018-01-31|엘지전자 주식회사|Mobile terminal and multitasking method thereof|

---

US8581870B2|2011-12-06|2013-11-12|Apple Inc.|Touch-sensitive button with two levels|

---

US8633911B2|2011-12-14|2014-01-21|Synaptics Incorporated|Force sensing input device and method for determining force information|

---

CA2798979C|2011-12-16|2017-02-28|Research In Motion Limited|Method of rendering a user interface|

---

US20130155018A1|2011-12-20|2013-06-20|Synaptics Incorporated|Device and method for emulating a touch screen using force information|

---

US20130154959A1|2011-12-20|2013-06-20|Research In Motion Limited|System and method for controlling an electronic device|

---

CN103988159B|2011-12-22|2017-11-24|索尼公司|Display control unit and display control method|

---

US9257098B2|2011-12-23|2016-02-09|Nokia Technologies Oy|Apparatus and methods for displaying second content in response to user inputs|

---

CN103186329B|2011-12-27|2017-08-18|富泰华工业（深圳）有限公司|Electronic equipment and its touch input control method|

---

KR102006470B1|2011-12-28|2019-08-02|삼성전자 주식회사|Method and apparatus for multi-tasking in a user device|

---

US9116611B2|2011-12-29|2015-08-25|Apple Inc.|Devices, methods, and graphical user interfaces for providing multitouch inputs and hardware-based features using a single touch input|

---

US10248278B2|2011-12-30|2019-04-02|Nokia Technologies Oy|Method and apparatus for intuitive multitasking|

---

US8756511B2|2012-01-03|2014-06-17|Lg Electronics Inc.|Gesture based unlocking of a mobile terminal|

---

US20130179840A1|2012-01-09|2013-07-11|Airbiquity Inc.|User interface for mobile device|

---

KR101710547B1|2012-01-10|2017-02-27|엘지전자 주식회사|Mobile termianl and method for controlling of the same|

---

US9619038B2|2012-01-23|2017-04-11|Blackberry Limited|Electronic device and method of displaying a cover image and an application image from a low power condition|

---

JP2013153376A|2012-01-26|2013-08-08|Sony Corp|Image processing apparatus, image processing method, and recording medium|

---

JP5410555B2|2012-01-26|2014-02-05|京セラドキュメントソリューションズ株式会社|Touch panel device|

---

US20130198690A1|2012-02-01|2013-08-01|Microsoft Corporation|Visual indication of graphical user interface relationship|

---

KR101973631B1|2012-02-01|2019-04-29|엘지전자 주식회사|Electronic Device And Method Of Controlling The Same|

---

US9164779B2|2012-02-10|2015-10-20|Nokia Technologies Oy|Apparatus and method for providing for remote user interaction|

---

US20130212515A1|2012-02-13|2013-08-15|Syntellia, Inc.|User interface for text input|

---

US9146914B1|2012-02-17|2015-09-29|Google Inc.|System and method for providing a context sensitive undo function|

---

US20130227413A1|2012-02-24|2013-08-29|Simon Martin THORSANDER|Method and Apparatus for Providing a Contextual User Interface on a Device|

---

KR101356368B1|2012-02-24|2014-01-29|주식회사 팬택|Application switching apparatus and method|

---

TWI519155B|2012-02-24|2016-01-21|宏達國際電子股份有限公司|Burst image capture method and image capture system thereof|

---

KR101894567B1|2012-02-24|2018-09-03|삼성전자 주식회사|Operation Method of Lock Screen And Electronic Device supporting the same|

---

US9898174B2|2012-02-28|2018-02-20|Google Llc|Previewing expandable content items|

---

US9817568B2|2012-02-29|2017-11-14|Blackberry Limited|System and method for controlling an electronic device|

---

KR20130099647A|2012-02-29|2013-09-06|한국과학기술원|Method and apparatus for controlling contents using side interface in user terminal|

---

US9542013B2|2012-03-01|2017-01-10|Nokia Technologies Oy|Method and apparatus for determining recipients of a sharing operation based on an indication associated with a tangible object|

---

US20130232402A1|2012-03-01|2013-09-05|Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.|Method for Processing Sensor Data and Computing Node|

---

US9131192B2|2012-03-06|2015-09-08|Apple Inc.|Unified slider control for modifying multiple image properties|

---

US20130234929A1|2012-03-07|2013-09-12|Evernote Corporation|Adapting mobile user interface to unfavorable usage conditions|

---

WO2013135270A1|2012-03-13|2013-09-19|Telefonaktiebolaget L M Ericsson |An apparatus and method for navigating on a touch sensitive screen thereof|

---

CN102662573B|2012-03-24|2016-04-27|上海量明科技发展有限公司|By pressing the method and terminal that obtain options|

---

US10673691B2|2012-03-24|2020-06-02|Fred Khosropour|User interaction platform|

---

US9063644B2|2012-03-26|2015-06-23|The Boeing Company|Adjustment mechanisms for virtual knobs on a touchscreen interface|

---

CN102662571B|2012-03-26|2016-05-25|华为技术有限公司|Method and the subscriber equipment of unlock screen protection|

---

US9116571B2|2012-03-27|2015-08-25|Adonit Co., Ltd.|Method and system of data input for an electronic device equipped with a touch screen|

---

US20130257817A1|2012-03-27|2013-10-03|Nokia Corporation|Method and Apparatus for Force Sensing|

---

US9146655B2|2012-04-06|2015-09-29|Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd.|Method and device for executing object on display|

---

KR101924095B1|2012-04-06|2018-11-30|엘지전자 주식회사|Electronic Device And Method Of Controlling The Same|

---

WO2013154720A1|2012-04-13|2013-10-17|Tk Holdings Inc.|Pressure sensor including a pressure sensitive material for use with control systems and methods of using the same|

---

US20130271355A1|2012-04-13|2013-10-17|Nokia Corporation|Multi-segment wearable accessory|

---

TWI459287B|2012-04-20|2014-11-01|Hon Hai Prec Ind Co Ltd|Touch control method and electronic system utilizing the same|

---

EP2660702B1|2012-05-02|2020-12-30|Sony Corporation|Technique for displaying on the basis of duration of operation of an input device|

---

KR101956082B1|2012-05-09|2019-03-11|애플 인크.|Device, method, and graphical user interface for selecting user interface objects|

---

WO2013169865A2|2012-05-09|2013-11-14|Yknots Industries Llc|Device, method, and graphical user interface for moving a user interface object based on an intensity of a press input|

---

WO2013169843A1|2012-05-09|2013-11-14|Yknots Industries Llc|Device, method, and graphical user interface for manipulating framed graphical objects|

---

CN104487930A|2012-05-09|2015-04-01|苹果公司|Device, method, and graphical user interface for moving and dropping a user interface object|

---

CN104471521B|2012-05-09|2018-10-23|苹果公司|For providing the equipment, method and graphic user interface of feedback for the state of activation for changing user interface object|

---

WO2013169875A2|2012-05-09|2013-11-14|Yknots Industries Llc|Device, method, and graphical user interface for displaying content associated with a corresponding affordance|

---

WO2013169849A2|2012-05-09|2013-11-14|Industries Llc Yknots|Device, method, and graphical user interface for displaying user interface objects corresponding to an application|

---

EP2975512B1|2012-05-09|2019-02-06|Apple Inc.|Device and method for displaying a virtual loupe in response to a user contact|

---

DE112013002387T5|2012-05-09|2015-02-12|Apple Inc.|Apparatus, method and graphical user interface for providing tactile feedback for operations in a user interface|

---

DE112013002421T5|2012-05-09|2015-02-05|Apple Inc.|Threshold for determining feedback in computing devices|

---

WO2013169842A2|2012-05-09|2013-11-14|Yknots Industries Llc|Device, method, and graphical user interface for selecting object within a group of objects|

---

WO2013169845A1|2012-05-09|2013-11-14|Yknots Industries Llc|Device, method, and graphical user interface for scrolling nested regions|

---

EP2662761B1|2012-05-11|2020-07-01|Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd|Multiple display window providing apparatus and method|

---

US9454303B2|2012-05-16|2016-09-27|Google Inc.|Gesture touch inputs for controlling video on a touchscreen|

---

US20130307790A1|2012-05-17|2013-11-21|Nokia Corporation|Methods And Apparatus For Device Control|

---

CN111176516A|2012-05-18|2020-05-19|苹果公司|Device, method and graphical user interface for manipulating a user interface|

---

US20130321306A1|2012-05-21|2013-12-05|Door Number 3|Common drawing model|

---

US9251763B2|2012-05-25|2016-02-02|Picmonkey, Llc|System and method for image collage editing|

---

WO2013180454A1|2012-05-29|2013-12-05|Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd.|Method for displaying item in terminal and terminal using the same|

---

US9418672B2|2012-06-05|2016-08-16|Apple Inc.|Navigation application with adaptive instruction text|

---

CN102799347B|2012-06-05|2017-01-04|北京小米科技有限责任公司|It is applied to user interface interaction method, device and the touch-screen equipment of touch-screen equipment|

---

KR101909030B1|2012-06-08|2018-10-17|엘지전자 주식회사|A Method of Editing Video and a Digital Device Thereof|

---

JP2013257657A|2012-06-11|2013-12-26|Fujitsu Ltd|Information terminal equipment and display control method|

---

KR20130142301A|2012-06-19|2013-12-30|삼성전자주식회사|Device and method for setting menu environment in terminal|

---

US20140002374A1|2012-06-29|2014-01-02|Lenovo Pte. Ltd.|Text selection utilizing pressure-sensitive touch|

---

US20140026098A1|2012-07-19|2014-01-23|M2J Think Box, Inc.|Systems and methods for navigating an interface of an electronic device|

---

US9298295B2|2012-07-25|2016-03-29|Facebook, Inc.|Gestures for auto-correct|

---

KR102014775B1|2012-07-30|2019-08-27|엘지전자 주식회사|Mobile terminal and method for controlling the same|

---

JP2014032506A|2012-08-02|2014-02-20|Sharp Corp|Information processing device, selection operation detection method, and program|

---

CN103959802B|2012-08-10|2018-01-26|松下电器（美国）知识产权公司|Image provides method, dispensing device and reception device|

---

US9280206B2|2012-08-20|2016-03-08|Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd.|System and method for perceiving images with multimodal feedback|

---

KR101946365B1|2012-08-20|2019-02-11|엘지전자 주식회사|Display device and Method for controlling the same|

---

US9720586B2|2012-08-21|2017-08-01|Nokia Technologies Oy|Apparatus and method for providing for interaction with content within a digital bezel|

---

US9250783B2|2012-08-21|2016-02-02|Apple Inc.|Toggle gesture during drag gesture|

---

KR101946366B1|2012-08-23|2019-02-11|엘지전자 주식회사|Display device and Method for controlling the same|

---

TWI484405B|2012-08-23|2015-05-11|Egalax Empia Technology Inc|Method for displaying graphical user interface and electronic device using the same|

---

KR101956170B1|2012-08-29|2019-03-08|삼성전자 주식회사|Apparatus and method for storing an image of camera device and terminal equipment having a camera|

---

JP6077794B2|2012-08-29|2017-02-08|キヤノン株式会社|Information processing apparatus, control method therefor, and program|

---

KR20140029720A|2012-08-29|2014-03-11|엘지전자 주식회사|Method for controlling mobile terminal|

---

US9696879B2|2012-09-07|2017-07-04|Google Inc.|Tab scrubbing using navigation gestures|

---

US20140078343A1|2012-09-20|2014-03-20|Htc Corporation|Methods for generating video and multiple still images simultaneously and apparatuses using the same|

---

US9063563B1|2012-09-25|2015-06-23|Amazon Technologies, Inc.|Gesture actions for interface elements|

---

US9671943B2|2012-09-28|2017-06-06|Dassault Systemes Simulia Corp.|Touch-enabled complex data entry|

---

US9372538B2|2012-09-28|2016-06-21|Denso International America, Inc.|Multiple-force, dynamically-adjusted, 3-D touch surface with feedback for human machine interface |

---

EP2904484A4|2012-10-05|2016-06-01|Tactual Labs Co|Hybrid systems and methods for low-latency user input processing and feedback|

---

US20140109016A1|2012-10-16|2014-04-17|Yu Ouyang|Gesture-based cursor control|

---

KR102032336B1|2012-10-19|2019-11-08|한국전자통신연구원|Touch panel providing tactile feedback in response to variable pressure and operation method thereof|

---

US20140111670A1|2012-10-23|2014-04-24|Nvidia Corporation|System and method for enhanced image capture|

---

US20140118268A1|2012-11-01|2014-05-01|Google Inc.|Touch screen operation using additional inputs|

---

US9448694B2|2012-11-09|2016-09-20|Intel Corporation|Graphical user interface for navigating applications|

---

US10185416B2|2012-11-20|2019-01-22|Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd.|User gesture input to wearable electronic device involving movement of device|

---

US20140152581A1|2012-11-30|2014-06-05|Lenovo Pte. Ltd.|Force as a device action modifier|

---

JP5786909B2|2012-11-30|2015-09-30|キヤノンマーケティングジャパン株式会社|Information processing apparatus, information processing system, information display method, control method, and program|

---

KR20140071118A|2012-12-03|2014-06-11|삼성전자주식회사|Method for displaying for virtual button an electronic device thereof|

---

US10282088B2|2012-12-06|2019-05-07|Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd.|Configuration of application execution spaces and sub-spaces for sharing data on a mobile tough screen device|

---

US9189131B2|2012-12-11|2015-11-17|Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P.|Context menus|

---

JP5794399B2|2012-12-12|2015-10-14|株式会社村田製作所|Touch input device|

---

US20140168093A1|2012-12-13|2014-06-19|Nvidia Corporation|Method and system of emulating pressure sensitivity on a surface|

---

US20140168153A1|2012-12-17|2014-06-19|Corning Incorporated|Touch screen systems and methods based on touch location and touch force|

---

KR20140079110A|2012-12-18|2014-06-26|엘지전자 주식회사|Mobile terminal and operation method thereof|

---

US9600116B2|2012-12-20|2017-03-21|Intel Corporation|Touchscreen including force sensors|

---

KR101457632B1|2012-12-20|2014-11-10|주식회사 팬택|Mobile electronic device having program notification function and program notification method thereof|

---

US9244576B1|2012-12-21|2016-01-26|Cypress Semiconductor Corporation|User interface with child-lock feature|

---

US20150332107A1|2012-12-24|2015-11-19|Nokia Technologies Oy|An apparatus and associated methods|

---

WO2014105279A1|2012-12-29|2014-07-03|Yknots Industries Llc|Device, method, and graphical user interface for switching between user interfaces|

---

CN104903835B|2012-12-29|2018-05-04|苹果公司|For abandoning equipment, method and the graphic user interface of generation tactile output for more contact gestures|

---

CN104885050B|2012-12-29|2017-12-08|苹果公司|For determining the equipment, method and the graphic user interface that are rolling or selection content|

---

EP2939095B1|2012-12-29|2018-10-03|Apple Inc.|Device, method, and graphical user interface for moving a cursor according to a change in an appearance of a control icon with simulated three-dimensional characteristics|

---

KR101958517B1|2012-12-29|2019-03-14|애플 인크.|Device, method, and graphical user interface for transitioning between touch input to display output relationships|

---

KR102301592B1|2012-12-29|2021-09-10|애플 인크.|Device, method, and graphical user interface for navigating user interface hierachies|

---

KR102072582B1|2012-12-31|2020-02-03|엘지전자 주식회사|a method and an apparatus for dual display|

---

US10082949B2|2013-01-17|2018-09-25|Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd.|Apparatus and method for application peel|

---

JP6075854B2|2013-01-21|2017-02-08|キヤノン株式会社|DISPLAY CONTROL DEVICE, ITS CONTROL METHOD, PROGRAM, IMAGING DEVICE AND STORAGE MEDIUM|

---

US9141259B2|2013-01-21|2015-09-22|International Business Machines Corporation|Pressure navigation on a touch sensitive user interface|

---

KR20140097902A|2013-01-30|2014-08-07|삼성전자주식회사|Mobile terminal for generating haptic pattern and method therefor|

---

KR102133410B1|2013-01-31|2020-07-14|삼성전자 주식회사|Operating Method of Multi-Tasking and Electronic Device supporting the same|

---

US20140210798A1|2013-01-31|2014-07-31|Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P.|Digital Drawing Using A Touch-Sensitive Device To Detect A Position And Force For An Input Event|

---

US9652136B2|2013-02-05|2017-05-16|Nokia Technologies Oy|Method and apparatus for a slider interface element|

---

EP2767896B1|2013-02-14|2019-01-16|LG Electronics Inc.|Mobile terminal and method of controlling the mobile terminal|

---

US20140237408A1|2013-02-15|2014-08-21|Flatfrog Laboratories Ab|Interpretation of pressure based gesture|

---

KR101761190B1|2013-02-22|2017-07-25|삼성전자 주식회사|Method and apparatus for providing user interface in portable terminal|

---

JP2014165663A|2013-02-25|2014-09-08|Kyocera Corp|Mobile terminal device, program, and method of controlling mobile terminal device|

---

CN103186345B|2013-02-25|2016-09-14|北京极兴莱博信息科技有限公司|The section system of selection of a kind of literary composition and device|

---

US8769431B1|2013-02-28|2014-07-01|Roy Varada Prasad|Method of single-handed software operation of large form factor mobile electronic devices|

---

US10121065B2|2013-03-14|2018-11-06|Nike, Inc.|Athletic attribute determinations from image data|

---

US9690476B2|2013-03-14|2017-06-27|Blackberry Limited|Electronic device and method of displaying information in response to a gesture|

---

US10203815B2|2013-03-14|2019-02-12|Apple Inc.|Application-based touch sensitivity|

---

US9225677B2|2013-03-15|2015-12-29|Facebook, Inc.|Systems and methods for displaying a digest of messages or notifications without launching applications associated with the messages or notifications|

---

US9451230B1|2013-03-15|2016-09-20|Google Inc.|Playback adjustments for digital media items|

---

WO2014143706A1|2013-03-15|2014-09-18|Tk Holdings Inc.|Adaptive human machine interfaces for pressure sensitive control in a distracted operating environment and method of using the same|

---

US9355472B2|2013-03-15|2016-05-31|Apple Inc.|Device, method, and graphical user interface for adjusting the appearance of a control|

---

US9507495B2|2013-04-03|2016-11-29|Blackberry Limited|Electronic device and method of displaying information in response to a gesture|

---

US9389718B1|2013-04-04|2016-07-12|Amazon Technologies, Inc.|Thumb touch interface|

---

KR20140122000A|2013-04-09|2014-10-17|옥윤선|Method for tranmitting information using drag input based on mobile messenger, and mobile terminal for tranmitting information using drag input based on mobile messenger|

---

KR102091235B1|2013-04-10|2020-03-18|삼성전자주식회사|Apparatus and method for editing a message in a portable terminal|

---

US9146672B2|2013-04-10|2015-09-29|Barnes & Noble College Booksellers, Llc|Multidirectional swipe key for virtual keyboard|

---

US20140306897A1|2013-04-10|2014-10-16|Barnesandnoble.Com Llc|Virtual keyboard swipe gestures for cursor movement|

---

KR20140132632A|2013-05-08|2014-11-18|삼성전자주식회사|Portable apparatus and method for displaying a object|

---

WO2014179940A1|2013-05-08|2014-11-13|Nokia Corporation|An apparatus and associated methods|

---

US20140344765A1|2013-05-17|2014-11-20|Barnesandnoble.Com Llc|Touch Sensitive UI Pinch and Flick Techniques for Managing Active Applications|

---

US9319589B2|2013-05-31|2016-04-19|Sony Corporation|Device and method for capturing images and selecting a desired image by tilting the device|

---

US9307112B2|2013-05-31|2016-04-05|Apple Inc.|Identifying dominant and non-dominant images in a burst mode capture|

---

US10282067B2|2013-06-04|2019-05-07|Sony Corporation|Method and apparatus of controlling an interface based on touch operations|

---

US9733716B2|2013-06-09|2017-08-15|Apple Inc.|Proxy gesture recognizer|

---

US10481769B2|2013-06-09|2019-11-19|Apple Inc.|Device, method, and graphical user interface for providing navigation and search functionalities|

---

US9477393B2|2013-06-09|2016-10-25|Apple Inc.|Device, method, and graphical user interface for displaying application status information|

---

KR102113674B1|2013-06-10|2020-05-21|삼성전자주식회사|Apparatus, method and computer readable recording medium for selecting objects displayed on an electronic device using a multi touch|

---

US9400601B2|2013-06-21|2016-07-26|Nook Digital, Llc|Techniques for paging through digital content on touch screen devices|

---

CN103309618A|2013-07-02|2013-09-18|姜洪明|Mobile operating system|

---

KR102080746B1|2013-07-12|2020-02-24|엘지전자 주식회사|Mobile terminal and control method thereof|

---

US9342228B2|2013-07-17|2016-05-17|Blackberry Limited|Device and method for filtering messages using sliding touch input|

---

KR20150013991A|2013-07-25|2015-02-06|삼성전자주식회사|Method and apparatus for executing application in electronic device|

---

US9335897B2|2013-08-08|2016-05-10|Palantir Technologies Inc.|Long click display of a context menu|

---

KR20150019165A|2013-08-12|2015-02-25|엘지전자 주식회사|Mobile terminal and method for controlling the same|

---

KR102101741B1|2013-08-16|2020-05-29|엘지전자 주식회사|Mobile terminal and method for controlling the same|

---

US9547525B1|2013-08-21|2017-01-17|Google Inc.|Drag toolbar to enter tab switching interface|

---

CN108415634B|2013-08-30|2020-12-15|烟台正海科技股份有限公司|Touch device|

---

KR102332675B1|2013-09-02|2021-11-30|삼성전자 주식회사|Method and apparatus to sharing contents of electronic device|

---

KR20150026649A|2013-09-03|2015-03-11|삼성전자주식회사|Apparatus and method for setting a gesture in an eletronic device|

---

US20150071547A1|2013-09-09|2015-03-12|Apple Inc.|Automated Selection Of Keeper Images From A Burst Photo Captured Set|

---

JP6138641B2|2013-09-13|2017-05-31|株式会社Ｎｔｔドコモ|MAP INFORMATION DISPLAY DEVICE, MAP INFORMATION DISPLAY METHOD, AND MAP INFORMATION DISPLAY PROGRAM|

---

US9407964B2|2013-10-25|2016-08-02|Verizon Patent And Licensing Inc.|Method and system for navigating video to an instant time|

---

KR20150049700A|2013-10-30|2015-05-08|삼성전자주식회사|Method and apparautus for controlling input in portable device|

---

US10067651B2|2013-11-15|2018-09-04|Thomson Reuters Global Resources Unlimited Company|Navigable layering of viewable areas for hierarchical content|

---

CN103677632A|2013-11-19|2014-03-26|三星电子（中国）研发中心|Virtual keyboard adjustment method and mobile terminal|

---

JP6177669B2|2013-11-20|2017-08-09|株式会社Ｎｔｔドコモ|Image display apparatus and program|

---

US20150153897A1|2013-12-03|2015-06-04|Microsoft Corporation|User interface adaptation from an input source identifier change|

---

CN104714741A|2013-12-11|2015-06-17|北京三星通信技术研究有限公司|Method and device for touch operation|

---

JP2015114836A|2013-12-11|2015-06-22|キヤノン株式会社|Image processing device, tactile control method, and program|

---

US9483118B2|2013-12-27|2016-11-01|Rovi Guides, Inc.|Methods and systems for selecting media guidance functions based on tactile attributes of a user input|

---

CN103793134A|2013-12-30|2014-05-14|深圳天珑无线科技有限公司|Touch screen terminal and multi-interface switching method thereof|

---

KR20150081125A|2014-01-03|2015-07-13|삼성전자주식회사|Particle Effect displayed on Screen of Device|

---

CN104834456A|2014-02-12|2015-08-12|深圳富泰宏精密工业有限公司|Multi-task switching method and system of touch interface and electronic device|

---

US10126807B2|2014-02-18|2018-11-13|Cambridge Touch Technologies Ltd.|Dynamic switching of power modes for touch screens using force touch|

---

CN103838465B|2014-03-08|2018-03-02|广东欧珀移动通信有限公司|The desktop icons display methods and device of a kind of vivid and interesting|

---

US9436348B2|2014-03-18|2016-09-06|Blackberry Limited|Method and system for controlling movement of cursor in an electronic device|

---

KR102129798B1|2014-05-08|2020-07-03|엘지전자 주식회사|Vehicle and method for controlling the same|

---

US9032321B1|2014-06-16|2015-05-12|Google Inc.|Context-based presentation of a user interface|

---

US9477653B2|2014-06-26|2016-10-25|Blackberry Limited|Character entry for an electronic device using a position sensing keyboard|

---

US9294719B2|2014-06-30|2016-03-22|Salesforce.Com, Inc.|Systems, methods, and apparatuses for implementing in-app live support functionality|

---

US20160004393A1|2014-07-01|2016-01-07|Google Inc.|Wearable device user interface control|

---

TW201602893A|2014-07-07|2016-01-16|欣興電子股份有限公司|Method for providing auxiliary information and touch control display apparatus using the same|

---

US9363644B2|2014-07-16|2016-06-07|Yahoo! Inc.|System and method for detection of indoor tracking units|

---

US20160019718A1|2014-07-16|2016-01-21|Wipro Limited|Method and system for providing visual feedback in a virtual reality environment|

---

US9600114B2|2014-07-31|2017-03-21|International Business Machines Corporation|Variable pressure touch system|

---

KR20160021524A|2014-08-18|2016-02-26|엘지전자 주식회사|Mobile terminal and method for controlling the same|

---

US10203858B2|2014-08-28|2019-02-12|Blackberry Limited|Portable electronic device and method of controlling the display of information|

---

KR102275700B1|2014-09-02|2021-07-09|애플 인크.|Semantic framework for variable haptic output|

---

US20160132139A1|2014-11-11|2016-05-12|Qualcomm Incorporated|System and Methods for Controlling a Cursor Based on Finger Pressure and Direction|

---

CN104331239A|2014-11-26|2015-02-04|上海斐讯数据通信技术有限公司|Method and system for operating handheld equipment through one hand|

---

KR20150021977A|2015-01-19|2015-03-03|인포뱅크 주식회사|Method for Configuring UI in Portable Terminal|

---

US20160224220A1|2015-02-04|2016-08-04|Wipro Limited|System and method for navigating between user interface screens|

---

US10095396B2|2015-03-08|2018-10-09|Apple Inc.|Devices, methods, and graphical user interfaces for interacting with a control object while dragging another object|

---

US9645732B2|2015-03-08|2017-05-09|Apple Inc.|Devices, methods, and graphical user interfaces for displaying and using menus|

---

US10048757B2|2015-03-08|2018-08-14|Apple Inc.|Devices and methods for controlling media presentation|

---

US9632664B2|2015-03-08|2017-04-25|Apple Inc.|Devices, methods, and graphical user interfaces for manipulating user interface objects with visual and/or haptic feedback|

---

US9990107B2|2015-03-08|2018-06-05|Apple Inc.|Devices, methods, and graphical user interfaces for displaying and using menus|

---

US9785305B2|2015-03-19|2017-10-10|Apple Inc.|Touch input cursor manipulation|

---

US9639184B2|2015-03-19|2017-05-02|Apple Inc.|Touch input cursor manipulation|

---

US9830048B2|2015-06-07|2017-11-28|Apple Inc.|Devices and methods for processing touch inputs with instructions in a web page|

---

US9891811B2|2015-06-07|2018-02-13|Apple Inc.|Devices and methods for navigating between user interfaces|

---

US9674426B2|2015-06-07|2017-06-06|Apple Inc.|Devices and methods for capturing and interacting with enhanced digital images|

---

US10346030B2|2015-06-07|2019-07-09|Apple Inc.|Devices and methods for navigating between user interfaces|

---

US9860451B2|2015-06-07|2018-01-02|Apple Inc.|Devices and methods for capturing and interacting with enhanced digital images|

---

US10200598B2|2015-06-07|2019-02-05|Apple Inc.|Devices and methods for capturing and interacting with enhanced digital images|

---

US10248308B2|2015-08-10|2019-04-02|Apple Inc.|Devices, methods, and graphical user interfaces for manipulating user interfaces with physical gestures|

---

US10416800B2|2015-08-10|2019-09-17|Apple Inc.|Devices, methods, and graphical user interfaces for adjusting user interface objects|

---

US10235035B2|2015-08-10|2019-03-19|Apple Inc.|Devices, methods, and graphical user interfaces for content navigation and manipulation|

---

US20170046058A1|2015-08-10|2017-02-16|Apple Inc.|Devices, Methods, and Graphical User Interfaces for Adjusting User Interface Objects|

---

US20170045981A1|2015-08-10|2017-02-16|Apple Inc.|Devices and Methods for Processing Touch Inputs Based on Their Intensities|

---

US9880735B2|2015-08-10|2018-01-30|Apple Inc.|Devices, methods, and graphical user interfaces for manipulating user interface objects with visual and/or haptic feedback|

---

US10506165B2|2015-10-29|2019-12-10|Welch Allyn, Inc.|Concussion screening system|

---

KR101749933B1|2015-11-12|2017-06-22|엘지전자 주식회사|Mobile terminal and method for controlling the same|US9417754B2|2011-08-05|2016-08-16|P4tents1, LLC|User interface system, method, and computer program product|

---

WO2013169865A2|2012-05-09|2013-11-14|Yknots Industries Llc|Device, method, and graphical user interface for moving a user interface object based on an intensity of a press input|

---

WO2013169851A2|2012-05-09|2013-11-14|Yknots Industries Llc|Device, method, and graphical user interface for facilitating user interaction with controls in a user interface|

---

WO2013169849A2|2012-05-09|2013-11-14|Industries Llc Yknots|Device, method, and graphical user interface for displaying user interface objects corresponding to an application|

---

EP2975512B1|2012-05-09|2019-02-06|Apple Inc.|Device and method for displaying a virtual loupe in response to a user contact|

---

WO2013169875A2|2012-05-09|2013-11-14|Yknots Industries Llc|Device, method, and graphical user interface for displaying content associated with a corresponding affordance|

---

WO2013169845A1|2012-05-09|2013-11-14|Yknots Industries Llc|Device, method, and graphical user interface for scrolling nested regions|

---

WO2013169843A1|2012-05-09|2013-11-14|Yknots Industries Llc|Device, method, and graphical user interface for manipulating framed graphical objects|

---

CN104487930A|2012-05-09|2015-04-01|苹果公司|Device, method, and graphical user interface for moving and dropping a user interface object|

---

CN104471521B|2012-05-09|2018-10-23|苹果公司|For providing the equipment, method and graphic user interface of feedback for the state of activation for changing user interface object|

---

WO2013169842A2|2012-05-09|2013-11-14|Yknots Industries Llc|Device, method, and graphical user interface for selecting object within a group of objects|

---

DE112013002387T5|2012-05-09|2015-02-12|Apple Inc.|Apparatus, method and graphical user interface for providing tactile feedback for operations in a user interface|

---

JP6002836B2|2012-05-09|2016-10-05|アップル インコーポレイテッド|Device, method, and graphical user interface for transitioning between display states in response to a gesture|

---

KR101956082B1|2012-05-09|2019-03-11|애플 인크.|Device, method, and graphical user interface for selecting user interface objects|

---

WO2014105279A1|2012-12-29|2014-07-03|Yknots Industries Llc|Device, method, and graphical user interface for switching between user interfaces|

---

CN104903835B|2012-12-29|2018-05-04|苹果公司|For abandoning equipment, method and the graphic user interface of generation tactile output for more contact gestures|

---

EP2939095B1|2012-12-29|2018-10-03|Apple Inc.|Device, method, and graphical user interface for moving a cursor according to a change in an appearance of a control icon with simulated three-dimensional characteristics|

---

KR102301592B1|2012-12-29|2021-09-10|애플 인크.|Device, method, and graphical user interface for navigating user interface hierachies|

---

CN104885050B|2012-12-29|2017-12-08|苹果公司|For determining the equipment, method and the graphic user interface that are rolling or selection content|

---

KR101958517B1|2012-12-29|2019-03-14|애플 인크.|Device, method, and graphical user interface for transitioning between touch input to display output relationships|

---

US11068128B2|2013-09-03|2021-07-20|Apple Inc.|User interface object manipulations in a user interface|

---

US10175855B2|2014-06-25|2019-01-08|Oracle International Corporation|Interaction in orbit visualization|

---

EP3584671A1|2014-06-27|2019-12-25|Apple Inc.|Manipulation of calendar application in device with touch screen|

---

TW201610758A|2014-09-02|2016-03-16|蘋果公司|Button functionality|

---

KR20160027865A|2014-09-02|2016-03-10|삼성전자주식회사|A mehtod for processing contents and an electronic device therefor|

---

CN106797493A|2014-09-02|2017-05-31|苹果公司|Music user interface|

---

US9883007B2|2015-01-20|2018-01-30|Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc|Downloading an application to an apparatus|

---

US9645732B2|2015-03-08|2017-05-09|Apple Inc.|Devices, methods, and graphical user interfaces for displaying and using menus|

---

US10095396B2|2015-03-08|2018-10-09|Apple Inc.|Devices, methods, and graphical user interfaces for interacting with a control object while dragging another object|

---

US9990107B2|2015-03-08|2018-06-05|Apple Inc.|Devices, methods, and graphical user interfaces for displaying and using menus|

---

US10048757B2|2015-03-08|2018-08-14|Apple Inc.|Devices and methods for controlling media presentation|

---

US9632664B2|2015-03-08|2017-04-25|Apple Inc.|Devices, methods, and graphical user interfaces for manipulating user interface objects with visual and/or haptic feedback|

---

US9785305B2|2015-03-19|2017-10-10|Apple Inc.|Touch input cursor manipulation|

---

US9639184B2|2015-03-19|2017-05-02|Apple Inc.|Touch input cursor manipulation|

---

US10067653B2|2015-04-01|2018-09-04|Apple Inc.|Devices and methods for processing touch inputs based on their intensities|

---

US9830048B2|2015-06-07|2017-11-28|Apple Inc.|Devices and methods for processing touch inputs with instructions in a web page|

---

US9860451B2|2015-06-07|2018-01-02|Apple Inc.|Devices and methods for capturing and interacting with enhanced digital images|

---

US9891811B2|2015-06-07|2018-02-13|Apple Inc.|Devices and methods for navigating between user interfaces|

---

US10200598B2|2015-06-07|2019-02-05|Apple Inc.|Devices and methods for capturing and interacting with enhanced digital images|

---

US9674426B2|2015-06-07|2017-06-06|Apple Inc.|Devices and methods for capturing and interacting with enhanced digital images|

---

US10346030B2|2015-06-07|2019-07-09|Apple Inc.|Devices and methods for navigating between user interfaces|

---

US10235035B2|2015-08-10|2019-03-19|Apple Inc.|Devices, methods, and graphical user interfaces for content navigation and manipulation|

---

US10248308B2|2015-08-10|2019-04-02|Apple Inc.|Devices, methods, and graphical user interfaces for manipulating user interfaces with physical gestures|

---

US9880735B2|2015-08-10|2018-01-30|Apple Inc.|Devices, methods, and graphical user interfaces for manipulating user interface objects with visual and/or haptic feedback|

---

US20170045981A1|2015-08-10|2017-02-16|Apple Inc.|Devices and Methods for Processing Touch Inputs Based on Their Intensities|

---

US10416800B2|2015-08-10|2019-09-17|Apple Inc.|Devices, methods, and graphical user interfaces for adjusting user interface objects|

---

KR20170024846A|2015-08-26|2017-03-08|엘지전자 주식회사|Mobile terminal and method for controlling the same|

---

USD820861S1|2015-11-30|2018-06-19|Uber Technologies, Inc.|Display screen with graphical user interface for enabling color selection|

---

US11144107B2|2015-12-01|2021-10-12|Amer Sports Digital Services Oy|Apparatus and method for presenting thematic maps|

---

US11137820B2|2015-12-01|2021-10-05|Amer Sports Digital Services Oy|Apparatus and method for presenting thematic maps|

---

US11215457B2|2015-12-01|2022-01-04|Amer Sports Digital Services Oy|Thematic map based route optimization|

---

US11210299B2|2015-12-01|2021-12-28|Amer Sports Digital Services Oy|Apparatus and method for presenting thematic maps|

---

CN105468258B|2015-12-23|2018-08-07|珠海格力电器股份有限公司|A kind of switching method of screen interface, device and terminal|

---

JP2017149225A|2016-02-23|2017-08-31|京セラ株式会社|Control unit for vehicle|

---

JP6705251B2|2016-03-29|2020-06-03|ブラザー工業株式会社|Program and information processing device|

---

US10205989B2|2016-06-12|2019-02-12|Apple Inc.|Optimized storage of media items|

---

US10331174B2|2016-09-23|2019-06-25|Apple Inc.|Dynamic function row customization|

---

DE102017009171A1|2016-10-17|2018-04-19|Amer Sports Digital Services Oy|EMBEDDED APPENDIX|

---

KR101902864B1|2016-10-19|2018-10-01|주식회사 앱포스터|Method for generating watch screen design of smart watch and apparatus thereof|

---

US10055335B2|2017-01-23|2018-08-21|International Business Machines Corporation|Programming assistance to identify suboptimal performing code and suggesting alternatives|

---

JP6832725B2|2017-01-31|2021-02-24|シャープ株式会社|Display device, display method and program|

---

CN108400925B|2017-02-08|2021-04-09|阿里巴巴集团控股有限公司|Instant messaging message reminding method and instant messaging client|

---

US20180292975A1|2017-04-05|2018-10-11|Open Txt Sa Ulc|Systems and methods for animated computer generated display|

---

JP6496345B2|2017-04-13|2019-04-03|ファナック株式会社|Numerical controller|

---

US10955994B2|2017-06-02|2021-03-23|Apple Inc.|User interfaces for downloading applications on an electronic device|

---

KR102353919B1|2017-06-09|2022-01-21|삼성전자주식회사|Electronic device and method for performing predefined operations in response to pressure of touch|

---

CN109753196A|2017-11-06|2019-05-14|阿里巴巴集团控股有限公司|Processing method, device, equipment and machine readable media|

---

USD930017S1|2018-05-18|2021-09-07|Carefusion 303, Inc.|Display screen of an infusion device with graphical user interface|

---

USD897361S1|2018-05-18|2020-09-29|Carefusion 303, Inc.|Display screen of a modular infusion device with transitional graphical user interface|

---

USD931310S1|2018-05-18|2021-09-21|Carefusion 303, Inc.|Display screen with graphical user interface for an infusion device|

---

CN110096157B|2018-09-11|2021-05-11|苹果公司|Content-based haptic output|

---

DK179888B1|2018-09-11|2019-08-27|Apple Inc.|CONTENT-BASED TACTICAL OUTPUTS|

---

JP2020077181A|2018-11-07|2020-05-21|キヤノン株式会社|Display control device, and control method and program for display control device|

---

US20200233552A1|2019-01-23|2020-07-23|International Business Machines Corporation|Voiding accidentally copied data items|

---

US10996761B2|2019-06-01|2021-05-04|Apple Inc.|User interfaces for non-visual output of time|

---

CN110487448A|2019-08-20|2019-11-22|欧阳沁波|Geostatic pressure incudes security device and method|

法律状态:

优先权:

---

申请号 | 申请日 | 专利标题

---

US201562129954P| true| 2015-03-08|2015-03-08|

---

US201562183139P| true| 2015-06-22|2015-06-22|

---

US14/866,981|US9645732B2|2015-03-08|2015-09-27|Devices, methods, and graphical user interfaces for displaying and using menus|

---